3666239-Vol2 QSX2 PDF

Service Manual
Service Manual Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Volume 2

Cummins Inc.
Box 3005
Columbus, Indiana, U.S.A., 47202 Signature, ISX, and QSX15
Registered Office Volume 2
Cummins Ltd.
Unit 1-B Uniongate, Ridgeway Trading Estate,
Iver,
Buckinghamshire SL0 9HX,
England
Registration 573951 England
Copyright© 2007
Cummins Inc.
Bulletin 3666239
Printed in U.S.A. 09-AUGUST-2007 p41
Service Manual
Signature, ISX, and QSX15
Volume 2
Copyright© 2007 Bulletin 3666239

Cummins Inc. Printed 09-AUGUST-2007
All rights reserved
Foreword
This manual contains instructions for troubleshooting and repairing this engine in the chassis, complete rebuild
procedures and specifications. Disassembly, cleaning, inspection, and assembly instructions are included. A listing
of accessory and component suppliers is located in Section M - Component Manufacturers. Suppliers can be
contacted directly for any information not covered in this manual.
Read and follow all safety instructions. Refer to the WARNING in the General Safety Instructions in Section i
- Introduction.
The manual is organized to guide a service technician through the logical steps of identifying and correcting problems
related to the engine. This manual does not cover vehicle or equipment problems. Consult the vehicle or equipment
manufacturer for repair procedures.
The repair procedures in this manual are based on the engine or component removed from chassis. Some rebuild
procedures require the use of special service tools. Make sure the correct tools are used as described in the
procedures.
When a specific brand name, number, or special tool is referenced in this manual, an equivalent product can be used
in place of the recommended item.
A series of specific service manuals (for example: Troubleshooting and Repair, Specifications, and Alternative Repair)
are available and can be ordered by Contacting your local area Cummins Regional office. A Cummins Regional office
listing is located in Service Literature (Section L).
Cummins Inc. encourages the user of this manual to report errors, omissions, and recommendations for improvement.
Please use the postage paid, pre-addressed Literature Survey Form in the back of this manual for communicating
your comments.
The specifications and rebuild information in this manual is based on the information in effect at the time of printing.
Cummins Inc. reserves the right to make any changes at any time without obligation. If differences are found between
your engine and the information in this manual, contact a Cummins Authorized Repair Location or call 1-800-DIESELS
(1-800-343-7357) toll free in the U.S. and Canada.
The latest technology and the highest quality components are used to manufacture Cummins engines. When
replacement parts are needed, we recommend using only genuine Cummins or ReCon® exchange parts.
Table of Contents
Section
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 ........................................................................................................ 6
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 .......................................................................................................... 7
Cooling System - Group 08 ...................................................................................................................... 8
Drive Units - Group 09 .............................................................................................................................. 9
Air Intake System - Group 10 ................................................................................................................... 10
Exhaust System - Group 11 ..................................................................................................................... 11
Compressed Air System - Group 12 ........................................................................................................ 12
Electrical Equipment - Group 13 .............................................................................................................. 13
Engine Testing - Group 14 ....................................................................................................................... 14
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 ............................................................................................................ 16
Vehicle Braking - Group 20 ...................................................................................................................... 20
Service Literature ..................................................................................................................................... L
Component Manufacturers ....................................................................................................................... M
Specifications ........................................................................................................................................... V
Back .......................................................................................................................................................... back

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 Page 6-a
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06

Section Contents
Page
Air in Fuel ..........................................................................................................................................................6-2
Initial Check......................................................................................................................................................6-2
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled .......................................................................................................................6-2
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.............................................................................................................................6-3
Finishing Steps.................................................................................................................................................6-5
Install................................................................................................................................................................6-5
Preparatory Steps.............................................................................................................................................6-2
Remove............................................................................................................................................................6-3
Fuel Drain Line Restriction ...............................................................................................................................6-6
Measure............................................................................................................................................................6-6
Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) .................................................................................................................................6-6
Clean................................................................................................................................................................6-9
All Applications..............................................................................................................................................6-9
Initial Check......................................................................................................................................................6-6
With Pressurized Fuel Filtering.......................................................................................................................6-6
With Vacuum Fuel Filtering............................................................................................................................6-7
Install................................................................................................................................................................6-9
With Priming Pump...................................................................................................................................... 6-10
Without Priming Pump..................................................................................................................................6-10
Remove............................................................................................................................................................6-8
With Vacuum Fuel Filtering............................................................................................................................6-8
Fuel Inlet Restriction .......................................................................................................................................6-11
Measure..........................................................................................................................................................6-11
With Pressurized Fuel Filtering.....................................................................................................................6-11
With Vacuum Fuel Filtering.......................................................................................................................... 6-12
Fuel Supply Lines ............................................................................................................................................6-13
Inspect for Reuse............................................................................................................................................6-13
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 6-13
Injector .............................................................................................................................................................6-13
Assemble........................................................................................................................................................6-21
Oil Seal........................................................................................................................................................6-21
Disassemble................................................................................................................................................... 6-19
Oil Seal........................................................................................................................................................6-19
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................6-24
Install..............................................................................................................................................................6-23
Leak Test........................................................................................................................................................6-13
Preparatory Steps...........................................................................................................................................6-16
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 6-17
Service Tools ....................................................................................................................................................6-1
Injectors and Fuel Lines....................................................................................................................................6-1
Page 6-b Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06
This Page Left Intentionally Blank

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Service Tools
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 Page 6-1
Service Tools
Injectors and Fuel Lines
The following special tools are recommended to perform procedures in this section. The use of these tools
is shown in the appropriate procedure. These tools can be purchased from a local Cummins® Authorized
Repair Location.
Tool No. Tool Description Tool Illustration

Manometer
Used to measure fuel drain line restriction.
ST-1111-3
Sight Glass
Check for air in fuel suction line. Use Part Number ST-998 with
ST-998 Number 10 hose.
Filter Wrench
Used to remove or tighten spin-on fuel filters.
3376807
Chip Removing Unit

Used to remove carbon from the top of the piston.
3823461
Pressure/Vacuum Module
Used with 3377161 Digital Multimeter or 3824648 Automotive Meter.
3824645 The pressure transducer range is 500 psi and the vacuum range is
29.92 in Hg.
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page 6-2 Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06
Air in Fuel (006-003)

Initial Check
To perform a pressure-side air-in-fuel check, use the
following items:
• Quick-disconnect fitting, Part Number 3376859
• Pressure valve (capable of 2758 kPa [400 psi])
• Clean clear tubing
• Clean container.
Connect the equipment to the quick-connect fitting at the

fuel module as shown.
Put a coil in the clear hose.
Put the end of the clear hose in the clean container.
Operate the engine at idle with no load.
Slightly open the valve until a steady stream of fuel is
visible.
If there is an air leak, bubbles will be visible in the coil of
the clear tubing.
If an air leak is found, inspect the center seal ring in the
fuel filter for deformation.
If the seal ring is not damaged, continue to test and look
for air leaks until there are no bubbles visible.
Remove the air-in-fuel check equipment.
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled

(006-006)
Preparatory Steps
NOTE: Some chassis will allow the ECM to be moved
aside with the wiring harness attached, for access to the
cooling plate.
• Disconnect the engine wiring harness and OEM
harness connectors, if necessary. Refer to
Procedure 019-031 in the Troubleshooting and
Repair Manual CM870 Electronic Control System
Signature and ISX Engines, Bulletin 4021334.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled
Remove
Disconnect the ECM cooling plate fuel supply line (bottom)
from the integrated fuel system module and the ECM
cooling plate.
Disconnect the ECM cooling plate fuel return line (top)
from the fuel pump and the ECM cooling plate.
Remove the five ECM mounting capscrews and the ECM.

Remove the six cooling plate mounting capscrews and
washers.
Remove the cooling plate and gasket.
Remove five insulating washers and the one ground

washer from the cooling plate mounting holes.
Clean and Inspect for Reuse
WARNING
When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for
cleaning, follow the manufacturer's recommendations
for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to
reduce the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING
Wear appropriate eye and face protection when using
compressed air. Flying debris and dirt can cause
personal injury.
Clean the cooling plate mounting surfaces with solvent.
Dry with compressed air.
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
personal injury.
NOTE: If the sealing bead or groove is dirty, a leak can
result.
Clean the ECM cooling plate gasket sealing bead with a
dry cloth.
Make sure no rust or soot has accumulated in the grooves
on either side of, or on top of, the sealing bead.
Use compressed air to remove debris from the grooves, if
necessary.
Inspect the five insulating washers and the one ground

washer for cracks or other damage.
Replace any washer that is damaged.
Check for cracks or damage to the cooling plate.

Replace the cooling plate if cracks or damage is found.
Check the cooling plate fuel supply and return line fittings
on the ECM cooling plate, integrated fuel system module,
and fuel pump to make sure the o-rings are installed
properly and are not damaged.
Replace the o-ring, fitting, or cooling plate if damaged.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled
Install
Install five insulating washers. The one ground washer
must be installed in the upper left cooling plate mounting
capscrew hole.
CAUTION
Make sure that the insulating washers and the ground
washer are installed properly on the cooling plate or
malfunction of the ECM can occur.
Install the cooling plate gasket.
Install the six cooling plate mounting capscrews and
washers.
Torque Value: 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
Install the ECM.
Install and tighten the five ECM mounting capscrews.
Install the ECM cooling plate fuel supply line (bottom) to

the integrated fuel system module and the ECM cooling
plate.
Install the ECM cooling plate fuel return line (top) to the
fuel pump and the ECM cooling plate.
Finishing Steps
• Connect the ECM harness and engine wiring
harness. Refer to Procedure 019-031 in the
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual CM870
Electronic Control System Signature and ISX
Engines, Bulletin 4021334.
• Start the engine and check for fuel leaks.
Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Fuel Drain Line Restriction (006-012)

Measure
Remove the fuel drain hose and install adapter, Part
Number ST-434-1.
Install a 0-763 mm-Hg [0-30 in Hg] pressure gauge onto
the adapter.
Operate the engine at high idle and no load. Check and
record the restriction reading.
Fuel Drain Line Restriction

mm Hg in Hg
229 MAX 9
If restriction exceeds specifications, inspect the drain lines
for cause of restriction. Fuel coolers and fuel heaters can
cause excessive drain line restriction. Excessive
restriction can cause low power and poor fuel economy.
Remove the adapter and pressure gauge. Install the fuel
drain hose.
If damage resulted in coolant, oil, excessive fuel or
excessive black smoke entering the exhaust system, the
aftertreatment system must be inspected. Refer to
Procedure 014-013.
Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) (006-015)

Initial Check
With Pressurized Fuel Filtering
Install a pressure gauge, Part Number 3824877 (2758 kPa
[400 psi]), on the fuel pump Compuchek® fitting to
measure the fuel pressure before the fuel filter.
Start the engine and run at high idle and no load.

Measure and record the fuel pressure.
Shut the engine off.
Remove the pressure gauge from the fuel pump.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type)
Install a pressure gauge, Part Number 3824877 (275 kPa

[400 psi]), on the rail fuel pressure Compuchek® fitting
located on the integrated fuel system module to measure
fuel pressure after the filter.
Start the engine and operate at high idle and no load.

Measure and record the fuel pressure.
Shut the engine off.
Remove the pressure gauge from the rail fuel pressure
Compuchek® fitting.
The pressure difference between the rail fuel pressure and
fuel pump pressure is the differential pressure.
Fuel Filter Restriction

kPa psi
517 MAX 75
If the fuel filter restriction is above specifications, replace
the filter.
With Vacuum Fuel Filtering

Connect a vacuum gauge to either suction-side
Compuchek® fitting.
NOTE: Some engines equipped with priming pumps do
not have a lower Compuchek® fitting and have an air vent
line plumbed into the upper location. Refer to the following
procedure for measuring inlet restriction.
Disconnect the air bleed line from the upper location on

the IFSM. Insert a Compuchek® fitting in this location and
run a line to a catch container.
Start the engine.

After the fuel lift pump stops running and with the engine
operating at idle, disconnect the hose to the catch
container.
Connect the vacuum gauge to the Compuchek® fitting and
measure the fuel inlet restriction.
Operate the engine at high idle and no load.
Fuel Inlet Restriction

mm Hg in Hg
Upper Location 356 MAX 14
Lower Location 305 MAX 12
An inlet restriction greater than specification indicates
either a dirty fuel filter or a restriction in the OEM fuel
supply plumbing. Inlet restriction at the fuel supply
connection must be checked to identify the correct
source of the restriction.
Remove
WARNING
Fuel is flammable. Keep all cigarettes, flames, pilot
lights, arcing equipment, and switches out of the work
area and areas sharing ventilation to reduce the
possibility of severe personal injury or death when
working on the fuel system.
Clean the area around the fuel filter head and filter.
Remove the fuel filter with filter wrench, Part Number
3400157.
WARNING
Fuel is flammable. Keep all cigarettes, flames, pilot
lights, arcing equipment, and switches out of the work
area and areas sharing ventilation to reduce the
possibility of severe personal injury or death when
working on the fuel system.
Disconnect the wiring harness from the water-in-fuel
sensor, if equipped.
3400158.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type)
Clean
All Applications
Use a clean, lint-free cloth to clean the filter head gasket
surface.
Install
Use the correct filter(s) for your engine. It must remove a
minimum of 95 percent of free and emulsified water. It
must also have a minimum of 98.7 percent 15-micron
particle-removal efficiency.
Refer to Procedure 018-024.
Apply a thin coating of clean engine oil to the filter gasket
surface.
CAUTION
Mechanical overtightening of the filter can distort the
threads or damage the filter element seal.
NOTE: Engines equipped with priming pumps do not
require the fuel filter to be filled prior to installation if the
following filling procedure is followed.
Install the filter onto the filter head. Turn the filter until the
gasket contacts the filter head surface.
Tighten the filter an additional ¾ of a turn after the gasket
contacts the filter head surface, or as specified by the filter
manufacturer.
NOTE: The engine will, perhaps, run rough for several

minutes until the air is out of the system.
Fill the fuel filter by turning the ignition switch to the ON
position. The priming pump will run for two minutes which
will adequately fill the fuel filter. The engine can then be
started.
With Priming Pump

must also have a minimum of 98.7 percent at 25-micron
surface and the center seal.
CAUTION
NOTE: Engines equipped with priming pumps do not
require the fuel filter to be filled prior to installation if the
following filling procedure is followed.
Tighten the filter an additional 3/4 of a turn after the gasket
manufacturer.
If the filter is equipped with a water-in-fuel sensor, rotate
the sensor to the desired location and connect the wiring
harness.

Fill the fuel filter by turning the ignition switch to the ON
position. The priming pump will run for two minutes, which
will adequately fill the filter. The engine can then be
started.
Some engines utilize a manual, remote mount priming
pump. Flip the priming pump mounted toggle switch to the
ON position. Run the pump for two minutes and shut it off.
The engine can then be started.
Without Priming Pump

must also have a minimum of 98.7 percent at 25-micron
surface and the center seal.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fuel Inlet Restriction
CAUTION
NOTE: If the filter is equipped with a water-in-fuel sensor,
rotate the sensor on the filter to the desired location and
connect the wiring harness.
Fill the filter with clean fuel prior to installation.
Tighten the filter an additional 3/4 of a turn after the gasket
manufacturer.

Remove the external hex plug on the top of the integrated
fuel system module. Crank the engine until a solid stream
of fuel comes out of the port.
Install the hex plug.
Crank the engine for 20 seconds. If the engine does not
start within 20 seconds, wait two minutes. It will probably
be necessary to remove the filter, fill the filter with clean
fuel, and install the filter.
Repeat these steps until the engine starts.
Fuel Inlet Restriction (006-020)

Measure
Connect a vacuum gauge to the suction side Compuchek®
fitting on top of the integrated fuel system module.
Operate the engine at rated speed no load.

Observe the reading on the gauge.
Clean Suction Filter 203 mm Hg [ 8 in Hg ]
If the restriction exceeds the specifications, correct the
restriction in the suction filter, lines, heaters, or fuel tank.
Refer to the OEM troubleshooting and repair manual.
Fuel Inlet Restriction Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove the fuel supply hose.

Install a vacuum gauge, Part Number ST434, using
adapter, Part Number ST434-2.
Hold the vacuum gauge at the same level as the fuel inlet
connection.
Operate the engine at rated speed no load.
Observe the reading on the gauge.
Maximum Inlet Restriction (With Clean Suction Filter)
127 mm Hg [ 5 in Hg ]
If the restriction exceeds the specifications, correct the
restriction in the suction filter, lines, heaters, or fuel tank.
Refer to the OEM troubleshooting and repair manual.

Remove the fuel supply hose to the integrated fuel system
module.
Remove the inlet filter screen, if equipped. Refer to
Procedure 005-073..
Install a vacuum gauge, Part Number ST-434, using
adapter, Part Number 3375845, and hose, Part Number
3376922.
NOTE: Use the appropriate hose adapter for the specific
engine as described in the Service Tools list in the
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Signature Engines,
Bulletin Number 3666239.
Hold the vacuum gauge at the same level as the

integrated fuel system module connection.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Injector
Operate the engine at high idle and no load.

Observe the reading on the vacuum gauge.

mm Hg in Hg
Without remote fuel 76 MAX 3
filter
With remote fuel filter 254 MAX 10
If the inlet restriction measured at the fuel supply
connection is above specification, the OEM fuel supply
lines, remote mount filter, or remote mount priming pump
(if equipped) is obstructed.
If the inlet restriction at the fuel supply connection is below
specification, the inlet pre-filter should be inspected for
debris and/or the fuel filter changed.
Fuel Supply Lines (006-024)

Remove
Remove the fuel supply hose to the integrated fuel system
module.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the inside of the hose.
• The inner lining of the hose can be separate from the
center hose section.
• A separation or flap can cause a restriction in the fuel
flow.
• Replace the fuel hose if damage is found.
Injector (006-026)
Leak Test
This test checks for combustion gas leaks back through the injector rail check valve or other failure modes that will
allow leakage through the injector into the fuel rail.
When the engine is barred over, back pressure is created against the injector by the piston coming up on the
compression stroke.
During the test if the rail check valve fails and is leaking, air is pushed through the rail check valve and into the fuel
rail where pressure is sensed at the test fixture which is in place of the metering actuator. If a manometer is connected
to the test fixture, pressure will be measured as air escapes through the failed rail check valve. If a container of water
is used instead of a manometer, bubbles will be seen as air escapes through the failed rail check valve.
Injector Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
The overhead set marks on the damper are used to identify which cylinder is on the compression stroke and therefore
which injector has failed if a change in manometer pressure or bubbles are seen.
Verify the run-on after key-off complaint.
If the engine exhibits an excessive amount of run-on after
key-off (greater than 3 seconds), continue with this
procedure.
The complaint must be verified to continue the

troubleshooting.
Vary the operating conditions until the complaint of run-
on/slow shutdown can be reproduced.
Shut off the engine.

The fuel-metering actuators are the actuators located on

each end of the unit.
Remove the fuel-metering actuator for the front three
cylinders. Refer to Procedure 019-110 in the ISX Fuel
System Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin
3666259.
Install the Injector Leak Test Kit, Part Number 3164001, in
its place.
Torque Value: 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
Connect the flexible tubing to the hose fitting on the
mounting plate.
Place the flexible tubing into a container of water.
CAUTION
Use the engine barring device. Do not use the starting
motor to bar the engine during this test or engine
damage can result.
Bar the engine over while watching for bubbles in the
container.
The engine will need to be barred over two complete
revolutions to evaluate each bank.
There can be a few bubbles observed immediately before
reaching a timing mark. The failure indicator is if bubbles
occur for an extended duration between timing marks.
Note between which two timing marks the bubbles occur.

Determine the failed injector by following the diagram.
If bubbles occur between:
A and B the number 3 injector has failed
B and C then number 1 injector has failed
C and A then number 2 injector has failed.
Remove the mounting plate connected to the port for the

front three cylinders. Install the fuel-metering actuator
removed previously. Refer to Procedure 019-110 in the
ISX Fuel System Troubleshooting and Repair Manual,
Bulletin 3666259.
Remove the fuel-metering actuator for the rear three
cylinders.
Install the Injector Leak Test Kit, Part Number 3164001, in
place of the rear fuel-metering actuator.
Place the flexible tubing into a container of water.
Repeat the above procedure the rear three cylinders.
Bar the engine over and note between which two timing
marks the bubbles occur.
If the bubbles occur between:
A and B then number 4 injector has failed
B and C then number 6 injector has failed
C and A then number 5 injector has failed.
Replace the failed injector(s). Refer to the injector removal

section in this procedure.
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
Do not remove the pressure cap from a hot engine.
Wait until the coolant temperature is below 50°C
[120°F] before removing the pressure cap. Heated
coolant spray or steam can cause personal injury.
WARNING
Coolant is toxic. Keep away from children and pets. If
not reused, dispose of in accordance with local
environmental regulations.
• Drain coolant to below the cylinder head level. Refer
to Procedure 008-018.
• Remove the rocker lever cover. Refer to Procedure
003-011.
• Disconnect the engine brake solenoid wiring
harness. Refer to Procedure 020-015.
Remove
CAUTION
Do not bottom out adjusting screws. Engine damage
can occur if adjusting screws are bottomed out.
Remove only the valve and injector shaft for the injector
(s) being removed.
Loosen injector rocker lever adjusting screws.
Remove six capscrews and injector rocker lever shaft.
Do not let rocker levers come off shaft during removal.
Rotate the engine to the valve set mark for the injector
being removed. Refer to Procedure 003-004.
Loosen and back off valve lash adjusting screws

counterclockwise to allow the intake and exhaust valve
crossheads to be removed.
Remove the intake crosshead.
Mark the crossheads to make sure they are installed in the
same position.
Position the exhaust valve crosshead toward the exhaust

side of the engine to allow the injector to be removed.
Loosen the injector clamp capscrew.

Use a small magnet to remove the injector clamp
capscrew and washer.
Remove the injector clamp capscrew and washer.
CAUTION
Do not use a heel bar to pry the injector loose from
the cylinder head. Damage to the injector can occur.
Use injector puller, Part Number 3823579, to remove the
injectors.
If the injector spring does come loose from the spring
retainer, it can be reassembled by using a screwdriver to
compress the spring back under the retainer.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect injector for missing or damaged o-rings. Replace
o-rings as necessary.
Inspect the injector cup for missing plug balls. Replace the
injector if necessary.
Disassemble
Oil Seal
Thoroughly clean the oil and dirt from the outside of the
injector.
Place the injector holding fixture into a vise. Tighten the
vise to hold the fixture in place.
Place the injector into the injector holding fixture.
Align the load ring capscrew bracket with the cutout in the
fixture plate.
Use T45 Torx® drive (long version) to loosen the injector

coupling retainer capscrew.
Make certain the injector remains upright; this will prevent

the lower plunger and spring from falling out.
Remove the retainer capscrew and bracket.
Remove the upper plunger/coupling assembly and
coupling spring.
Some injector parts are not interchangeable.
Place each of the individual injector assembly parts
together on a lint free cloth.
Remove the spring clip from the load ring.

The load ring drilling is designed to remove and install the
roll pin in only one direction. Remove in the direction
shown.
Use a 5/32 inch punch to lightly tap the roll pin loose and
remove it from the load ring.
Discard the roll pin.
Remove the load ring from the injector body.
Install the coupling/plunger assembly into the injector

body bore to prevent debris from entering bore.
The base of the oil seal is visible through the four

machined holes in the side of the injector body.
CAUTION
Its very important that a 3/32 inch punch be used so
that the barrel is not damaged during oil seal removal.
Use a 3/32 inch punch, place the punch at an upward
angle against the base of the oil seal.
Use a hammer to gently tap the punch against the base
of the oil seal. To prevent damage to the seal bore in the
barrel, alternate between the four holes in the barrel so
that the seal comes out evenly and does not score the
barrel.
WARNING
personal injury.
Slide the oil seal up the plunger.
Use a can of safety solvent to blow debris away from the
oil seal area before removing the plunger.
Make certain the injector remains upright.

Remove the oil seal and plunger assembly from the
injector.
Remove the old oil seal from the plunger.
Remove the injector holding fixture and the injector from
the vise.
Place the fixture and injector onto the arbor press table.
Assemble
Oil Seal
CAUTION
Do not install the oil seal upside down. Failure to
install the seal correctly will cause damage to the oil
seal.
The oil seal will fit on the tool tightly if installed correctly.
The spring side of the oil seal (as shown) faces up when
installed in the injector.
Install a new oil seal onto the installation tool.
With the new oil seal positioned on the tool, position the
tool over the seal bore.
Use the arbor press to gently place pressure onto the
installation tool until the outer diameter face of the tool
contacts the injector body.
When properly installed, the seal height will not be flush
with the injector body. The height will be approximately
0.5 mm [0.020 in] above the injector.
Place the injector holding fixture with injector into vise.

Tighten the vise to hold the fixture in place.
Install the load ring on the injector. Align the load ring
capscrew hole end with the cutout on the injector fixture.
Install a new roll pin into the load ring. By design, the roll
pin holes are a different size on each side so the roll pin
must be installed in the correct direction, as shown.
Use a 5/32 inch punch to gently tap the roll pin into both
holes in the load ring. Continue driving the roll pin into the
load ring until the pin is centered evenly in both holes and
is an equal distance from both sides.
Inspect the oil seal and plunger bore for debris. If debris
is present, clean with a lint free cloth.
Clean the injector coupling spring with a lint free cloth.
Assemble the spring onto the load ring.
Clean the plunger and coupling assembly with a lint free
cloth.
Lubricate the plunger with clean calibration fluid.

Slightly angle and rotate the upper plunger while installing

the plunger into the oil seal.
Hold the plunger vertically and rotate while installing the
plunger into the injector bore.
Use a flashlight to view through the coupling spring,

inspect the oil seal to verify the garter spring (1) is still in
the correct location around the seal.
Install the spring retainer bracket.

Tighten the retainer capscrew.
Install new injector o-rings.
Install
Use clean 15W-40 lubricating oil. Lubricate the o-rings.
CAUTION
Make sure the injector hold down clamp is properly
aligned before tightening the capscrew. It is possible
for the clamp to contact a nearby ledge, and result in
low clamp load.
Install the injector into the cylinder head.
Install injector clamp, and capscrew with washer.
Tighten the capscrew.
Install the crossheads.
Finishing Steps
• Install the injector rocker lever and valve rocker lever
assemblies. Refer to Procedure 003-009.
• Connect the engine brake solenoid wiring harness,
if equipped. Refer to Procedure 020-015.
• Adjust the overhead set as needed. Refer to
Procedure 003-004.
• Install the rocker lever cover. Refer to Procedure
003-011.
• Fill the cooling system. Refer to Procedure 008-018.
• Operate engine to normal operating temperature
and check for leaks.
Procedure 014-013.
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 Page 7-a
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07

Section Contents
Page
Centinel™ System ............................................................................................................................................7-55
General Information.........................................................................................................................................7-55
Lubricating Oil and Filter Analysis .................................................................................................................7-55
Inspect............................................................................................................................................................7-55
Lubricating Oil..............................................................................................................................................7-55
Lubricating Oil Filter.....................................................................................................................................7-56
Lubricating Oil Cooler .......................................................................................................................................7-3
Finishing Steps.................................................................................................................................................7-9
Automotive with CM870..................................................................................................................................7-9
Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570......................................................7-9
Install................................................................................................................................................................7-8
Leak Test..........................................................................................................................................................7-7
Remove............................................................................................................................................................7-4
Lubricating Oil Cooler Element .........................................................................................................................7-9
Assemble........................................................................................................................................................7-12
Single-Element.............................................................................................................................................7-12
Dual-Element............................................................................................................................................... 7-12
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...........................................................................................................................7-10
Disassemble.....................................................................................................................................................7-9
Single-Element...............................................................................................................................................7-9
Dual-Element............................................................................................................................................... 7-10
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................7-13
Pressure Test..................................................................................................................................................7-11
Lubricating Oil Dipstick ...................................................................................................................................7-13
Calibrate.........................................................................................................................................................7-13
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Tube .........................................................................................................................7-14
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-14
Automotive with CM870................................................................................................................................7-14
Automotive With CM871...............................................................................................................................7-15
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-14
Lubricating Oil Fill Tube ................................................................................................................................. 7-49
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-52
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-49
Lubricating Oil Filter (Spin-On) .......................................................................................................................7-15
Lubricating Oil..............................................................................................................................................7-15
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-16
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-16
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve ................................................................................................................7-17
Page 7-b Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-18
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-19
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-17
Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter ................................................................................................................7-20
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................7-22
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-21
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-20
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve ....................................................................................................7-22
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-23
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-22
Lubricating Oil Leaks ......................................................................................................................................7-24
Lubricating Oil Pan ..........................................................................................................................................7-26
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................7-28
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-27
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-26
Lubricating Oil Pressure Gauge ......................................................................................................................7-28
Test................................................................................................................................................................ 7-28
Lubricating Oil Pump ......................................................................................................................................7-29
Assemble........................................................................................................................................................7-37
Disassemble................................................................................................................................................... 7-29
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................7-41
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-39
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-29
Lubricating Oil Suction Tube (Block-Mounted) ..............................................................................................7-42
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................7-43
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-43
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-42
Lubricating Oil System ....................................................................................................................................7-44
Drain...............................................................................................................................................................7-44
Fill...................................................................................................................................................................7-46
Prime..............................................................................................................................................................7-44
Lubricating Oil Thermostat .............................................................................................................................7-47
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-48
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-47
Service Tools ....................................................................................................................................................7-1
Lubricating Oil System......................................................................................................................................7-1
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 Page 7-1
Service Tools
Lubricating Oil System
Repair Location.

Pressure Gauge
Used to measure the engine intake manifold pressure.
ST-1273
Oil Filter Wrench

Used to remove spin-on filter.
3397929
Female Quick Connect Coupler

Used to connect the priming pump to the engine.
3376859
Fluorescent Tracer Dye

Added to oil. Used with black light to find leaks.
3376891
Battery Black Light/Lamp (100 Watt)

To be used in conjunction with Part No. 3376891 and Part No.
3163337 3377438, fluorescent tracers, for fuel, oil, and coolant leaks.
Battery Black Light/Lamp (50 Watt)

To be used in conjunction with Part No. 3376891 and Part No.
3163338 3377438, fluorescent tracers, for fuel, oil, and coolant leaks.
Service Tools Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page 7-2 Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07

Tube Filter Cutter
Used for inspection of the filter element.
3376579
Silicone Sealant
Used for sealing t-joints.
3823494
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Cooler
Lubricating Oil Cooler (007-003)

Preparatory Steps
Automotive with CM870
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
To reduce the possibility of personal injury, avoid
direct contact of hot oil with your skin.
WARNING
Some state and federal agencies have determined that
used engine oil can be carcinogenic and cause
reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors,
ingestion, and prolonged contact with used engine
oil. If not reused, dispose of in accordance with local
• Drain the cooling system. Refer to Procedure
008-018.
• Remove the lubricating oil filter. Refer to Procedure
007-013.
• Remove the variable geometry turbocharger. Refer
• Remove the EGR valve. Refer to Procedure 011-022.
• Remove the EGR cooler connection. Refer to
Procedure 011-024.
• Remove the EGR cooler. Refer to Procedure
011-019.
Lubricating Oil Cooler Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power

Generation without CM570
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the lubricating oil filter. Refer to Procedure
007-013.
• Remove the turbocharger. This step is not required
with a die cast oil cooler. Refer to Procedure
010-033.
• Remove the alternator. Refer to Procedure 013-001.
Remove
All Applications
Remove two oil cooler mounting capscrews and install the
guide pins.
Clean the area above the oil cooler to prevent debris entry
into oil passages.
WARNING
This component or assembly weighs greater than 23
kg [50 lb]. To prevent serious personal injury, be sure
to have assistance or use appropriate lifting
equipment to lift this component or assembly.
Remove the remaining 18 capscrews, oil cooler, and
gasket. Discard the gasket.
CAUTION
Immediately upon removal of the lubricating oil cooler
assembly, a plug must be inserted into the housing
and cylinder block oil passage drillings. Failure to
insert the oil passage plug can result in a bearing
failure, crankshaft failure, or both.
The reusable plugs, Part Numbers 4918322, 4918324,
and 4918340, are included in protective plug kit, Part
Number 4918319. These plugs are necessary to prevent
debris from entering the lubrication system during the
repair.
Plug the oil cooler housing filtered oil passage with plug,
Part Number 4918323, the block filtered oil passage with
plug, Part Number 4918340, and the block oil pump
passage with plug, Part Number 4918322.
Firmly push the plugs into the oil passages to prevent all
debris from entering the lubrication system when cleaning
the gasket surface.

All Applications
CAUTION
Do not reuse an oil cooler core after a debris related
engine failure since there is no practical method for
cleaning the cooler core. Metal particles which can
circulate through the lubricating system can remain in
the cooler core and cause engine damage. Do not
allow dirt to enter the oil passages when cleaning the
oil cooler.
WARNING
for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to avoid
personal injury.
WARNING
personal injury.
CAUTION
Do not allow dirt or foreign material to enter oil
passages in the cooler housing when cleaning the
gasket sealing surfaces. Connecting rod bearing
failures can be caused if debris is introduced into the
cylinder block or lubricating oil cooler housing oil
passages.
Plug the oil cooler passages with rubber plugs, Part
Numbers 4918322, 4918323, and 4918340, included in
kit, Part Number 4918319, to prevent debris from entering
the cooler when cleaning the gasket surface.
Clean gasket surfaces by hand with a gasket scraper or
cleaning pad, Part Number 3823258. If the gasket material
residue can not be felt with a finger, the surface is ready
to accept the new gasket.
Use solvent to clean and flush the oil cooler passages and
cores.
Blow dry with compressed air.
Remove the rubber plugs when cleaning is complete.
CAUTION
passages in the cylinder block when cleaning the
gasket sealing surfaces. Connecting rod bearing
failures can be caused if debris is introduced into the
cylinder block or lubricating oil cooler housing oil
passages. Therefore, use of power tools combined
with abrasive pads to clean gasket surfaces is not
recommended.
Plug the oil passages in the cylinder block with rubber
plugs.
Clean the oil cooler to cylinder block gasket surface with
Scotch-Brite™ 7448 abrasive pad.
Remove the rubber plugs when cleaning is complete.
Leak Test
All Applications
It is important to leak test the oil cooler assembly as a unit
so leaks at the mounting joints can be identified. These
leaks can not be found when testing individual elements
that have been removed from the assembly. An element
is replaced only if it is found to be leaking.
This procedure is most effective when the oil cooler
assembly is tested in water below 7°C [44°F].
Use the mounting capscrews from the lubricating oil
cooler to attach the two plates and corresponding o-rings
from oil cooler leak test kit, Part Number 4918200, to the
lubricating oil cooler housing.
Remove the threaded male union that connects to the

turbocharger oil supply.
Install the threaded plug, Part Number 3089567.
Insert the o-ring from the oil filter into the filter head cap,
Part Number 4918204.
Use engine oil to lubricate the gasket surface and install
the filter head cap.
Attach air pressure regulator, Part Number 3164231, to

the outlet plate air fitting and pressurize the assembly to
689 kPa [100 psi].
WARNING
Place the oil cooler assembly under water.
If bubbles are observed, carefully determine the source of
the bubbles and replace the components as necessary.
If the element is suspected of leaking, refer to Procedure
007-007 for leak testing individual elements. Mounting
joint leaks are much more common than element leaks.
Do not replace components that do not leak.
If no leaks are found and the engine serial number is in
the range of 14023600 to 1405000 and 7900000 to
79012457, replace the capscrews and gaskets if the
elements are to be reused.
If no leaks are found and the engine serial number is not
in the above ranges the element does not get removed but
the capscrew torque is checked and tightened to the
specified torque.
Install
All Applications
WARNING
When installing a new two-element oil cooler on an older
engine, be sure the cooler element mounting capscrews
do not interfere with the cylinder block.
Install the guide pins.
Remove the protective plugs from the oil passages. Make
sure no debris enters the lubrication system. Using a clean
shop towel, carefully wipe out the oil passages and inspect
to make sure no debris is left in passage.
Install a new mounting gasket and the oil cooler housing
assembly.
Install the 18 capscrews.
Remove the guide pins and install the two capscrews.

Tighten the capscrews in a circular motion from center
out.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Cooler Element
Finishing Steps
• Install the EGR cooler. Refer to Procedure 011-019.
• Install the EGR cooler connections. Refer to
Procedure 011-024.
• Install the EGR valve. Refer to Procedure 011-022.
• Install the lubricating oil filter. Refer to Procedure
007-013.
• Install the variable geometry turbocharger. Refer to
Procedure 010-033.
• Prime the lubricating oil system. Refer to Procedure
007-037.
• Fill the engine with clean oil.
• Operate engine to normal operating range and check
for oil and coolant leaks.

• Install the oil filter. Refer to Procedure 007-013.
• Install the alternator. Refer to Procedure 013-001.
• Install the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure 010-033.
• Prime the lubricating oil system. Refer to Procedure
007-037.
• Fill the engine with clean oil.
• Operate the engine to normal operating range and
check for oil and coolant leaks.
Lubricating Oil Cooler Element

(007-007)
Preparatory Steps
Remove the lubricating oil cooler. Refer to Procedure
007-003.
Disassemble
Single-Element
Remove the element from the lubricating oil filter head.
Discard the gaskets.
Lubricating Oil Cooler Element Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Dual-Element
Remove the elements from the lubricating oil filter head.
Remove the oil cooler tube.
CAUTION
Do not damage the oil cooler tube when cutting the
vibration isolators to remove them. Engine damage
can occur.
Remove the vibration isolators by cutting a slit in them.
Discard the isolators.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
CAUTION
passages in the cooler element when cleaning. Rod
bearing failures can be caused if debris is introduced
into the lube cooler housing oil passages.
Use solvent to clean the element.
Remove all old gasket material from the element.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Cooler Element
Inspect the oil cooler tube for cracks. Replace the cooler
tube if cracks are found.
Pressure Test
NOTE: An oil cooler element pressure test plate can be
constructed from a thin aluminum plate that allows the oil
cooler element to be mounted and air pressure applied to
the element inlet. An oil cooler pressure test tool does
not exist.
Install the oil cooler element and gaskets to the pressure
test plate.
Apply 689 kPa [100 psi] regulated shop air.

Inspect the test plate and gaskets for leaks.
Submerge in a tank of room temperature water.
Replace the oil cooler element if a steady stream of
bubbles is observed from the element.
Slow forming bubbles (less than one rising to the surface
of the water every 30 seconds) do not constitute a leaking
oil cooler element.
Do not replace non-leaking oil cooler elements. If no oil
cooler element leaks are found install the existing oil
cooler element with new gaskets and new capscrews.
To clean contaminated lubricating oil from the engine,
refer to Procedure 007-037.
WARNING
personal injury.
CAUTION
Do not allow dirt or foreign material to enter the oil
cooler element passages when cleaning. Engine
damage can result.
Remove the cooler element from the tank.
Remove the test equipment and dry with compressed air.
Lubricating Oil Cooler Element Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Assemble
Single-Element
CAUTION
The single-element oil cooler assembly is for use only
on ISX1 and ISX2 engines. Engine oil overheating can
result if used on ISX3, and Signature 600 engines.
Install non-leaking lubricating oil cooler elements onto the
lubricating oil filter head with new gaskets and capscrews.
Assemble the cooler element(s) to the housing with the
following parts from the engine oil cooler kit.
Engine Oil Cooler Kit Contents

Quantity Description
4 Capscrews (short)
2 Capscrews (long)
3 Gaskets (rubber flash)
Install and tighten the capscrews.

Install the lubricating oil cooler assembly. Refer to
Procedure 007-003.
Dual-Element
NOTE: The vibration isolators must be cut to allow
assembly over the cooler tube. Make sure the vibration
isolators are oriented so the slit is not tightened against
the oil cooler housing or the oil cooler elements.
Install two new vibration isolators onto the oil cooler tube
as shown.
Install new gaskets.

Install the oil cooler tube.
Re-install non-leaking lubricating oil cooler elements onto
the lubricating oil filter head.
Install new capscrews and tighten.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Dipstick
Finishing Steps
Install the lubricating oil cooler. Refer to Procedure
007-003.
Operate the engine to normal operating temperature and
check for leaks.
Lubricating Oil Dipstick (007-009)

Calibrate
NOTE: This procedure must begin with the oil pan
drained and the vehicle on level ground.
Install the dipstick into the dipstick tube housing.
Use the correct volume of clean 15W-40 oil to fill the oil
pan to the specified LOW oil level. Refer to Lubricating Oil
System - Specifications in this section for the correct
engine oil capacity for your application.
CAUTION
Use care when marking the dipstick, or the dipstick
will break if the scribe mark is too deep.
Remove the dipstick and scribe a mark across the stick at
the oil level. Label the mark with an L to indicate the LOW
oil level.
If a new blank dipstick is being used, cut the dipstick off
approximately 38 mm [1.5 in] below the LOW oil level
mark.
Wipe off the dipstick and install it into the dipstick tube
housing.
Use the correct volume of oil to fill the oil pan to the
specified HIGH oil level. Refer to Lubricating Oil System
Specifications in this section for engine oil capacity.
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Tube Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove the dipstick and scribe a mark across the stick at

the oil level. Label the mark with an H to indicate the HIGH
oil level.
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Tube

(007-011)
Remove
Remove the dipstick tube clamp capscrew, nut, and
clamp.
Remove the dipstick and dipstick tube.
Automotive With CM871

Remove the dipstick tube clamp capscrew, nut, and
clamp.
Remove the dipstick and dipstick tube.
Install
Install the dipstick tube and tighten the nut finger-tight.
Install the dipstick tube clamp, capscrew, and nut.
Tighten the dipstick tube nut.
Tighten the clamp.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Filter (Spin-On)

Install the dipstick tube and tighten the nut finger-tight.
Install the dipstick tube clamp, capscrew, and nut.
Tighten the dipstick tube nut.
Tighten the clamp.
Lubricating Oil Filter (Spin-On)

(007-013)
General Information
A combination oil filter is present on the engine. The upper
portion of the combination filter contains the full-flow filter
element while the lower portion contains the bypass filter
element.
The venturi design has been optimized to distribute oil
flow during normal engine operation; however during
extreme engine oil conditions (additive dropout,
contamination, soot etc.) the improvements increase the
overall filtration effectiveness.
Oil circulates through the full-flow portion of the filter, into
the oil cooler housing, and is directed to the engine oil
rifles.
A smaller portion of the oil circulates through the lower
bypass portion of the filter and is directed to the engine oil
rifles.
Lubricating Oil
Use Valvoline Premium Blue® 15W-40 multiviscosity oil,
or its equivalent, which meets CES 20071 and CES 20076
oil classifications for turbocharged engines.
Lubricating Oil Filter (Spin-On) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
CAUTION
Limited use of oils such as 5W-30 or 10W-30 can aid
in starting the engine and providing sufficient oil flow
at ambient temperatures below -5°C [23°F]. However,
the continuous use of low-viscosity oils can decrease
engine life.
Tthe accompanying chart to determine the best weight of
oil for the engine operating conditions.
Remove
WARNING
WARNING
NOTE: If the lubricating oil filter head adapter comes off
during the removal of the lubricating oil filter, then reinstall
the oil filter head adapter. Use a small amount of Loctite®
on the threads of the oil filter head adapter and tighten.
Use oil filter wrench, Part Number 3375049, 3397929, or
3400157 to remove the oil filter.
Install
NOTE: The o-ring can stick onto the filter head. Make sure
it is removed before installing a new filter.
Clean the oil filter head surface.
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the gasket surface of the
filter.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve
CAUTION
Mechanical overtightening can distort the threads or
damage the filter element seal.
Fill the oil filter with clean 15W-40 oil.
Install the oil filter onto the oil filter head. Tighten the filter
until the gasket contacts the filter head surface.
Use oil filter wrench, Part Number 3375049, 3397929, or
3400157 to tighten the filter an additional 3/4 to 1 turn, or
follow the instructions supplied with the filter.
Confirm that the oil level in the pan is to the full mark.
Operate the engine until the water temperature reaches
82°C [180°F].
Check the oil pressure and for leaks.
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve

(007-014)
General Information
Whenever the pressure drop across the lubricating oil
filter exceeds 862 kPa [125 psi], the oil filter bypass valve
opens and allows lubricating oil to bypass the lubricating
oil filter.
This condition can occur during cold ambient (cold
lubricating oil) engine start-ups.
The purpose of the bypass valve is to maintain lubricating
oil flow to the engine and prevent an oil filter collapse.
Remove
WARNING
WARNING
Loosen the retaining plug with a 7-millimeter Allen wrench.
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove the retaining plug (1), spring (2), and plunger (3)
from the lubricating oil cooler housing (4).
Clean
WARNING
When using a steam cleaner, wear safety glasses or a
face shield, as well as protective clothing. Hot steam
can cause serious personal injury.
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
bodily injury.
Clean the spring, plunger, and retaining plug with solvent.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the o-ring on the retaining plug for cuts or tears.
Replace the o-ring if damaged.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve
Use a spring compression tester, Part Number 3375182,

to measure the relief valve spring tension.
Compress the spring to 29.65-mm [1.17-in] height. The
force required to compress the spring must be:
Force Required to Compress Spring to 29.65 mm [1.17

in]
N lbf
115.7 NOM 26
If the spring does not meet this specification, it must be
replaced.
Install
CAUTION
The notched end of the bypass valve (3) must be
installed toward the spring (2). If the bypass valve is
installed incorrectly, it will bypass the filter
continuously which can cause engine damage.
Lubricate all pieces and the o-ring seal. Install the plunger
(3) with the notched end toward the spring into the
lubricating oil cooler housing (4).
Install the spring (2), and retaining plug (1) into the
lubricating oil cooler housing (4).
Tighten the retaining plug.
Prime the lubricating oil system. Refer to Procedure

007-037.

check for leaks.
Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter

(007-018)
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
NOTE: The oil filter head housing assembly does not
need to be removed to replace the oil filter head adapter.
Remove the lubricating oil filter. Refer to Procedure
007-013.
Remove
WARNING
To reduce the possibility of personal injury or
equipment damage. Use only a 3/4-inch drive
extension and ratchet for the removal of the adapter.
If the pinned adapter has come loose or if the staking pin
is missing, and the oil filter head adapter can be removed
by hand or without damaging the threads in the housing,
then follow the procedure as described below for cleaning
and installing the adapter. The missing staking pin will
not be replaced.
NOTE: If the housing threads are found damaged, the
housing must be replaced.
Use service tool, Part Number 3165082 or Part Number

4918222, to remove the adapter from the housing.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter
WARNING
Clean the threads of both the adapter and the oil filter head
housing with a clean towel and contact cleaner to remove
any residual Loctite™ and lubricating oil.
Inspect the adapter for cracks or other damage.
Install
WARNING
To reduce the possibility of personal injury or
equipment damage. Use only a 3/4-inch drive
extension and ratchet for the installation of the
adapter.
CAUTION
Do not use an impact wrench, to reduce the possibility
of damage to the oil filter head housing, adapter, or
tool.
Apply clean engine oil to the adapter-to-housing interface.
Apply service tool Loctite™ 2760, Part Number 3165083 to
the adapter. Apply Loctite™ to three threads, starting three
threads down from the top of the adapter and around the
entire circumference of adapter.
Install the adapter hand-tight into the housing. Torque the

filter head adapter with service tool, Part Number 3165082
or Part Number 4918222.
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Finishing Steps
Fill the new oil filter with clean lubricating oil.
Install the lubricating oil filter. Refer to Procedure 007-013.
check for leaks.
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief

Valve (007-021)
General Information
The high-pressure relief valve (1) is held in the closed
position by spring force (2). The valve remains in the
closed position until the oil pressure exceeds 1034 kPa
[150 psi] in the lubricating oil pump.
When the oil pressure exceeds 1034 kPa [150 psi] in the
lubricating oil pump, for instance, during cold start-up, the
oil pressure in the pump overcomes the relief valve spring
force.
This allows the excess oil to return to the oil pan,
preventing possible damage to the lubricating system
components.
Remove
WARNING
WARNING
Remove and disassemble the lubricating oil pump. Refer
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the ball. A slight ring around the ball from contact
with the pump body and spring is acceptable.
Measure the spring free length.
High Pressure Relief Valve Spring Free Length

mm in
68.91 NOM 2.713
Use a spring compression tester to determine if the spring

is defective.
Replace the spring with a new spring if it is defective.
High Pressure Relief Valve Spring (Compressed

Length) Load at 45.82 mm [1.804 in]
N lbf
281.47 MIN 63.277
298.87 MAX 67.189
Install
Assemble and install the lubricating oil pump. Refer to
Procedure 007-031.
Lubricating Oil Leaks Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

check for leaks.
Lubricating Oil Leaks (007-024)

General Information
The cause of external oil leaks is hard to diagnose and correct because of the potential number of factors involved.
Although the location of a leak can sometimes seem obvious, it can also be difficult to isolate the exact location due
to fan blast and road grime that would cause the leak to migrate.
Before doing any repairs, it is important to locate the exact root cause of the leak to prevent misdiagnosis and further
downtime. Please use the diagrams below to troubleshoot any external oil leaks.
Begin by determining which quadrant of the engine the leak is located in. It will be necessary to start out by steam
cleaning the engine and then operating it on a dynamometer to look for the leak. Keep in mind where the oil looks the
most concentrated before the steam clean, as this will give a good indication of where to start looking for leaks.
Once the quadrant has been determined, look at the following diagram to get a good indication of where the leak can
be coming from on the exhaust side of the engine.
1. Lower front gear cover gasket leak 6. Oil spill from oil filter change
2. Gear housing gasket leak 7. Oil slobber from exhaust manifold
3. Oil pan gasket leak 8. Cam cover gaskets leaks
4. Flywheel housing gasket leak 9. Valve cover gasket leak
5. Lube cooler gasket leak
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Leaks
Look at this diagram to get a good indication of where the leak can be coming from on the intake side of the engine.
1. Valve cover gasket leak 7. Crankshaft position sensor o-ring leak
2. Cam covers gaskets leaks 8. Gear cover gasket leak
3. Crankcase blowby tube 9. Air compressor or power steering pump gasket leak
4. Flywheel housing gasket leak 10. Oil fill tube cracked or leak
5. Dipstick tube leak 11. Upper front gear cover cracked or gasket leak
6. Gear housing gasket leak
WARNING
CAUTION
Protect all electrical components, openings, and
wiring from the full force of the cleaner spray nozzle.
Use a steam cleaner or a high-pressure washer to clean
the engine.
Check the engine crankcase breather element, hose, and

tube for restriction. Refer to Procedure 003-001.
Add fluorescent dye tracer, Part Number 3376891, to the
oil.
Lubricating Oil Pan Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Check for a loose or missing oil dipstick tube, dipstick, or

oil filler cap.

82°C [180°F]. Inspect the exterior of the engine for
leaking gaskets, seals, o-rings, pipe plugs, or fittings.
Use a black light, Part Number 3377394, to locate leaks.
Follow the manufacturer's operating instructions to use
the black light.
NOTE: Before removing and replacing any gaskets, check
the capscrews to make sure they are tightened to the
correct torque values.
Lubricating Oil Pan (007-025)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
Drain the lubricating oil. Refer to Procedure 007-037.
Remove
Remove the oil pan mounting capscrews, oil pan, and
gasket.
Discard the oil pan gasket.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Pan
WARNING
WARNING
bodily injury.
Steam clean and dry with compressed air.
Inspect the inside and the outside of the oil pan for cracks.
Replace the oil pan if cracked or broken.
Install
Apply a 1.97 mm [1/8 in] bead of silicon sealant, Part
Number 3164067, to each of the four T-joints where the
front gear housing and flywheel housing gaskets intersect
the oil pan gasket.
Install a new oil pan gasket.

Install the oil pan onto the cylinder block. Use your fingers
to install one of the 13 mm oil pan mounting capscrews on
each side of the oil pan, halfway between the front and the
rear of the oil pan.
Finger-tighten all the mounting capscrews.
Lubricating Oil Pressure Gauge Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Tighten the thirty-two 13 mm capscrews in the sequence

shown.
Install the oil drain plug.
Finishing Steps
Fill the lubricating oil pan. Refer to Procedure 007-037.
82°C [180°F], and check for leaks.
Lubricating Oil Pressure Gauge

(007-028)
Test
1. Check for the following:
• Electrical wiring broken
• Oil pressure sensor malfunction (refer to step
No. 2)
• Plumbing loose, leaking, or broken.
2. Use a master gauge of known accuracy to verify the
reading of the suspect sensor or gauge.
3. Replace the oil pressure sensor or gauge if it is
defective.
NOTE: The arrow points to a combination oil pressure and
oil temperature sensor on the cylinder block below the
integrated fuel system module.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Pump
Lubricating Oil Pump (007-031)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
ingestion and prolonged contact with used engine oil.
If not reused, dispose of in accordance with local
• Drain the lubricating oil. Refer to Procedure 007-037.
• Remove the lubricating oil pan. Refer to Procedure
007-025.
• Remove the lubricating oil suction tube. Refer to
Procedure 007-035.
Remove
CAUTION
Do not discard shims, if equipped. They must be
installed in the original location. Failure to do so can
result in engine damage.
Remove four capscrews, oil pump, and shims if equipped.
When installing a new oil pump, new shims will possibly
be needed to acquire acceptable lash.
Disassemble
WARNING
The pressure regulator spring is under compression.
Slowly remove the cap to reduce the possibility of
personal injury.
Remove the lubricating oil pressure regulator and spring
by removing the split pin that secures the spring cap to the
lubricating oil pump.
Discard the o-ring.
Lubricating Oil Pump Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
The external idler gear has a left-handed thread capscrew.

Remove the external idler gear from the lubricating oil
pump.
WARNING
The high pressure relief valve is under compression.
Apply pressure to the cover while removing the
capscrews. Slowly release the pressure to reduce the
possibility of personal injury.
Remove the six assembly capscrews and the lube pump
cover.
Press off the external drive gear from the internal drive
gear shaft.
Remove the high-pressure relief spring and ball.

Remove the idler pumping gear from the shaft in the

lubricating oil pump body.
WARNING
WARNING
Some solvents are flammable and toxic. Read the
manufacturer's instructions before using.
CAUTION
Do not allow dirt or gasket material to enter the oil
passages. Bearing damage can result.
Clean the lubricating oil pump components with solvent.
Use a bristle brush to clean any internal ports.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Use a steam cleaner to rinse the components.
Inspect the following areas of the lubricating oil pump for

damage or blockage.
• Lubricating oil pump body gear cavity
• Inlet and outlet ports
• Internal oil passages
• Lubricating oil pump housing body
• Pressure regulator bore
• High pressure relief bore and seat.
If the lube pump housing is damaged, it must be replaced.
Inspect the lubricating oil pump cover for damage.

Inspect the bushing for scuffing and wear.
If the marks on the lube pump cover can be felt with a
fingernail, the part must be replaced.
Measure the regulator spring bore for beat-in.
Spring Beat-In Specification

mm in
186.95 MIN 7.3602
187.45 MAX 7.3799
If the regulator spring bore depth is not within the
specifications, the housing must be replaced.
Inspect the pressure regulator spool for scuffing.

Minor spool scuff is acceptable. If the scuff can be felt by
a fingernail, the spool will need to be replaced.
Insert the spool in the bore and check for smooth
movement in and out of the bore. If any hesitation is felt,
the spool must be replaced and the bore inspected for
burrs.
Remove any burrs found in the bore before installing a
new spool.
Inspect the pressure regulator spring for a broken coil or

rust.
Measure the free length of the pressure regulator spring.
Oil Pressure Regulator Spring Free Length

mm in
109.55 NOM 4.313

to measure the pressure regulator valve spring at working
height, 70 mm [2.756 in].
Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator Spring Load at 70

mm [2.756 in]
N lbf
131.8 MIN 29.62
135.3 MAX 30.42
If the regulator spring is not within the specifications, the
spring must be replaced.
Inspect the high pressure relief spring for a broken coil or

rust.
Measure the free length of the high pressure relief spring.
High Pressure Relief Valve Spring Free Length

mm in
68.91 NOM 2.713

to measure the high pressure relief spring at working
height, 45.82 mm [1.804 in].
High Pressure Relief Valve Spring (Compressed

Length) Load at 45.82 mm [1.804 in]
N lbf
281.47 MIN 63.277
298.87 MAX 67.189
If the pressure relief valve spring is not within the
specification, the spring must be replaced.
Inspect the high pressure relief ball. A slight ring around

the ball from contact with the pump body and spring is
acceptable.
Discard the mounting bolt.

Inspect the external idler gear retainer.
Minor retainer scuff is acceptable. If the scuff can be felt
by a fingernail, replace the retainer.
Inspect the external idler gear for cracks, chips, and

broken teeth.
If the external idler gear is damaged, the gear must be
replaced.
Check the idler gear bushing for wear and scuffing.
Measure the inside diameter of the bushing in the external

idler gear.
External Idler Gear Bushing Inside Diameter

mm in
32.044 MIN 1.2616
32.069 MAX 1.2626
If the external idler gear bushing is not within
specifications, the bushing must be replaced.
Inspect the external drive gear for cracks, chips, and

broken teeth.
If the external drive gear is damaged, the gear must be
replaced.
Check the drive gear bushing for wear and scuffing.
Measure the inside diameter of the external drive gear.
External Drive Gear Inside Diameter (No Bushing)

mm in
24.909 MIN 0.9807
24.935 MAX 0.9817
If the external drive gear is not within specifications, the
gear must be replaced.
Inspect the lubricating oil pump internal gears for

excessive wear, cracks, or broken teeth.
Erosion and pitting on the tip and root of the gear tooth is
unacceptable. The gear must be replaced.
Measure the inside diameter of the internal idler gear.
Internal Idler Gear Inside Diameter

mm in
24.909 MIN 0.9807
24.935 MAX 0.9817
If the internal idler gear is not within specifications, it
must be replaced.
Inspect the internal idler shaft for damage. Measure the

outside diameter of the idler shaft.
Internal Idler Shaft Outside Diameter

mm in
24.858 MIN 0.9792
24.871 MAX 0.9787
If the idler shaft is not within specifications, it must be
replaced.
Inspect the internal drive gear and shaft assembly for

damage. Measure the outside diameter of the internal
drive gear shaft.
Internal Drive Gear Shaft Outside Diameter

mm in
24.858 MIN 0.9792
24.871 MAX 0.9787
If the drive shaft is not within specifications, it must be
replaced.
Assemble
Lubricate the drive shaft with clean 15W-40 lubricating oil.
Install the internal idler gear onto the shaft.
Insert the internal drive gear and shaft assembly into the
lubricating oil pump cover.
Press the external drive gear onto the shaft.
Install the ball first, then the spring.

Install the high pressure relief ball and spring into its bore
in the lube pump housing.
No gasket is used when installing the lube pump cover.

Install the cover to the lube pump.
Tighten the center capscrews first, then the outside
capscrews.
Install the six capscrews and tighten.
Install the external idler gear using a new capscrew.

Insert the external idler gear retainer such that the holes
are at the 3 and 9 o'clock position.
The idler gear retainer has left-handed threads.
Lubricate the oil pressure regulator valve and bore with

clean engine oil.
Install the spring, valve, and cap with a new o-ring.
Use a new split pin to secure the cap to the lubricating oil
pump body.
Turn the main drive gear by hand to check the gears for
freedom of rotation.
Measure the end clearance of the external drive gear.
Drive Shaft End Clearance

mm in
0.100 MIN 0.003
0.163 MAX 0.006
Measure the gear backlash by mounting a dial indicator.

Position the dial indicator contact point onto the
lubricating oil pump external idler gear teeth.
With the external drive gear locked into place and the dial
indicator contact in place, rotate the external idler gear
clockwise and counterclockwise to measure the
backlash.
Use the backlash measurement to classify and mark the
pump per the following table.
Lubricating Oil Pump Gear Backlash

Class mm in
1 0.457 to 0.610 0.018 to 0.024
2 0.152 to 0.305 0.006 to 0.012
3 0.000 to 0.152 0.000 to 0.006
4 0.305 to 0.457 0.012 to 0.018
Install
Align dowels on oil pump with mounting holes in the
cylinder block.
Install the oil pump, shims (if they were removed), and the
four capscrews.
Tighten the capscrews.
Using a dial indicator, check the oil pump idler gear back
lash.
Oil Pump Idler Gear Backlash

mm in
0.241 MIN 0.005
0.267 MAX 0.015
0.254 NOM 0.010
CAUTION
Improper gear lash can cause damage to the gear train
and the lubricating oil pump.
Shims will be available in six different thicknesses in order
to provide correct lash. The various thicknesses are
identified by the color of the shim. Identify the number
stamped on the pump (1) and the block (2). Use the
following table to determine which shim should be used
according to the stamped number.
If a lube pump or cylinder block is replaced, the block and pump will not be stamped. In that instance, a shim must
be chosen and installed. The oil pump idler gear backlash must be checked. If the backlash is not within the
specification, choose another size shim and recheck the backlash. Do this until the backlash is within specification.
Block
Pump A B C D
1 0.000 mm [0.000 in]- 0.45 mm [0.018 in]-Black- 0.55 mm [0.022 in]- 0.35 mm [0.014 in]-
None- Purple- Yellow-
2 0.45 mm [0.018 in]- 0.65 mm [0.026 in]-Red- 0.75 mm [0.030 in]-Blue- 0.55 mm [0.022 in]-
Black- Purple-
3 0.55 mm [0.022 in]- 0.75 mm [0.030 in]-Blue- 0.85 mm [0.033 in]- 0.65 mm [0.026 in]-Red-
Purple- Green-
4 0.35 mm [0.014 in]- 0.55 mm [0.022 in]- 0.65 mm [0.026 in]-Red- 0.45 mm [0.018 in]-Black-
Yellow- Purple-
Check the oil pump idler gear backlash.
Oil Pump Idler Gear Backlash

mm in
0.254 NOMINAL 0.010
±0.13 TOLERANCE ±0.005
If the lubricating oil pump is not within specifications the

shims must be changed to proper thickness to give proper
backlash.
Finishing Steps
• Install the lubricating oil suction tube. Refer to
Procedure 007-035.
• Install the lubricating oil pan. Refer to Procedure
007-025.
• Fill the engine with lubricating oil. Refer to Procedure
007-037.
Lubricating Oil Suction Tube (Block-Mounted) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Lubricating Oil Suction Tube (Block-

Mounted) (007-035)
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
Drain the lubricating oil. Refer to Procedure 007-037.
Remove the lubricating oil pan. Refer to Procedure
007-025.
Remove
Remove the lubricating oil suction tube capscrews,
suction tube, and o-ring. Discard o-ring.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the oil suction tube for cracks or damage.
Inspect the o-ring grooves for cavities or damage.
If cracks, damage, or cavities are found, the oil suction
tube must be replaced.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Suction Tube (Block-Mounted)
Install
Lubricate the o-ring with clean 15W-40 engine oil.
Install the new o-ring on the oil suction tube.
Install the oil suction tube into the lubricating oil pump.
Install the lubricating oil suction tube capscrews. Tighten
capscrews.
Finishing Steps
Install the lubricating oil pan. Refer to Procedure 007-025.
Fill engine with oil. Refer to Procedure 007-037.
Lubricating Oil System Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Lubricating Oil System (007-037)

Drain
WARNING
WARNING
60°C [140°F].
Remove the oil drain plug.
Drain the oil immediately to make sure all the oil and
suspended contaminants are removed from the engine.
If lubricating oil element failure occurs resulting in
contamination of the lubricating oil, the following is
recommended:
• Inspect the lubricating oil filter by cutting it open and
inspecting for debris. Refer to Procedure 007-083.
• If debris is not found, drain the lubricating oil and
remove the lubricating oil pan. Clean and reinstall
the lubricating oil pan. Refer to Procedure 007-025.
• Remove the valve cover and clean the contaminated
lubricating oil from the cylinder head cavities. This
can be done using a siphoning device. Refer to
Procedure 003-011.
• If debris is found, refer to the Cummins Warranty
Administration Manual, Bulletin 4021290.
Prime
CAUTION
The lubricating oil system must be primed before
operating the engine after any internal engine repairs
or extended engine storage (beyond 6 months) to
avoid internal component damage.
Bar the engine during oil priming.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil System
Remove the oil plug from the lubricating oil cooler housing
and install fitting and hose.
Use the coupler, Part Number 3376859, to connect the
priming pump to the coupling.
Connect the priming pump oil supply hose to the

lubricating oil pump coupling. Use clean 15W-40
lubricating oil from a drum or a container to supply oil to
the lubricating oil pump and engine.
Turn the priming pump on.
Allow the oil to flow until the oil pressure gauge indicates
a maximum pressure of 69 to 138 kPa [10 to 20 psi] at the
main oil rifle.
Turn the priming pump off.
Remove the priming pump oil supply hose and fitting.

Install the oil cooler housing plug.
Check the oil level on the dipstick before adding additional

oil.
If necessary, fill the engine with lubricating oil.
Fill
Fill and install the lubricating oil filter before putting oil into
the engine. Refer to Procedure 007-013.
Add the specified amount of clean 15W-40 oil to fill the oil
pan.
Oil Pan Capacity
Automotive and Industrial Power Generation
41.6 liters [11 gal] 83.3 liters [22 gal]
Check the oil level on the dipstick. It must be filled to the

H (high) mark.
Refer to Procedure 007-009 for dipstick calibration.
82°C [180°F], and check for leaks.
Shut off the engine. Wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain
back to the oil pan.
Check the oil level. Add oil as necessary to bring the level
up to the H (high) mark on the dipstick.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Thermostat
Lubricating Oil Thermostat (007-039)

Remove
WARNING
WARNING
Remove the alternator. Refer to Procedure 013-001.
Remove the water pump. Refer to Procedure 008-062.
Remove the thermostat plug.
Remove the tapered snap ring.
Remove the thermostat from lubricating oil cooler
housing.
Inspect for Reuse
WARNING
The flash point of new lubricating oil is approximately
221°C [430°F]. Do not allow the oil temperature in the
container to exceed 149°C [300°F]. Do not allow
water droplets to enter the container of hot oil. Water
droplets will cause a violent reaction that can cause
personal injury.
Suspend the thermostat and a 127°C [260°F]
thermometer in a container of new lubricating oil. Do not
allow the thermostat or the thermometer to touch the sides
of the container.
Heat the lubricating oil.
Write down the temperature at which the valve is fully

extended. The valve must be fully extended to at least 6
mm [0.250 in] from the closed position when the
temperature reaches 127°C [260°F].
Replace the thermostat if it does not operate as
described.
Lubricating Oil Thermostat Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Inspect the valve for damage. Any damage to the front

face of the valve will allow oil to constantly bypass the oil
cooler.
If cracks are found on the oil thermostat, inspect the oil
cooler housing for the correct seat depth. Refer to
Procedure 007-039.
Install
Install the thermostat into lubricating oil cooler housing.
Install the tapered snap ring with the tapered side facing
away from the lubricating oil cooler housing.
Install and tighten the thermostat plug.
Install the alternator. Refer to Procedure 013-001.
Install the water pump. Refer to Procedure 008-062.
Prime the lubricating oil system. Refer to Procedure

007-037.

check for leaks.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil Fill Tube
Lubricating Oil Fill Tube (007-065)

Remove
CAUTION
Removal of the oil fill tube without loosening the tube
brace capscrew is likely to cause fill tube thread
breakage.
Loosen the tube brace capscrew (1).
Remove the tube brace capscrew from the gear cover (2).
Remove the oil fill tube (1) and the tube brace (2) from the
oil fill tube connection (3).
A smooth, rounded end bar can be used for leverage to

rotate the oil fill tube connection.
Rotate the oil fill tube connection counterclockwise to
remove.
Remove the ring seals from the oil fill connection, the oil
fill tube, and the oil fill tube cap.
Discard the ring seals.
Ring seals:
1. Oil fill connection ring seal
2. Oil fill tube ring seal
3. Oil fill cap ring seal.
Lubricating Oil Fill Tube Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
CAUTION
Removal of the oil fill tube without loosening the tube
brace capscrew is likely to cause fill tube thread
breakage
Remove the tube brace capscrews from the gear cover.
Remove the oil fill tube from the oil fill tube connection.
Rotate the oil fill tube connection counterclockwise to

remove. A smooth, rounded end, bar can be used for
leverage to rotate the oil fill tube connection.
Remove the ring seals from the oil fill connection, the oil
fill tube, and the oil fill tube cap.
Discard the ring seals.
Ring seals:
1. Oil fill connection ring seal
2. Oil fill tube o-rings
3. Oil fill cap ring seal.

Clean the oil fill connection and gear cover seal surface.
Inspect the oil fill tube and fill tube threads for cracks or
other damage.
Inspect the oil fill tube sealing surfaces for cracks or other
damage.
Inspect the oil fill tube extrusion for cracks or damage.

Clean the oil fill connection and gear cover seal surface.
Inspect the oil fill tube and fill tube threads for cracks or
other damage.
Inspect the oil fill tube sealing surfaces for cracks or other
damage.
Install
Install a new oil fill connection ring seal.
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the oil fill connection ring
seal.
Install the oil fill connection to the lower gear cover.
Install the new ring seals on the bottom of the oil fill tube
(1) and on the oil fill tube cap (2).
Install the oil fill tube cap and the oil fill tube.
Install and tighten the tube brace gear cover capscrew (2).
Tighten the tube brace capscrew (1).

Install a new oil fill connection ring seal.
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the oil fill connection ring
seal.
Install the oil fill connection to the lower gear cover.
Install the new o-rings on the bottom of the oil fill tube and
a new ring seal on the oil fill tube cap.
Install the oil fill tube cap and the oil fill tube.
Install and tighten the tube brace gear cover capscrews.

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil and Filter Analysis
Centinel™ System (007-075)

General Information
NOTE: Fleetguard® Extended Service (ES™) System
lubrication oil and fuel filters are required with Centinel™.
These filters provide the filtration performance needed for
extended service intervals.
Centinel™ is an onboard continuous oil replenishment
system that operates as a function of fuel rate. The
Centinel™ valve is controlled by the ECM and is actuated
proportional to the amount of fuel consumed. The oil burn
rate has been designed for continued reliability and
durability of the engine. The continuous oil replenishment
process stabilizes engine oil quality and allows extended
oil and filter change intervals. The extended intervals are
a 844,907 km [525,000 mi] oil drain interval and 160,935
km [100,000 mi] oil filter change interval. The calibration
setting is a 0.33-percent blend rate. This rate uses 3.8
liters [1 gal] of oil for every 1136 liters [300 gal] of fuel
consumed (3.8/1136 = 1/300 = 0.33 percent).
The basic Centinel™ system can operate on vehicles
whose engines are equipped with either 12- or 24-VDC
electrical systems. Though the Centinel™ control valve
operates on 12-VDC, the valve is compatible with either
12- or 24-VDC engines because both engine ECMs (12- or
24-VDC) provide 12-VDC to the valve.
In addition to the valve and mounting hardware, it is
necessary to obtain an oil makeup tank and plumbing.
Tanks are available through Cummins Inc. with a capacity
between the high and low mark of 15.142 liter [4 gal], or
24.605 liters [6.5 gal].
Refer to Centinel™ Master Repair Manual, Bulletin
3666231, for detailed repair procedures on Centinel™
equipped engines.
Lubricating Oil and Filter Analysis

(007-083)
Inspect
Lubricating Oil
An analysis of used oil can help diagnose internal engine
damage and determine if it was caused by one of the
following:
• Intake air filter malfunction
• Coolant leaks
• Oil diluted with fuel
• Metal particles causing wear.
Lubricating Oil and Filter Analysis Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
For additional oil analysis information, refer to Cummins

Engine Oil Recommendations, Bulletin 3810340.
NOTE: Do not disassemble an engine for repair based
only on the results of an oil analysis. The oil filter must
also be inspected. If the oil filter shows evidence of
internal damage, find the source of the problem and repair
the damage. Refer to the appropriate procedure(s) based
on the following oil filter inspection.
Lubricating Oil Filter
WARNING
Carefully cut open the upper section of the
combination filter. The filter element spring is under
compression and can cause personal injury.
Use the tube cutter, Part Number 3376579, to open the
upper section of the combination filter.
Inspect the filter element for evidence of moisture or metal

particles.
Metal Probable Source

Copper Bearings and bushings
Chromium Piston rings
Iron Cylinder liners
Lead Bearing overlay material
Aluminum Piston wear or scuffing
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Page 8-a
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08

Section Contents
Page
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Water Pump) .......................................................................................................8-61
All Applications.............................................................................................................................................8-64
CM570.........................................................................................................................................................8-65
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-67
Drives Alternator.......................................................................................................................................... 8-67
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-61
All Applications.............................................................................................................................................8-61
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-66
Automotive Applications...............................................................................................................................8-66
Industrial and Power Generation...................................................................................................................8-66
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-62
Automotive Applications...............................................................................................................................8-63
Coolant Filter .....................................................................................................................................................8-5
General Information..........................................................................................................................................8-5
Install................................................................................................................................................................8-6
Remove............................................................................................................................................................8-6
Coolant Filter Valve ...........................................................................................................................................8-7
Clean................................................................................................................................................................8-8
Inspect for Reuse..............................................................................................................................................8-8
Install................................................................................................................................................................8-8
Remove............................................................................................................................................................8-7
Coolant Thermostat ..........................................................................................................................................8-9
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-14
Out-of-Chassis Opening Temperature Test...................................................................................................8-12
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-13
Leak Test..........................................................................................................................................................8-9
In-Chassis Opening Temperature Test..........................................................................................................8-11
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-11
Coolant Thermostat Housing ..........................................................................................................................8-15
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-21
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-18
Single Thermostat........................................................................................................................................8-18
Dual Thermostat...........................................................................................................................................8-19
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-16
Single Thermostat........................................................................................................................................8-16
Dual Thermostat...........................................................................................................................................8-16
Coolant Thermostat Seal ................................................................................................................................ 8-21
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-22
Single Seal...................................................................................................................................................8-22
Dual Seal.....................................................................................................................................................8-22
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-21
Single Seal...................................................................................................................................................8-21
Dual Seal.....................................................................................................................................................8-22
Coolant Vent Lines ..........................................................................................................................................8-23
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-23
Cooling System ...............................................................................................................................................8-23
Page 8-b Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08
Drain...............................................................................................................................................................8-23
Fill...................................................................................................................................................................8-26
Flush...............................................................................................................................................................8-24
Pressure Test..................................................................................................................................................8-29
Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test ..............................................................................................8-30
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-30
Air in Cooling System...................................................................................................................................8-30
Leak Test........................................................................................................................................................8-31
Fan, Shutter, or Heater Air Control Valve......................................................................................................8-31
Air Compressor............................................................................................................................................8-32
Overflow Method..........................................................................................................................................8-33
Drive Belt, Cooling Fan .....................................................................................................................................8-3
Drives Alternator............................................................................................................................................8-3
Install................................................................................................................................................................8-3
Remove............................................................................................................................................................8-3
Drive Belt, Water Pump ....................................................................................................................................8-4
Adjust...............................................................................................................................................................8-5
Install................................................................................................................................................................8-5
Remove............................................................................................................................................................8-4
Fan Clutch, On-Off ..........................................................................................................................................8-34
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-34
With Low Temperature Fan-On Control.........................................................................................................8-34
With High Temperature Fan On....................................................................................................................8-35
Fan, Cooling ....................................................................................................................................................8-41
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-42
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-41
Fan Hub, Belt Driven .......................................................................................................................................8-36
Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....................................................8-38
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-40
Industrial CM570 and Power Generation without CM570...............................................................................8-40
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-39
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-37
Fan Pulley ........................................................................................................................................................8-72
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-73
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-72
Fan Shroud Assembly .....................................................................................................................................8-40
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-40
Fan Support .....................................................................................................................................................8-69
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-71
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-70
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Page 8-c

Remove..........................................................................................................................................................8-69
Radiator ...........................................................................................................................................................8-42
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-42
Radiator Hoses ................................................................................................................................................8-43
Radiator Pressure Cap ....................................................................................................................................8-43
....................................................................................................................................................................8-43
Radiator Shutter Assembly .............................................................................................................................8-44
Service Tools ....................................................................................................................................................8-1
Cooling System.................................................................................................................................................8-1
Water Inlet Connection ...................................................................................................................................8-68
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-69
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-68
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................8-68
Water Pump .....................................................................................................................................................8-45
Assemble........................................................................................................................................................8-53
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................8-48
Disassemble...................................................................................................................................................8-49
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-60
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-56
Measure..........................................................................................................................................................8-52
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................8-46
Water Pump Cartridge .....................................................................................................................................8-74
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-74
Page 8-d Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08

Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Page 8-1
Service Tools
Cooling System
Repair Location.

Pulley Alignment Tool
Used to align pulleys.
3163524
Thermostat Seal Driver

Used to install the thermostat seal in the thermostat housing to the
3164350 correct specification.
Fluorescent Tracer
Used with black light, Part Number 3824754, to find coolant leaks.
3377438
Optical Tachometer
Used to measure engine rpm using reflective tape, Part Number
3377462 3377464.
Reflective Tape (for optical tachometer, Part Number 3377462)

Used with optical tachometer, Part Number 3377462, to measure
3377464 rpm.
Fluke Digital Temperature Measuring Instrument Kit

Used to measure temperatures for the fuel pump and injector test
3822666 stands.
Page 8-2 Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08

Combustion Gas Leak Test Kit
Used to detect combustion gas leaks. Includes test fluid, Part
3822985 Number 3822986, adapter, Part Number 3822987, and instructions,
Part Number 3877612.
Thermocouple Extension Wire Kit

Used with fluke digital temperature measuring instrument kit.
3822988 Includes adapter, Part Number 3822989, thermocouple, Part Number
3822990, thermocouple wire assembly, Part Number 3822991, and
bushing (1/8 NPT), Part Number 3822992.
Cooling System Test Kit - Fleetguard®

Used to measure supplemental coolant additive (SCA) concentration.
CC-2602
Refractometer
Used to measure glycol (antifreeze) concentration.
CC-2800
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Drive Belt, Cooling Fan
Drive Belt, Cooling Fan (008-002)

Remove
Drives Alternator
CAUTION
The belt tensioner is spring loaded and must be
pivoted away from the drive belt. Pivoting in the
wrong direction can result in damage to the belt
tensioner or cause personal injury.
Pivot the automatic tensioner down to relieve tension on
the belt.
Remove the belt.

Drives Alternator
Inspect the alternator pulley, the water pump pulley, the
fan clutch pulley, and the crankshaft pulley for cracks,
burrs, and broken or deformed grooves.
Use a wire brush to clean debris found in the pulley
grooves.
Inspect the belt for cracks, glazing, tears or cuts, and

excessive wear.
Replace the belt if necessary.
Install
Drives Alternator
CAUTION
Pivot and hold the belt tensioner.
Install the drive belt and release the tensioner.
Drive Belt, Water Pump Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Drive Belt, Water Pump (008-003)

Remove
CAUTION
The belt tensioner is spring-loaded and must be
tensioner.
Using a 1/2-inch square drive, lift the tensioner to relieve
tension in the belt and remove the belt.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the idler and the water pump pulley for cracks or
broken grooves. Replace if necessary.
Inspect and replace the belt for the following

characteristics:
• Cracks
• Glazing
• Tears or cuts
• Excessive wear.
Inspect the pulley alignment. Pulley misalignment must

not exceed 0.5 mm per cm [0.0625 in per ft] of distance
between the pulley centers.
Replace the water pump if the pulleys are not in
alignment. Refer to Procedure 008-062.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Coolant Filter
Install
CAUTION
The belt tensioner is spring-loaded and must be
tensioner.
Using a 1/2-inch square drive lift and hold the belt
tensioner. Install the drive belt and release the tensioner.
Adjust
Belt drive systems equipped with an automatic belt
tensioner can not be adjusted. A belt tension gauge will
not give an accurate measure of the belt tension. The
automatic belt tensioner is designed to maintain proper
belt tension over the life of the belt. Only inspection of the
tensioner is required.
The belt tensioner is designed to operate within the limit
of arm movement provided by the cast stops when the belt
length and geometry are correct.
If the tensioner is hitting either of the limits during
operation, check the mounting brackets and the belt
length. Loose brackets, bracket failure, alternator
movement, incorrect belt length, or belt failure can cause
the tensioner to hit the limits.
Coolant Filter (008-006)

General Information
Refer to the Coolant Recommendations and Specification,
Procedure 018-004 in the Operation and Maintenance
Manual Signature and ISX Engines, Bulletin 3666251, the
Operation and Maintenance Manual Industrial and Power
Generation QSX15 Engines, Bulletin 3666423, or the
Operation and Maintenance Manual Signature and ISX
Coolant Filter Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
An on/off valve is provided to prevent coolant leakage

while changing the coolant filter.
With the valve in the ON position (1), the coolant flows to
and from the coolant filter. In the OFF position (2), the
coolant flow is cut off to and from the coolant filter.
Remove
WARNING
Remove the cooling system pressure cap.
WARNING
Turn the coolant on/off valve to the OFF position.
Do not use force to open or close the on/off valve. If the
valve does not turn freely, refer to Procedure 008-082.
Remove and discard the coolant filter. Clean the gasket
surface on the filter head.
Install
CAUTION
Mechanical overtightening can distort the threads or
damage the filter head.
Apply a thin film of clean engine oil, or its equivalent, to
the coolant filter gasket sealing surface before installing
the coolant filter.
Tighten the coolant filter ½ to ¾ of a turn after initial
gasket contact, or as specified by the manufacturer.
Turn the coolant on/off valve to the ON position.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Coolant Filter Valve
Install the radiator pressure cap.
WARNING
Operate the engine until the coolant temperature is above
82°C [180°F], and check for coolant leaks.
After the air has been purged from the system, check the
coolant level again.
Coolant Filter Valve (008-009)

Remove
Drain the coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018.
Remove the coolant valve retaining capscrew and large

flat washer.
Coolant Filter Valve Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove the coolant filter valve and o-ring.
Clean
WARNING
Use skin and eye protection when handling caustic
solutions to reduce the possibility of personal injury.
Clean the coolant filter valve and valve bore in the water
inlet connection with a filter brush and solvent.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the valve for corrosion or other damage. Replace
if necessary.
Install
Install a new o-ring onto the valve.
Install the valve into the water inlet connection.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Coolant Thermostat
Install the retaining capscrew and flat washer. Make sure

the flat washer fits in the notch in the valve.
While pushing the flat washer into the groove, tighten the
retaining capscrew.
Turn the valve to the ON position.
Fill the cooling system. Refer to Procedure 008-018.

Operate engine and check for leaks.
Coolant Thermostat (008-013)

Leak Test
Signature, ISX, and QSX engines use two engine coolant
thermostats.
The engine thermostat and thermostat seal must operate
properly in order for the engine to operate in the most
efficient heat range. Overheating or overcooling will
shorten engine life.
Refer to Procedure 008-016 to inspect the thermostat seal.
Coolant Thermostat Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
WARNING
Drain the coolant to a level below the vent line in the
thermostat housing.
Disconnect and plug the vent line hose. Refer to
Procedure 008-017.
Remove the radiator hose from the radiator top tank.
The radiator hose must be at the point of overflowing

before the engine is run. Small amounts of leakage will
not be detected if the hose is not pre-filled.
Fill the radiator hose with coolant until coolant is just about
ready to flow out of the hose.
Place a dry container under the end of the hose.
Operate the engine at rated rpm for three minutes.

Shut off the engine and measure the amount of coolant
collected in the container.
The amount of coolant collected must not be more than
100 cc [3.3 fl oz].
If more than 100 cc ]3.3 fl oz] of coolant is collected, the

thermostat or thermostat seal is leaking.
Remove the thermostats and test their operation as
described in the Out-of-Chassis Opening Temperature
Test in this procedure.
Refer to Procedure 008-016 for thermostat seal
inspection.
In-Chassis Opening Temperature Test

NOTE: An electronic service tool can also be used to
monitor the thermostat opening temperature without
removing the radiator hose.
Remove the coolant temperature sensor and install a
thermocouple or temperature gauge, which is known to be
accurate, on the engine side of the thermostat housing.
Complete the following test in-chassis to test the

thermostat opening temperature.
Start the engine and monitor the water temperature and
the container.
Thermostat Initial Opening Temperature

°C °F
81 MIN 178
83 MAX 182
Shut off the engine when the coolant starts to flow.
If coolant does not start flowing into the container during
the initial opening temperature range, the thermostat
must be replaced.
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
Coolant is toxic. If not reused, dispose of in
accordance with local environmental regulations.
Drain the cooling system. Refer to Procedure 008-018.
Remove
Remove the upper radiator hose from the thermostat
housing cover.
Disconnect vent line.

Disconnect the coolant sensor connector.
Remove the four capscrews that attach the thermostat

housing cover to the thermostat housing.
Remove the thermostat housing cover and gasket from
the thermostat housing. Discard the gasket.
Remove the thermostats from the thermostat housing

cover.
Inspect for Reuse

Out-of-Chassis Opening Temperature Test
Inspect the thermostat for damage.
Suspend the thermostat and a 100°C [212°F]

thermometer into a container of water. Do not allow the
thermostat or the thermometer to touch the sides of the
container.
Heat the water.
Record the temperatures at which the thermostat begins
to open and when it is fully open.
The nominal operating temperature is stamped on the

thermostat.
• The thermostat must begin to open within 1°C [2°F]
of nominal temperature.
• The thermostat must be fully open to at least 11 mm
[0.435 in] within 12°C [22°F] above nominal
temperature.
Replace the thermostat if it does not operate as
described.
Install
Install the two thermostats into the thermostat housing
cover by pushing on the outer rims.
Install the thermostat housing cover, gasket, and four

capscrews on the cylinder head.
Tighten the capscrews to the values shown.
Torque Value:
Short 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Capscrews
Long 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Capscrews
Connect the vent line. Refer to the OEM instructions.

Connect the coolant sensor connector.
Industrial engines use a thermostat housing cover with

either a cover plate or a water connection.
If removed, tighten the capscrews to the following
specification.
Install the upper radiator hose. Tighten the hose clamp.

Finishing Steps
Operate the engine until the coolant temperature reaches
70°C [160°F]. Check for leaks.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Coolant Thermostat Housing
Coolant Thermostat Housing (008-014)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the air intake piping. Refer to the OEM
service manual.
• Remove the charge air cooler piping. Refer to
Procedure 010-027.
• Remove the upper radiator hose. Refer to the OEM
service manual.
• Remove the vent line. Refer to the OEM service
manual.
• Remove the engine coolant temperature sensor.
Refer to Procedure 019-019 in the ISX CM871 and
ISM CM876 Electronic Control System
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin
4021560.
• Remove the turbocharger coolant return line. Refer
• Remove the OEM coolant sensor(s). Refer to the
OEM service manual.
• Remove the exhaust gas pressure sensor. Refer to
019-376 in the ISX CM871 and ISM CM876
Electronic Control System Troubleshooting and
Repair Manual, Bulletin 4021560
• Remove the turbocharger actuator air line, if
required. Refer to Procedure 010-113.
• Remove the heat shield, if required. Refer to
Procedure 011-032.
• Remove the EGR cooler connection tube, if required.
• Remove the EGR cooler coolant return tube, if
• Remove the refrigerant compressor. Refer to
Procedure 009-051.
• Remove the refrigerant compressor mounting
bracket. Refer to Procedure 009-055.
Coolant Thermostat Housing Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove
Single Thermostat
Remove the four thermostat housing cover capscrews.
Remove the thermostat cover and gasket.
Discard the gasket.
Remove the thermostat from the thermostat housing

cover.
Remove the three thermostat housing capscrews.

Remove the thermostat housing and gasket.
Discard the gasket.
Dual Thermostat
Remove the upper radiator hose from the thermostat
housing cover.
Disconnect vent line, if required.

Disconnect the coolant sensor connector.
Remove the four capscrews that attach the thermostat

housing cover to the thermostat housing.
Remove the thermostat housing cover and gasket from
the thermostat housing.
Discard the gasket.
Remove the thermostats from the thermostat housing

cover.
Remove the two capscrews that attach the thermostat

housing to the cylinder head.
Remove the thermostat housing and gasket from the
cylinder head.
Discard the gasket.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the thermostat housing and thermostat cover for
cracks.
Inspect the bottom of the thermostat bores in thermostat

cover for corrosion, pitting, or erosion that would cause
leakage past the thermostats when they are in the open
position.
Replace the thermostat seals, if damaged. Refer to
Procedure 008-016.
Inspect the thermostats. Refer to Procedure 008-013.
Install
Single Thermostat
To reduce the possibility of a coolant leak, the 90-degree
elbow on the thermostat housing must be positioned
appropriately and tightened before the thermostat housing
is installed on the cylinder head.
Use two thermostat housing capscrews to align the
thermostat housing.
Install the thermostat housing, gasket, and three
capscrews to the cylinder block.
Tighten the three thermostat housing mounting
capscrews.
Install the thermostat into the thermostat housing cover by

pushing on the outer rim.

capscrews.
Dual Thermostat
Use two thermostat housing cover capscrews to align the
thermostat housing.
Install the thermostat housing, gasket, and two capscrews
on the cylinder head.
Tighten the two thermostat housing capscrews.
Remove the two thermostat housing cover capscrews
used as guides.
Install the two thermostats into the thermostat housing

cover by pushing on the outer rims.

capscrews on the cylinder head.
Torque Value:
Short 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
capscrews
Long 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
capscrews
Connect the vent line. Refer to the OEM instructions.

Connect the coolant sensor connector.
Install the upper radiator hose.

Tighten the hose clamp.
Industrial engines use a thermostat housing cover with

either a cover plate or a water connection.
Install the thermostat cover if removed.
Automotive has a similar design with connector for
transmission cooler.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Coolant Thermostat Seal
Finishing Steps
• Install the refrigerant compressor mounting bracket.
• Install the refrigerant compressor. Refer to
Procedure 009-051.
• Install the EGR cooler coolant return tube, if
• Install the EGR cooler connection tube, if required.
• Install the EGR valve, if required. Refer to Procedure
011-022.
• Install the heat shield, If required. Refer to Procedure
011-032.
• Install the turbocharger actuator air line. Refer to
Procedure 010-113.
• Install the exhaust gas pressure sensor. Refer to
Procedure 019-376 in the ISX CM871 and ISM
CM876 Electronic Control System Troubleshooting
and Repair Manual, Bulletin 4021560.
• Install the turbocharger coolant return line. Refer to
Procedure 010-041.
• Install the vent line. Refer to the OEM service
manual.
• Install the OEM coolant sensor(s). Refer to the OEM
service manual.
• Install the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer
to Procedure 019-019 in the ISX CM871 and ISM
CM876 Electronic Control System Troubleshooting
• Install the upper radiator hose. Refer to the OEM
service manual.
• Install the charge air cooler piping. Refer to
Procedure 010-027.
• Install the air intake piping. Refer to the OEM service
manual.
• Operate the engine until the coolant temperature
reaches 70°C [158°F] and check for leaks.
Coolant Thermostat Seal (008-016)

Remove
Single Seal
Remove the thermostat seal. Do not damage the
thermostat cover.
Coolant Thermostat Seal Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Dual Seal
NOTE: The Signature, ISX, and QSX engines have two
engine coolant thermostats.
Remove the thermostat housing cover. Refer to Procedure
008-014.
Remove the thermostat seal. Do not damage the
thermostat cover.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the thermostat seal for cracks, corrosion, or other
damage. Replace if necessary.
Install
Single Seal
NOTE: When installing a new seal, the flat side of the seal
must be toward the mandrel for correct installation.
Use thermostat seal mandrel, Part Number 3824716, and
a lead hammer to install the seal.
A counterbore in the housing bore locates the seal.
Dual Seal
NOTE: When installing a new seal, the flat side of the seal
must be toward the mandrel for correct installation.
Use thermostat seal mandrel, Part Number 3164350, and
a lead hammer to install the seal.
A counterbore in the housing bore locates the seal.
Install the thermostat housing cover. Refer to Procedure
008-014.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Cooling System
Coolant Vent Lines (008-017)

Initial Check
The cooling system must be designed to allow air to
escape while filling the coolant system.
During engine operation, coolant will continuously flow

through the engine vent line to remove air from the
coolant.
Engine Vent Line

The cooling system vent line is plumbed from a special
connection located on the top of the thermostat cover. The
line then goes to the radiator fill tank or auxiliary tank
above the coolant level.
Cooling System (008-018)

Drain
Position the equipment on level ground.
Cooling System Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
Remove the radiator cap after the engine is cool.
WARNING
Do not allow the cooling system to dry out.
If the coolant is to be reused, the container must be free
of oil and dirt. Before pouring coolant back into the engine,
it must be tested for SCA concentration. Refer to
Procedure 018-004 in the Operation and Maintenance
Manual Signature and ISX Engines, Bulletin 3666251, the
Open the radiator draincocks.
Remove the lower radiator hose(s).
Do not remove the coolant filter.
Flush
CAUTION
Do not use caustic cleaners in the cooling system.
Aluminum components will be damaged.
The cooling system must be clean to work correctly and
to eliminate buildup of harmful chemicals.
Restore™ is a heavy-duty cooling system cleaner that

removes corrosion, silica gel, and other deposits. The
performance of Restore™ is dependent on time,
temperature, and concentration levels. An extremely
scaled or flow-restricted system, for example, can require
higher concentrations of cleaners, higher temperatures,
or longer cleaning times, or the use of Restore Plus™. Up
to twice the recommended concentration levels of
Restore™ can be used safely. Restore Plus™ must be used
only at its recommended concentration level. Extremely
scaled or fouled systems can require more than one
cleaning.
CAUTION
Fleetguard® Restore™ contains no antifreeze. Do not
allow the cooling system to freeze during the cleaning
operation.
After draining the coolant, immediately add 3.8 liters [1
gal] of Fleetguard® Restore™, Restore Plus™, or
equivalent, for each 38 to 57 liters [10 to 15 gal] of cooling
system capacity, and fill the system with plain water.
Turn the cab heater temperature switch to high to allow
maximum coolant flow through the heater core. The
blower does not have to be on.
WARNING
WARNING
Operate the engine at normal operating temperatures, at
least 85°C [185°F] for one to one and a half hours.
Shut off the engine and drain the cooling system.
Fill the cooling system with clean water.

WARNING
WARNING
Operate the engine at high idle for five minutes with the
coolant temperature above 85°C [185°F].
Shut off the engine and drain the cooling system.
If the water being drained is still dirty, the system must be
continually flushed until the water is clean.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of engine damage, do not
add coolant while the engine is hot.
Fill the cooling system with fully-formulated coolant or a
50/50 mixture of fully-formulated antifreeze and good-
quality water. Use a service filter to bring the coolant to
the correct SCA concentration level. Refer to Procedure
018-004 in the Operation and Maintenance Manual
Signature and ISX Engines, Bulletin 3666251, the
Fill
Close the radiator draincocks.
Install the lower radiator hose(s).
Tighten the hose clamps.
Cummins Inc. recommends using either a 50/50 mixture

of good-quality water and fully-formulated antifreeze, or
fully-formulated coolant when filling the cooling system.
The fully-formulated antifreeze or coolant must meet TMC
RP329 or TMC RP330 specifications.
Good-quality water is important for cooling system
performance. Excessive levels of calcium and magnesium
contribute to scaling problems, and excessive levels of
chlorides and sulfates cause cooling system corrosion.
Water Quality
Calcium Magnesium Maximum 170 ppm as (CaCO3 +
(Hardness) MgCO3)
Chloride 40 ppm as (CI)
Sulfate 100 ppm as (SO4)
Cummins Inc. recommends using Fleetguard®

COMPLEAT ES. It is available in glycol forms (ethylene
and propylene) and complies with TMC RP329 and RP330
standards.
Fill the cooling system with heavy-duty coolant and install

the correct service filter. Refer to Procedure 018-004 in the
Engines, Bulletin 3666251, the Operation and
Maintenance Manual Industrial and Power Generation
QSX15 Engines, Bulletin 3666423, or the Operation and
Maintenance Manual Signature and ISX Engines, Bulletin
3666311, for the correct filter.
NOTE: Some radiators have two fill locations, both of

which must be filled when the cooling system is drained.
Fill the cooling system with coolant to the bottom of the fill
neck in the radiator fill (or expansion) tank.
Install the radiator or expansion tank fill cap.

Operate the engine until it reaches a temperature of 82°
C [180°F], and check for leaks.
Shut off the engine and allow to cool.
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. This can
cause engine casting damage. Allow the engine to
cool to below 50°C [120°F] before adding coolant.
Remove the radiator or fill cap and check the coolant level
according to the operator equipment manual
recommendations. Add coolant if necessary. Do not
overfill.
Pressure Test
Connect the air line in place of a vent line on the surge
tank.
Install an air regulator (2) between the ball valve (1) of the
air line and the surge tank connection.
Attach a hose to the radiator overflow connection (3).
Place the free end of the hose below the water level in a
container of water.
CAUTION
Do not apply more than 140 kPa [20 psi] air pressure
to the cooling system. The water pump seal can be
damaged.
Pressurize the cooling system slowly to the rated radiator
cap pressure until bubbles can be seen in the overflow
bottle.
If the bubbles start at a lower pressure than the minimum

recommended cap pressure (See cooling system
specifications), inspect the radiator pressure cap per
Procedure 008-047 and replace, if necessary.
Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Cooling System - Air or Combustion

Gas Test (008-019)
Initial Check
Air in Cooling System
WARNING
Allow the engine to cool and remove the radiator cap.
Check the coolant level according to the operator's

equipment manual recommendations and fill, if
necessary.
Add heavy-duty coolant. Refer to Coolant
Recommendations and Specifications in Section V of this
manual and Service Bulletin 3810340 for a description.
The pressure cap must be tightly sealed in the top of the

radiator fill neck.
Place the radiator cap back on and attach a rubber hose
to the radiator overflow connection.
Place the free end of the hose below the water level in a
container of water.
The engine coolant temperature must be stable to

perform this test. An increasing coolant temperature will
give a false indication of air due to expansion of the
coolant in the system.
Operate the engine at rated rpm until it reaches 82°C
[180°F].
Check for a continuous flow of air bubbles from the hose
into the water container.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test
A continuous flow of air bubbles can be caused by one of

the following:
• An air compressor cylinder head leak. Refer to Leak
Test - Air Compressor in this procedure.
• Fan, shutter, or heater air control thermostat valve
leaking air. Refer to Leak Test - Fan, Shutter, or
Heater Air Control Valve in this procedure.
• A cracked cylinder head. Refer to Cylinder Head
Crack Detection Test in Procedure 002-004.
• A cylinder head gasket combustion leak. Refer to
Combustion Gas Leak - Overlfow Method in this
procedure.
If no air is found in the cooling system, do the following:

• Remove the test equipment.
• Operate the engine until it reaches 80°C [180°F],
and check for coolant leaks.
Leak Test
Fan, Shutter, or Heater Air Control Valve
CAUTION
The engine can overheat with the fan control or the
shutter air control valve disconnected. Monitor the
engine coolant temperature while performing this
test. The coolant temperature must not exceed 100°
C [212°F] or engine damage can occur.
Disconnect the vehicle air supply hose from the fan, the
shutter, and the heater air control valve.
Install a plug into the air supply hose.
If the vehicle is equipped with more than one air control
valve, check only one valve at a time.
Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Start the engine and run for five minutes before testing for
air in the coolant. This will allow any trapped air to purge
from the system.
Repeat the test for air in the cooling system, as previously
described.
If no air is found in the cooling system with the air control
valve(s) isolated, install a new control valve.
Air Compressor
CAUTION
The air compressor discharge line must be
disconnected at the compressor to allow the
compressor to discharge air to the atmosphere during
this next test to prevent the compressor from
overheating. Do not run the engine over 5 minutes
with components isolated from the cooling system.
Component damage can occur.
Disconnect the coolant supply and the return tubes from

the air compressor.
Use a short piece of hose to connect the tubes together to
prevent coolant loss during engine operation.
Drain the air tanks completely to reduce the possibility of

air entering the cooling system through the cab heater
control valve.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test
Repeat the test for air in the cooling system as previously

described in this procedure.
If no air is found in the cooling system with the air
compressor isolated, repair or replace the air compressor.
Overflow Method
WARNING
Allow the engine to cool and remove the radiator cap.
Install a radiator pressure cap that has had the spring and
the pressure relief valve removed to allow free flow from
the overflow tube.
The pressure cap must be tightly sealed in the top of the
radiator fill neck.
Attach a rubber hose to the radiator overflow connection.
Put the free end of the hose below the water level in a
container of water.
The engine coolant temperature must be stable to

perform this test. An increasing coolant temperature will
give a false indication of air due to expansion of the
coolant in the system.
Operate the engine at rated rpm until it reaches a
temperature of 82°C [180°F].
Check for a continuous flow of air bubbles from the hose
in the water container.
Fan Clutch, On-Off Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Fan Clutch, On-Off (008-027)

Initial Check
With Low Temperature Fan-On Control
CAUTION
If the fan clutch logic is not set correctly, the ECM will
not be able to engage the fan for engine cooling and
engine protection. The engine can overheat and
damage is possible.
The fan clutches can be controlled by the ECM. The ECM
can be programmed for either 12 volts, fan ON or 12 volts,
fan OFF. Check the ECM program using INSITE™.
Restrict the air flow to the radiator.

Operate the engine at rated rpm.
If the vehicle is air conditioned, make sure the air

conditioning is turned off to prevent continuous operation
of the fan. When the coolant temperature reaches 99°C
[210°F], check for fan engagement.
NOTE: The temperature given for fan engagement is for
fans controlled by the ECM.
NOTE: Fan noise and airflow will increase when the fan
clutch engages.
Return the engine to idle and remove the radiator air flow
restriction.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fan Clutch, On-Off
The fan clutch must disengage when the coolant

temperature drops to 96°C [205°F].
NOTE: The temperature given for fan disengagement is
for fans controlled by the ECM.
With High Temperature Fan On

On Signature, ISX, and QSX engines, the fan clutches can
be controlled by the ECM. The ECM is programmed to turn
the fan clutch on and off.
Restrict the radiator airflow.

Operate the engine at rated rpm.
If the vehicle is air conditioned, make sure the air

conditioning is turned off to prevent continuous operation
of the fan. When the coolant temperature reaches 110°C
[215°F], check for fan engagement.
NOTE: The temperature given for fan engagement is for
fans controlled by the ECM.
NOTE: Fan noise and airflow will increase when the fan
clutch engages.
Fan Hub, Belt Driven Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Return the engine to idle and remove the radiator air

restriction.
The fan clutch must disengage before the coolant

temperature drops to 93°C [200°F]. Cummins Inc.
recommends that the fan disengage at 3°C [6°F] below
the temperature stamped on the temperature sensor.
NOTE: The temperature given for fan disengagement is
for fans controlled by the ECM.
Fan Hub, Belt Driven (008-036)

Preparatory Steps
• Remove the cooling fan. Refer to Procedure
008-040.
• Remove the cooling fan drive belt. Refer to
Procedure 008-002.
• Remove the automatic belt tensioner (water pump).

008-040.
• Remove the water pump belt. Refer to Procedure
008-003.
• Remove the alternator belt Refer to Procedure
013-005.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fan Hub, Belt Driven
Industrial CM570 and Power Generation without

CM570
008-040.
• Remove the fan and water pump belt. Refer to
Procedure 008-003.
• Remove the alternator drive belt. Refer to Procedure
013-005.
• Remove the fan hub and the fan hub support. Refer
Remove
WARNING
This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To
reduce the possibility of personal injury, use a hoist
or get assistance to lift this component.
Remove the mounting capscrews and the fan hub
assembly.
WARNING
This assembly weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To reduce
the possibility of personal injury, use a hoist or get
assistance to lift this assembly.
Remove alternator belt tensioner and bracket.
Remove the capscrews and the fan hub assembly.

CM570
Remove the fan hub mounting capscrews.
Remove the fan hub from the fan support.
Fan Hub, Belt Driven Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

Inspect the fan hub for the following:
• Freedom of rotation
• Cracks
• Grease seal leakage.
Repair or replace the fan hub if the fan hub does not rotate
freely or if there is evidence of cracks or grease seal
leakage.
Refer to the OEM service literature for repair of the fan
hub.
Measure the fan hub end clearance play. The end

clearance is dependent upon the fan hub style.
Replace the fan hub if the end clearance is not within the
manufacturer's specifications.
Refer to OEM service manual for additional inspection
steps.

Inspect the fan hub for the following:
• Freedom of rotation
• Cracks
• Grease seal leakage.
Repair or replace the fan hub if the fan hub does not rotate
freely or if there is evidence of cracks or grease seal
leakage.
Measure the fan hub end clearance. The end clearance is

dependent upon the fan hub style.
Replace the fan hub if the end clearance is not within
specifications.
Fan Hub End Clearance

mm in
0.08 MIN 0.003
0.25 MAX 0.009
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fan Hub, Belt Driven
Install
WARNING
Install the fan hub assembly and the capscrews.
WARNING
This assembly weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid
personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift
this assembly.
Install the fan hub and the capscrews.
Install the belt tensioner bracket.

CM570
The fan hub must be installed in the correct location on
the fan support to allow proper clearance between the fan
and fan shroud. Refer to the OEM service manual.
Make certain the correct fan center is used for the

application.
Install the fan hub on the fan support using four capscrews
and washers.
Fan Shroud Assembly Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Finishing Steps
• Install the automatic belt tensioner (water pump).
• Install the cooling fan drive belt. Refer to Procedure
008-002.
• Install the cooling fan. Refer to Procedure 008-040.

• Install the alternator belt. Refer to Procedure
013-005.
• Install the water pump belt. Refer to Procedure
008-003.

CM570
• Install the fan hub and fan hub support. Refer to
Procedure 008-088.
• Install the alternator drive belt. Refer to Procedure
013-005.
• Install the fan and water pump belt. Refer to
Procedure 008-003.
Fan Shroud Assembly (008-038)

Initial Check
CAUTION
The fan shroud must be installed correctly and be in
good condition. The shroud-to-fan clearance must be
within the manufacturer's specifications to maintain
proper air flow through the radiator to provide
adequate engine cooling, or engine damage can
occur.
Inspect the fan shroud for proper fan clearance, cracks,
air leaks, or damage. Replace if necessary. Refer to the
manufacturer's instructions.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fan, Cooling
Cummins Inc. recommends fan clearance be 5.08 to 10.16

cm [2 to 4 in] from the radiator core. Refer to the
equipment manufacturer for alternative positions.
Fan, Cooling (008-040)

Remove
WARNING
Disconnect the batteries or air supply line to the air
starter to prevent accidental engine starting and
personal injury.
CAUTION
Do not pry or pull on the fan. The fan blades can be
damaged.
Remove the fan.
Inspect for Reuse
WARNING
Do not straighten a bent fan blade or continue to use
a damaged fan. A bent or damaged fan blade can fail
during operation and cause personal injury or
property damage.
Replace the original equipment fan with a fan of the

identical part number. Cummins Inc. must approve any
other fan changes.
Radiator Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
An inspection of the cooling fan is required daily.

Check for cracks, loose rivets, bent or loose blades, and
for contact between the fan blade tips and the fan shroud.
Check the fan to make sure it is securely mounted.
Tighten the capscrews, if necessary. Refer to the vehicle
manufacturer's specifications for fan capscrew torque
value.
Replace any fan that is damaged.
Install
NOTE: Replace the original equipment fan with a fan of
the identical part number. Cummins Inc. must approve
any fan changes.
Install the fan.

Tighten the mounting capscrews. Refer to OEM
specifications.
Connect the batteries or air starter supply line.
Radiator (008-042)
Initial Check
Inspect the radiator for plugged radiator fins.
Use 550-kPa [80-psi] air pressure to blow the dirt and
debris from the fins. Blow the air in the opposite direction
of the fan airflow.
Inspect the CAC and the clearance between the CAC and
the radiator for trapped debris. Remove the CAC if
necessary.
Remove any debris found.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Radiator Pressure Cap
Inspect the radiator for bent or broken fins.

NOTE: The radiator must be replaced due to bent or
broken fins that can cause the engine to overheat. Refer
to the manufacturer's replacement procedures.
Inspect the radiator for core and gasket leaks.
WARNING
If a liquid refrigerant system must be removed before
removing the radiator, wear eye and face protection.
For environmental protection, federal law requires
that Freon be recycled and not vented into the
atmosphere. Wrap a cloth around the fittings before
removing. Liquid refrigerant can cause serious eye
and skin injury.
Radiator Hoses (008-045)

Inspect for Reuse
Inspect all hoses for cracks, cuts, or collapsing.
NOTE: The silicone engine coolant hose will exhibit
swelling due to the elasticity of the hose.
Radiator Pressure Cap (008-047)

Inspect for Reuse
WARNING
Remove the radiator pressure cap.
Radiator Shutter Assembly Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Inspect the rubber inner seal and the brass outer seal of
the pressure cap for damage.
Inspect the radiator or expansion tank fill neck for cracks
or other damage.
Refer to the radiator manufacturer's or vehicle
manufacturer's instructions if the fill neck is damaged.
Make sure the correct pressure cap is used. Refer to the
Cooling System Specifications.
Pressure-test the radiator cap to the rated cap pressure.
Radiator Shutter Assembly (008-049)

General Information
NOTE: Shutters and fan clutch must be set to operate in
the same temperature range as the thermostat with which
they are used.
Check the shutters and the fan clutch every 1500 hours.
Every 192,000 km [120,000 mi], 3000 hours, or 2 years,
whichever comes first, check the shutters and the fan
clutch.
Check the shutters in the closed position to be sure they
are completely closed.
NOTE: If the shutters are not closed, refer to the
Be sure the shutters open completely at the desired
temperature setting.
NOTE: If the shutters are closed, refer to the
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Water Pump
Water Pump (008-062)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the water pump drive belt and tensioner.
• Remove the refrigerant compressor drive belt. Refer
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the water pump and fan drive belt. Refer to
Procedure 008-003.
013-005.
• Remove the water pump belt tensioner bracket and
belt tensioner. Refer to Procedure 008-080.
• If necessary, remove the vibration dampers. Refer to
Procedure 001-052.
Water Pump Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

CM570
WARNING
WARNING
Coolant is toxic. Keep children and pets away. If the
coolant is not going to be reused, dispose of it in
accordance with local environmental regulations.
008-018.
• Remove the cooling fan and water pump belt. Refer
013-005.
• If required, remove the damper assembly. Refer to
Procedure 001-052.
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the water pump cartridge. Refer to
Procedure 008-102.
Remove
Remove two water pump mounting capscrews and install
two guide studs.
Remove the remaining three capscrews, the water pump,

and the o-ring seal.
Discard the o-ring seal.

Remove two water pump capscrews and install guide
studs.
Remove remaining three capscrews, water pump, and
water inlet o-ring seal.
Discard the o-ring seal.

CM570
Remove the pulley (1), pilot adapter (2), and belt tensioner
bracket (3).
Remove the remaining water pump capscrews, and water

inlet o-rings.
Discard the o-ring seals.

Remove the five water pump housing mounting
capscrews.
Remove the two bracket mounting capscrews
Remove the EGR tube outlet capscrew.
Remove the water pump housing and o-ring seals.
Discard the water inlet o-ring seal and EGR tube inlet and
outlet o-ring seal.
Clean
Clean the water pump and the water inlet connections.
Inspect the water pump housing for cracks.

Inspect the water pump weep hole for indication of leaks.
A streak or chemical buildup at the weep hole is not
justification for water pump replacement. If a steady flow
of coolant or oil is observed, recondition the existing water
pump or replace the water pump with a new or rebuilt unit.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the water pump components with solvent and dry
with compressed air.
Inspect the water pump housing for cracks and damage.

Inspect the water pump inlet tube for out of roundness,
damage, or leaks.
If the water pump housing is damaged, it must be
replaced.
Continuous pitting deeper than 0.635 mm [0.025 in] or
individual pits deeper than 2.54 mm [0.100 inch] are not
acceptable.
Replace the water pump housing if not within
specifications.
Disassemble
WARNING
The retaining clip contains extreme amounts of
potential energy. To reduce the possibility of personal
injury from the clip slipping, place the water pump in
a box prior to removing the retaining clip.
Place the water pump in a box.
Remove the retaining clip securing the impeller cover.
Remove and discard the water pump outlet o-ring.
Use a heel bar to remove the impeller cover from the

pump.
Discard the o-ring.
Support the water pump housing pulley in a press with the

pulley facing up.
Press the pulley off of the water pump and shaft assembly.
Position the water pump with the pulley end facing up.
Remove the bearing bore retaining clip.
Support the water pump in a press with the impeller facing

up.
Press the shaft out of the impeller and through the pump
housing.
Remove the impeller from the housing.
Discard a phenolic impeller, retain a cast iron impeller.
Support the water pump in a press with the pulley end

facing up.
Press the seal out of the housing.
NOTE: Disassemble the shaft and bearings only if the

seal is leaking or the bearing is damaged.
Remove the retaining ring (1).
Use the water pump bearing separator, Part Number
3375326 to remove the:
Front bearing (2)
Rear bearing (3).
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the water pump components with solvent and dry
Inspect the water pump housing for cracks and damage.

If the water pump housing is damaged, it must be
replaced.
Inspect the cast iron impeller for cracks, pitting and other
damage.
Continuous pitting deeper than 0.635 mm [0.025 in] or
individual pits deeper than 2.54 mm [0.100 in] are not
acceptable.
Replace the impeller if damaged or if pits are not within
specifications.
The water pump bearings are sealed bearings.

Spin the bearings to check for roughness.
Inspect the bearings for signs of grease purge.
If the bearing seals show signs of grease purge or the
bearing does not spin smoothly, it must be replaced.
Inspect the impeller cover for cracks and other damage.

Scratching on the inside face is acceptable.
If there is any damage to the outer o-ring area, the impeller
cover must be replaced.
Inspect the impeller cover retaining clip.

If the retaining clip is rusted or pitted, it must be replaced.
Inspect the pulley for cracks, wear, and damage.

Inspect the mating surface and pulley bore areas for
damage.
If the pulley is damaged, it must be replaced.
Measure
Measure the inside diameter of the water pump housing
large bearing bore.
Water Pump Housing Large Bearing Bore Inside

Diameter
mm in
71.988 MIN 2.834
72.018 MAX 2.835
If the water pump housing large bearing bore inside
diameter is not within specifications, the water pump
housing must be replaced.
Measure the inside diameter of the cast iron impeller.
Cast Iron Impeller Inside Diameter

mm in
15.850 MIN 0.624
15.875 MAX 0.625
If the cast iron impeller inside diameter is not within
specifications, it must be replaced.
Measure the outside diameter of the water pump shaft.
Water Pump Shaft Diameter

mm in
Small End 25.015 MIN 0.9848
25.002 MAX 0.9843
Large End 29.015 MIN 1.1423
29.002 MAX 1.1418
Measure the outside diameter of the larger end of the
shaft.
If the shaft is not within specifications, it must be
replaced.
Measure the inside diameter of the pulley bore.
Pulley Bore Inside Diameter

mm in
28.936 MIN 1.139
29.964 MAX 1.140
If the pulley bore is not within specifications, the pulley
must be replaced.
Assemble
CAUTION
The mandrel must make contact on the inner race of
the bearing to prevent damage to the bearing.
Support the shaft in an arbor press.
Use an arbor press with water pump mandrel, Part
Number ST-658 (4), or equivalent to install the bearings.
Install the retaining clip with the beveled side of the clip
facing away from the bearing.
Support the water pump housing on a table with the pulley

end facing up.
Install the shaft and bearing assembly into the bearing
bore with the smaller bearing end of the assembly entering
first.
If the shaft does not drop into position from its weight, the
assembly can be pressed into place.
Install the retaining clip with the beveled side of the clip
facing away from the bearing.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of damage to the water pump
housing, make sure the impeller end of the shaft is
supported before pressing on the pulley.
Support the impeller end of the shaft in a press.
Press on the pulley until it is flush with the end of the shaft.
Make sure the pulley rotates freely.
Press the water pump seal onto the shaft.

Measure the water pump seal installed height.
Water Pump Seal Installed Height

mm in
10.919 MIN 0.430
11.679 MAX 0.460
If the water pump seal installed height is not within
specifications, the seal must be removed and installed
again.
Support the water pump in a press with the pulley down.

Press the impeller, vane side up, onto the shaft until it is
flush with the end of the shaft.
CAUTION
Do not use petroleum based lubricants. Petroleum
based lubricants cause the o-ring seals to crack,
leading to a coolant leak.
CAUTION
Make sure the o-ring is seated properly. If the o-ring
is not seated properly it can be damaged during
impeller cover installation.
Lubricate the impeller cover o-ring with soapy water.
Install the cover o-ring into the water pump housing.
CAUTION
Do not use petroleum lubricant on the impeller cover,
o-ring damage can result from the use of petroleum
lubricant.
Lubricate the outside diameter of the impeller cover and
the o-ring bore with soapy water.
Support the water pump in a press.
Press the impeller cover into the bore until seated.
WARNING
The retaining clip contains extreme amounts of
potential energy. To reduce the possibility of personal
injury from the clip slipping, place the water pump in
a box prior to installing the retaining clip.
Place the water pump in a box.
Install the retaining clip.
Measure the impeller clearance between the impeller and

impeller cover with a feeler gauge.
Impeller Clearance
mm in
0.29 MIN 0.011
1.24 MAX 0.049
Install
CAUTION
Lubricate and install the new o-ring seal.
Install the two guide studs.
Install the water pump and three capscrews.
Remove the two guide studs and install the remaining

mounting capscrews.

Install a new o-ring seal in the water inlet.
CAUTION
Install a new o-ring seal in the water pump outlet groove.
Apply a thin layer of non-petroleum-based lubricant, such
as vegetable oil, to both o-ring seals.
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the threads and bottom

of the capscrew heads of all the water pump capscrews.
Install the water pump and two lower capscrews.
Tighten the capscrews to hold the pump in place.
NOTE: Some configurations do not use the middle

aluminum belt tensioner bracket shown. Refer to
Procedure 008-088 for the appropriate tensioner bracket
installation.
Install the belt tensioner bracket, if equipped, and
capscrews in the location shown.
Finger tighten all capscrews.
Tighten the water pump mounting capscrews in the

sequence and values shown.
Torque Value:
Capscrews 1, 58 N•m [ 43 ft-lb ]
2, and 3
Capscrews 4 72 N•m [ 53 ft-lb ]
and 5
All Capscrews, 72 N•m [ 53 ft-lb ]
Engines
Without Belt
Tensioner
Bracket

CM570
Install a new o-ring seal in the water inlet.
CAUTION
Install a new o-ring seal in the water pump outlet groove.
Apply a thin layer of non-petroleum-based lubricant, such
as vegetable oil, to both o-ring seals.
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the threads and bottom

of the capscrew heads of all the water pump capscrews.
Position the water pump on the engine.
Install the bottom two capscrews finger tight.
NOTE: Some configurations do not use the middle

aluminum belt tensioner bracket. Refer to Procedure
008-088 for the appropriate tensioner bracket installation.
NOTE: Early engines that did not have a slotted hole on
the middle aluminum belt tensioner idler bracket required
the vibration dampers to be removed to remove and install
the water pump.
Install the belt tensioner bracket, if equipped, and the
capscrews in the locations shown.
Finger tighten all capscrews.
Tighten the water pump mounting capscrews in the

sequence and values shown.
Torque Value:
Capscrews 1, 58 N•m [ 43 ft-lb ]
2, and 3
Capscrews 4 72 N•m [ 53 ft-lb ]
and 5
All Capscrews, 72 N•m [ 53 ft-lb ]
Engines
Without Belt
Tensioner
Bracket
Align the idler pulley (1) and the shaft of the pilot adapter
(2) with the belt tensioner bracket (3) using the guide pin
on the pilot adapter (4), if equipped.
Install the belt idler pulley and shaft on the belt idler
bracket using one washer and capscrew.
Install the dust seal.
CAUTION
Do not use petroleum based lubricants, petroleum
based lubricants cause the o-ring to crack or swell,
Install a new water pump inlet o-ring seal and a new EGR
tube outlet o-ring seal.
Install the five water pump housing capscrews.
Install the two bracket capscrews.
Install the EGR tube outlet capscrew.
Finishing Steps
• Install the water pump drive belt and tensioner. Refer
• Install the refrigerant compressor drive belt. Refer to
Procedure 009-052.

• Install the vibration dampers, if removed. Refer to
Procedure 001-052.
• Install the water pump belt tensioner bracket and belt
tensioner. Refer to Procedure 008-080.
013-005.
• Install the water pump drive belt. Refer to Procedure
008-003.
• Fill the engine with heavy-duty coolant. Refer to
Procedure 008-018.
• Start the engine and check for leaks.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Water Pump)

CM570
• Install the damper assembly, if removed. Refer to
Procedure 001-052.
013-005.
• Install the fan and water pump drive belt. Refer to
procedure 008-003.
Procedure 008-018.

• Install the water pump cartridge. Refer to Procedure
008-102.
Procedure 009-052.
• Operate the engine and check for leaks.
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Water

Pump) (008-080)
Initial Check
All Applications
With the engine turned off and with the water pump/fan
belt installed, check that neither the top nor bottom
tensioner arm stop is touching the cast boss on the
tensioner body. If either of the stops is touching a boss,
the water pump/fan belt must be replaced. Check to make
sure the correct belt part number is being used if either
condition exists.
Check the tensioner pulley and body for cracks. If any

cracks are noticed, the tensioner must be replaced.
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Water Pump) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Using a ½ inch square drive, lift belt tensioner to relieve

tension on the belt.
Remove the water pump/fan belt.
The belt tensioner is spring-loaded and must be pivoted
away from the drive belt. Pivoting in the wrong direction
can result in damage to the belt tensioner.
If the tensioner pulley touches the accessory drive pulley
after the tensioner has been fully relaxed, the bottom
tensioner arm stop boss has broken and the tensioner
must be replaced.
Make sure the bottom tensioner arm stop is in contact with

the bottom tensioner arm stop boss on the tensioner body.
If these two are not contacting, the tensioner must be
replaced.
Preparatory Steps
Drives Alternator
CAUTION
tensioner or personal injury.
• Remove the cooling fan belt. Refer to Procedure
008-002.
Remove
Drives Alternator
Remove the mounting capscrew and the belt tensioner
from the bracket.
Automotive Applications
NOTE: Different engine configurations utilize different belt
tensioner bracket and belt tensioner arrangements.
For the low-mount belt tensioner:
Remove the belt tensioner mounting capscrew and belt
tensioner from the bracket.
Remove the belt tensioner bracket from the water pump.
For the mid-mount belt tensioner:

Remove the belt tensioner mounting capscrew and the
belt tensioner from the bracket.
The mid-mount aluminum belt tensioner/idler bracket is
part of the water pump removal and installation because
of common capscrew usage. Refer to Procedure 008-062.
Industrial and Power Generation

For the low-mount (small version) belt tensioner:
Remove the belt tensioner bracket from the front engine

support.
For the low-mount (large version) belt tensioner:

Remove the belt tensioner bracket from the front engine

support.

All Applications
WARNING
The belt tensioner is spring loaded. Do not attempt to
disassemble the tensioner. Severe personal injury can
result.
WARNING
When using solvents, acids or alkaline materials for
cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations
Check the tensioner for dirt buildup. If the tensioner has
dirt buildup, remove and clean with safety solvent.
Pivot the tensioner through the full range of motion.

Tensioner must move with resistance while pivoting the
tensioner down. If not, replace the tensioner.
Check and make sure the correct belt part number is being
used.
Check the belt tensioner pulley and body for cracks or

damage. If any are found, replace the tensioner.
Inspect the tensioner arm stop bosses, for cracks or
damage. If cracks or damage is found, replace the
tensioner.
Spin the tensioner pulley. If pulley does not spin freely,

replace the tensioner.
CM570
WARNING
Check the tensioner for dirt buildup. If this condition
exists, the tensioner must be removed and steam-
cleaned.
Inspect the tensioner for evidence of the pivoting

tensioner arm contacting the stationary circular base. If
there is evidence of these two areas contacting, the pivot
tube bushing has failed and the tensioner must be
replaced.
Install
Drives Alternator
Install the belt tensioner and mounting capscrew.
For the low-mount belt tensioner:
Install the belt tensioner bracket to the water pump.
Tighten capscrew.
Install the belt tensioner and capscrew.
For the mid-mount belt tensioner:

Install the belt tensioner mounting capscrew and the belt
The mid-mount aluminum belt tensioner/idler bracket is
part of the water pump removal and installation due to
common capscrew usage. Refer to Procedure 008-062.

For the low-mount (small tensioner):
Install the belt tensioner bracket to the front engine
support with three mounting capscrews.
Install the belt tensioner.

For the low-mount (large tensioner):

Install the belt tensioner bracket to the front engine
support with three mounting capscrews.
Install the belt tensioner.

Finishing Steps
Drives Alternator
CAUTION
tensioner or personal injury.
• Install the drive belt. Refer to Procedure 008-002.
Water Inlet Connection Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Water Inlet Connection (008-082)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the coolant filter. Refer to Procedure
008-006.
• Remove the water pump. Refer to Procedure
008-062.
Remove
Remove the coolant hoses.
Remove the four capscrews, water inlet connection,
gasket, and o-ring.
Install
Replace the o-ring and gasket.
Install the gasket, water inlet connection, and the four
capscrews.
Install the coolant hoses.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fan Support
Finishing Steps
• Install the water pump. Refer to Procedure 008-062.
• Install the coolant filter. Refer to Procedure 008-006.
Procedure 008-018.
Fan Support (008-088)

Preparatory Steps
• Remove the fan and water pump drive belt. Refer to
Procedure 008-003.
013-005.
• Remove the alternator belt tensioner bracket. Refer
• Remove the fan pulley. Refer to Procedure 008-089.
Remove
Remove the belt tensioner support bracket from the fan
support.
Remove two capscrews and install two guide studs.

Remove the remaining six capscrews.
Fan Support Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove the fan support and guide studs.
Install
Install two guide studs into the upper gear cover.
Use clean 15W40 oil to lubricate the capscrew threads.

Install six capscrews.
Remove the two guide studs and install the remaining two
capscrews.
Tighten the eight capscrews in the sequence shown.
Install the belt tensioner support bracket to the engine and

fan support.
Tighten all eight capscrews finger tight.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fan Support
Tighten capscrew numbers 1 and 2 finger tight to mate the

surfaces of the belt tensioner support bracket to the fan
support.
Tighten capscrew numbers 3, 4, 5, and 6.

Tighten capscrew numbers 1, 2, 7, and 8.

Finishing Steps
• Install the fan pulley. Refer to Procedure 008-089.
• Install the alternator belt tensioner bracket. Refer to
Procedure 013-040.
013-005.
Procedure 008-003.
Fan Pulley Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Fan Pulley (008-089)

Remove
Remove the fan and water pump belt. Refer to Procedure
008-003.
Remove the alternator drive belt. Refer to Procedure

013-005.
Remove six capscrews and the pulley from the fan

support.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the pulley for cracks, excessive wear in the belt
grooves, or other damage.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fan Pulley
Install
Install the fan pulley using six capscrews.
Tighten the capscrews in a star pattern.
Install the alternator drive belt. Refer to Procedure

013-005.
Install the fan and water pump drive belt. Refer to

Procedure 008-003.
Water Pump Cartridge Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Water Pump Cartridge (008-102)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
Finishing Steps
Procedure 009-052.
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Page 9-a
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09

Section Contents
Page
Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket .................................................................................. 9-13
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................9-16
Install..............................................................................................................................................................9-15
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 9-13
Belt Tensioner, Refrigerant Compressor, Automatic .......................................................................................9-5
Finishing Steps.................................................................................................................................................9-6
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing..........................................................................9-6
Initial Check......................................................................................................................................................9-5
Install................................................................................................................................................................9-6
Remove............................................................................................................................................................9-6
Drive Belt, Refrigerant Compressor .................................................................................................................9-3
Finishing Steps.................................................................................................................................................9-4
Install................................................................................................................................................................9-4
Remove............................................................................................................................................................9-3
Idler Pulley, Refrigerant Compressor ...............................................................................................................9-7
Finishing Steps.................................................................................................................................................9-8
Install................................................................................................................................................................9-7
Remove............................................................................................................................................................9-7
Refrigerant Compressor ....................................................................................................................................9-1
Climate Control Incorporated..........................................................................................................................9-2
Finishing Steps.................................................................................................................................................9-3
Install................................................................................................................................................................9-2
Sanden..........................................................................................................................................................9-2
Page 9-b Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09

Remove............................................................................................................................................................9-1
Sanden..........................................................................................................................................................9-1
Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket ......................................................................................................9-8
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................9-12
Install..............................................................................................................................................................9-11
Sanden........................................................................................................................................................9-11
Climate Control Incorporated........................................................................................................................9-11
Remove............................................................................................................................................................9-9
Sanden..........................................................................................................................................................9-9
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Refrigerant Compressor
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Page 9-1
Refrigerant Compressor (009-051)

Preparatory Steps
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt
Routing
WARNING
To protect the environment, liquid refrigerant systems
must be properly emptied and filled using equipment
that prevents the release of refrigerant gas into the
atmosphere. Federal law requires capturing and
recycling the refrigerant.
NOTE: If the refrigerant compressor is only being
removed to access other components, refrigerant system
depressurization is not required. Leave hoses connected
and properly support the refrigerant compressor to other
vehicle components.
• Depressurize the refrigerant system, only if
complete removal of the refrigerant compressor is
required. Refer to the OEM service manual for the
proper procedure.
Procedure 008-002.
• Refrigerant compressor belt. Refer to Procedure
009-052.
Remove
Sanden
Remove the four refrigerant compressor mounting
capscrews.
Remove the refrigerant compressor.
Climate Control Incorporated

Remove the four refrigerant compressor mounting
capscrews.
Remove the refrigerant compressor and bracket
assembly.
Refrigerant Compressor Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page 9-2 Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09

Routing
Inspect the refrigerant compressor pulley, for cracks or
broken grooves. Replace refrigerant compressor if
damaged.
Refer to the OEM service manual for proper compressor
inspection on the various types and configurations
available.

Inspect the refrigerant compressor bracket for cracks.
Replace bracket if cracked.
Inspect the roll pins. The roll pins must not be loose or
have any damage. Replace the refrigerant compressor
mounting brackets, if the roll pin are loose or damaged.
Install
Sanden
Install the four mounting capscrews through the
refrigerant compressor and refrigerant compressor
bracket.

Install the four mounting capscrews through the
refrigerant compressor to the alternator/refrigerant
compressor mounting bracket. Make sure the roll pins
align properly.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Drive Belt, Refrigerant Compressor
Finishing Steps
Routing
• Install the refrigerant compressor belt. Refer to
Procedure 009-052.
• Install the fan drive belt. Refer to Procedure 008-002.
• Fill the refrigerant system, if depressurized. Refer to
the OEM service manual.
Drive Belt, Refrigerant Compressor

(009-052)
Preparatory Steps
Routing
Procedure 008-002.
Remove
Routing
CAUTION
Pivot the automatic tensioner counterclockwise to
relieve tension on the belt.
Remove the belt.

Routing
Inspect the refrigerant compressor pulley for cracks or
broken grooves. Replace compressor if damaged.
Drive Belt, Refrigerant Compressor Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Inspect belt for cracks, glazing, tears or cuts, and

excessive wear. Replace belt, if necessary.
Install
Routing
CAUTION
Pivot counterclockwise and hold the belt tensioner.
Install the drive belt and relieve the tensioner.
Finishing Steps
Routing
008-002.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Belt Tensioner, Refrigerant Compressor, Automatic
Belt Tensioner, Refrigerant

Compressor, Automatic (009-053)
Initial Check
Routing
WARNING
Tensioner is spring loaded. Do not attempt to
disassemble the tensioner. Severe bodily injury can
result.
With the tensioner installed on the engine, pivot the
tensioner through the full range of motion. Tensioner
must move with resistance while pivoting the tensioner
away from the belt. If no resistance, replace tensioner.
If this check is okay, check the belt part number. Make
sure that the belt is correct for this refrigerant compressor
option.
Check the tensioner pulley and body for cracks. If cracks

are found, replace the tensioner.
Spin the tensioner pulley. The pulley must spin freely. If

not, replace the tensioner.
Belt Tensioner, Refrigerant Compressor, Automatic Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Preparatory Steps
Routing
• Remove the fan drive belt. Refer to Procedure
008-002.
• Remove the refrigerant compressor belt. Refer to
Procedure 009-052.
Remove
Routing
Remove the mounting capscrew and the refrigerant
compressor belt tensioner from the bracket.
Install
Routing
Install the refrigerant compressor belt tensioner.
Install and tighten capscrew.
Finishing Steps
Routing
Procedure 009-052.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Idler Pulley, Refrigerant Compressor
Idler Pulley, Refrigerant Compressor

(009-054)
Preparatory Steps
Routing
Procedure 008-002.
Procedure 009-051.
Remove
Routing
Remove the pulley mounting capscrew.
Remove the refrigerant compressor idler pulley.
Inspect for Reuse

Routing
Inspect the refrigerant compressor idler pulley for cracks
or broken grooves. Replace idler pulley if damage is
found.
Spin the refrigerant compressor idler pulley.
The refrigerant compressor idler pulley must rotate freely
when installed.
Install
Routing
Install the refrigerant compressor idler pulley and the
mounting capscrew.
NOTE: A special alignment procedure is not required for
the refrigerant compressor idler pulley to the alternator/
refrigerant compressor mounting bracket.
Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Finishing Steps
Routing
Procedure 009-051.
008-002.
Refrigerant Compressor Mounting

Bracket (009-055)
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
Procedure 008-002.
Procedure 009-052.
Procedure 009-051.

WARNING
• Remove the refrigerant compressor and alternator
belt. Refer to Procedure 013-005.
Procedure 009-051.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket
Remove
Sanden
Remove the mounting capscrew from each refrigerant
compressor bracket.
Remove the refrigerant compressor brackets.

Remove the four mounting capscrews from the refrigerant
compressor bracket.
Remove the refrigerant compressor bracket from the
refrigerant compressor.

Remove the two bracket mounting capscrews and the
bracket.
Remove the support links from the bracket.

WARNING
for use. Wear goggles and protect clothing to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the refrigerant compressor mounting brackets with
solvents.
Inspect the refrigerant compressor mounting brackets.
Replace the refrigerant compressor mounting brackets if
cracked or damaged.
have any damage. Replace the refrigerant compressor
mounting brackets, if the roll pins are loose or damaged.

WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the bracket, links, and mounting capscrews with
solvent.
Dry the parts with compressed air.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket
Inspect the bracket and links for cracks.

Replace the bracket or links if damage is found.
Install
Sanden
Install the two mounting capscrews and the refrigerant
compressor mounting bracket.

Install the refrigerant compressor mounting bracket to the
refrigerant compressor. The refrigerant compressor is
positioned on top of the bracket ledge.
Install the four mounting capscrews and the refrigerant
compressor bracket.

Before installation, inspect the refrigerant compressor
bracket to make sure the mounting spacers are installed
properly.
Install the refrigerant compressor bracket on the gear

housing with two long capscrews.
Position both links in the assembly with the part number

facing outward.
Insert one capscrew through the elongated hole in the
long link and attach the long link to the left side of the
refrigerant compressor bracket.
Insert one capscrew through the small hole in the short
link and attach the short link to the right side of the
refrigerant compressor bracket.
Finishing Steps
Procedure 009-051.
Procedure 009-052.

Procedure 009-051.
• Install the refrigerant compressor and alternator belt.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket
Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor
Mounting Bracket (009-056)
Preparatory Steps
• Remove the turbocharger control valve. Refer to
013-005.
• Remove the alternator spacers. Refer to Procedure
013-036.
Procedure 009-051.
• Remove the refrigerant compressor mounting
• Remove the refrigerant compressor belt tensioner.
• Remove the refrigerant idler pulley. Refer to
Procedure 009-054.
• Remove the water pump belt tensioner. Refer to
Procedure 008-080.

• Remove the refrigerant compressor and alternator
belt. Refer to Procedure 013-005.
• Remove the refrigerant compressor. Refer to the
OEM service manual.
• Remove the upper belt tensioner. Refer to Procedure
013-021.
• Remove the lower belt tensioner. Refer to Procedure
008-080.
Remove
Disconnect the wire harness jumper from the EGR valve
motor, EGR valve position sensor and the main engine
wire harness.
Remove the five mounting capscrews from the alternator/
Gently pry out the bracket from the gear housing.
The split washers will create a slight friction fit between
the bracket and the gear housing.
Remove the wire harness jumper from the alternator/
Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

Remove the six mounting capscrews from the alternator/
Gently pry out the bracket from the gear housing.
The split washers will create a slight friction between the
bracket and the gear housing.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the alternator/refrigerant compressor mounting
bracket for cracks.
Replace the bracket if necessary.
Inspect underneath the refrigerant compressor, alternator
spacer, water pump belt tensioner, and refrigerant
compressor belt tensioner for wear.
If wear is found, replace the alternator bracket.

Inspect the alternator/refrigerant compressor mounting
bracket for cracks.
Replace the bracket if necessary.
Inspect belt tensioners for excessive wear.

If worn excessively, replace the belt tensioners.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket
Install
Install the wire harness jumper to the alternator/refrigerant
Tap the split washers out slightly. This will ease the
installation.
Install the alternator/refrigerant compressor mounting
bracket to the gear housing.
Install the five mounting capscrews.

Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown.
Torque Value:
(1, 2 3 and 4) 36 N•m [ 27 ft-lb ]
(5) 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]

The alternator/refrigerant compressor mounting bracket
mounts to the gear housing at the top and the water pump
at the bottom.
Install the bracket and six mounting capscrews.
Tighten the capscrew that threads into the gear housing.
Tighten the short capscrew (1).

Tighten the remaining capscrews (2, 3, 4, and 5).
Torque Value:
(1, 2, 3, 4, and 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
5)
Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Finishing Steps
• Install the water pump belt tensioner. Refer to
Procedure 008-080.
• Install the refrigerant compressor idler pulley. Refer
• Install the refrigerant compressor belt tensioner
• Install the refrigerant compressor mounting bracket.
Procedure 009-051.
Procedure 009-052.
• Install the alternator spacers. Refer to Procedure
013-036.
013-005.
• Install the turbocharger control valve. Refer to

• Install the upper belt tensioner. Refer to Procedure
013-021.
• Installl the lower belt tensioner. Refer to Procedure
008-080.
• Install the refrigerant compressor. Refer to the OEM
service manual.
• Install the refrigerant compressor and alternator
drive belt. Refer to Procedure 013-005.
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10 Page 10-a
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10

Section Contents
Page
Air Intake Connection ....................................................................................................................................10-54
Clean and Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................................................... 10-55
All Applications...........................................................................................................................................10-55
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 10-57
Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570.................................................. 10-57
Automotive with CM870..............................................................................................................................10-57
Automotive With CM871.............................................................................................................................10-58
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-56
Preparatory Steps......................................................................................................................................... 10-54
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-55
Air Intake Restriction .................................................................................................................................... 10-13
Measure........................................................................................................................................................10-13
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems ...................................................................................................10-3
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................10-3
Charge-Air Cooler ............................................................................................................................................10-9
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................10-9
Leak Test......................................................................................................................................................10-10
Pressure Differential Test..............................................................................................................................10-12
Temperature Differential Test........................................................................................................................10-11
Intake Manifold Pressure .............................................................................................................................. 10-53
Measure........................................................................................................................................................10-53
Service Tools ...................................................................................................................................................10-1
Air Intake System............................................................................................................................................10-1
Turbocharger .................................................................................................................................................10-15
Assemble......................................................................................................................................................10-30
Clean............................................................................................................................................................10-24
Disassemble..................................................................................................................................................10-23
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 10-36
Initial Check..................................................................................................................................................10-15
Automotive with CM870 and CM871...........................................................................................................10-15
Inspect for Reuse..........................................................................................................................................10-25
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-30
Leak Test......................................................................................................................................................10-17
Page 10-b Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10

Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-20
Test...............................................................................................................................................................10-17
Flourescent Tracer Dye Test.......................................................................................................................10-17
Turbocharger Air Shutoff Valve Filter ..........................................................................................................10-64
Variable Geometry......................................................................................................................................10-65
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 10-65
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-65
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-64
Turbocharger Control Shutoff Valve Filter Head ..........................................................................................10-66
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 10-68
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-67
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-66
Turbocharger Coolant Hoses ........................................................................................................................10-38
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 10-43
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-41
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-39
Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator ............................................................................................................... 10-44
Adjust............................................................................................................................................................10-49
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 10-52
Initial Check..................................................................................................................................................10-44
Inspect..........................................................................................................................................................10-47
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-50
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-47
Turbocharger Wastegate Controller .............................................................................................................10-58
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-59
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-58
Turbocharger Wastegate Valve Body ...........................................................................................................10-52
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator Air Supply Line .......................................................................10-68
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-69
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-68
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Control Valve Air Supply Line ...............................................................10-70
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10 Page 10-c

Install............................................................................................................................................................10-71
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-70
Variable Geometry Turbocharger Actuator, Electric ....................................................................................10-71
Calibrate.......................................................................................................................................................10-77
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................10-77
General Information.......................................................................................................................................10-71
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-76
Preparatory Steps.........................................................................................................................................10-72
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-72
Time..............................................................................................................................................................10-74
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator .................................................................................................10-60
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................10-64
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-63
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-61
Test...............................................................................................................................................................10-63
Page 10-d Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10

Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10 Page 10-1
Service Tools
Air Intake System
Repair Location.

Fluorescent Tracer
Added to oil and used with black light to find oil leaks.
3376891
Black Light (100 watt)

Used to inspect for oil or fuel leak.
3163337
Black Light (50 watt)

Used to inspect for oil or fuel leak.
3163338
Fluke Digital Thermometer

Used to measure intake air temperature.
3822666
Thermocouple Wire Kit

Used with fluke digital thermometer.
3822988
Slack Tube Manometer

Used to measure pressure differential.
ST-1111-3
Page 10-2 Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10

Charge-Air Cooler Tester
Used to pressure-test charge air coolers.
3824556
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust

Systems (010-024)
Initial Check
CAUTION
Engine intake air must be filtered to prevent dirt and
debris from entering the engine. If intake air piping is
damaged or loose, unfiltered air will enter the engine
and cause premature wear.
Inspect for loose clamps or damage between the intake
air piping, air cleaner, turbocharger, charge-air cooler,
and intake manifold.
Check for corrosion of the intake system piping under the
clamps and hoses. Corrosion can allow corrosive products
and dirt to enter the intake system. Disassemble and clean
as required.
Replace damaged pipes and tighten loose clamps.
Excessive back pressure can cause exhaust leaks. Verify

the exhaust back pressure is within specified limits. Refer
Operate the engine at full throttle and maximum load, and
check for air leaks. Listen for a whistling noise caused by
high-pressure air leaks.
CAUTION
Do not use air tools to remove or install the nut on the
v-band clamp. Use of these tools can seriously
damage the threads or the bolt and cause the clamp
to not be able to be reused.
The noise can be caused by an air leak from the following:
Turbocharger-to-charge-air cooler elbow connection.
• Inspect the connection and o-ring for damage.
• Tighten the v-band clamps.
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Any charge-air cooler piping or connecting hose.

• Inspect the hose and piping for damage.
• Tighten the hose clamps.
Turbocharger-to-exhaust-manifold mounting gasket.

• Replace the gasket.
Refer to Procedure 010-033 for turbocharger removal and
installation.
CAUTION
to not be able to be used.
Turbine housing sealing surface air leak.
• Tighten the v-band clamp.
• Check for an air leak.
• If an air leak is still present, remove and replace the
turbocharger.
Compressor housing sealing surface air leak.

• Tighten the v-band.
• Check for an air leak.
• If an air leak is still present, remove and replace the
turbocharger.
Check for soot streaks from the EGR connection tubes

and hoses.
• Tighten the hose clamps. Refer to Procedure
011-025.
• Check for an exhaust leak. If an exhaust leak is still
present, remove and replace the EGR crossover
tube or hose.
Check for leakage from the EGR valve weep hole.

• Soot leakage at the EGR valve weep hole is normal
and is expected. Do not replace the EGR valve if
soot streaks are found at the EGR valve weep hole.

Check for soot streaks from the EGR connection tubes
and hoses.
• Tighten the hose clamps. Refer to Procedure
011-025. Check for an exhaust leak. If an exhaust
leak is still present, remove and replace the EGR
crossover tube or hose.
Check for soot streaks from the EGR valve gasket and
seal rings.
• Inspect for signs of leakage such as soot streaks. If
signs of leakage are present, replace the EGR valve
gaskets. Refer to Procedure 011-022.
Check for leakage from the EGR valve weep hole.

• Soot leakage at the EGR valve weep hole is normal
and is expected. Do not replace the EGR valve if
soot streaks are found at the EGR valve weep hole.
Check for leakage from the EGR cooler bellows.

• Inspect for signs of leakage such as soot streaks. If
signs of leakage are present, replace the EGR cooler
or gaskets. Refer to Procedure 011-019.
Check for soot leakage at the EGR differential pressure

sensing tubes.
• Inspect for signs of leakage such as soot streaks
which may appear yellowish brown or black. If signs
of leakage are present, replace the EGR differential
pressure tubes. Refer to Procedure 011-026.
Check for soot leakage on the exhaust adapter pipe.

• Inspect for signs of leakage such as soot streaks
which may appear yellowish brown or black. If signs
of leakage are present, replace the gasket and v-
band clamp. Refer to Procedure 011-007 for the
bellows and Procedure 011-019 for the exhaust
manifold.
Clean all soot stains and paint the components in order to
detect future leaks.
Check the aftertreatment adapter pipe.

• Inspect for visible soot streaks at the v-band joint.
If soot streaks are found, tighten the v-band clamp. Refer
Operate the engine at full throttle and check for leakage
at full throttle condition.
If a leak is still present, remove and replace the gasket
with a new gasket and a new v-band clamp.
Check the aftertreatment inlet connection.

• Inspect for visible soot streaks at the torca clamp or
v-band clamp joint. Also inspect for loose or
damaged insulation wrapping (if applicable).
If soot streaks are found, tighten the v-band or torca
clamp. Refer to Procedure 011-041.
If a leak is still present, remove and replace the clamp with
a new torca clamp or v-band clamp.
Check the inlet to catalyst connection.

If soot streaks are found, check for fault codes relating to
high differential pressure in the aftertreatment system. If
no fault codes are found, tighten the v-band clamp. Refer
If a leak is still present, remove and replace with a new
gasket and v-band clamp.
Check the catalyst to aftertreatment particulate trap

connection.
If a leak is still present, remove and replace the gasket
with a new gasket and v-band clamp.
Check the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter to outlet

connection.
Check the aftertreatment outlet connection.

Check the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter

differential pressure sensor tube connections.
• Inspect for visible soot streaks at the threaded
bosses or hose connections.
If soot streaks are found at the threaded boss, loosen the
differential pressure sensor tube nut, apply a coating of
anti-seize compound, and tighten the differential pressure
sensor tube nut. Refer to Procedure 011-047.
If soot streaks are found at the hose connections, remove
and connect hose. Refer to Procedure 011-047.
If a leak is still present at the threaded boss, remove and
replace the differential pressure sensor tube.
If a leak is still present at the hose connection, replace the
differential pressure sensor tube or differential pressure
sensor, depending on which component the hose is
permanently attached to.
Procedure 014-013.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Charge-Air Cooler
Charge-Air Cooler (010-027)

Clean
If the engine experiences a turbocharger failure or any
other occasion where oil or debris is put into the charge-
air cooler, the charge-air cooler must be cleaned.
Remove the charge-air cooler piping and charge-air cooler
from the vehicle. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
CAUTION
Do not use caustic cleaners to clean the charge-air
cooler. Damage to the charge-air cooler will result.
Flush the charge-air cooler internally with solvent in the
opposite direction of normal airflow. Shake the charge-air
cooler and lightly tap on the end tanks with a rubber mallet
to dislodge trapped debris. Continue flushing until all
debris or oil is removed.
NOTE: Be sure the tubes are in the vertical direction when
flushing.
If the debris can not be totally removed from the charge-
air cooler, the charge-air cooler must be replaced.
CAUTION
The charge-air cooler must be rinsed, dried, and free
of solvent, oil, and debris or engine damage will
result.
After the charge-air cooler has been thoroughly cleaned
of all oil and debris with solvent, wash the charge-air
cooler internally with hot soapy water to remove the
remaining solvent. Rinse thoroughly with clean water.
Blow compressed air through the inside of the charge-air
cooler in the opposite direction of normal air flow until the
charge-air cooler is dry internally.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the charge-air cooler for cracks, holes, or damage.
Inspect the tubes, fins, and welds for tears, breaks, or
other damage. If any damage causes the charge-air cooler
to fail the air leak check, the charge-air cooler must be
replaced.
Install the charge-air cooler on the vehicle.
Charge-Air Cooler Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Leak Test
To check the charge-air cooler for cracked tubes or
header, remove the inlet and outlet hoses from the cooler.
The charge-air cooler does not have to be removed from
the chassis.
WARNING
To prevent possible injury if either plug blows off
during the test, secure safety chains on the test plugs
to any convenient capscrew on the radiator assembly.
This test must not be performed without securely
fastened safety chains.
Install the charge-air cooler tester, Part Number 3824556.
Apply 207 kPa [30 psi] of air pressure to the cooler. Close
the air pressure regulator.
Determine if pressure decay is caused by a leak in the
charge-air cooler or from a leaky connection. Use a spray
bottle filled with soapy water and apply to all hose
connections. Watch for bubbles to appear at the location
of the leak.
If the pressure decay is caused by a leaky connection,

repair the connection and repeat the test. If the leak is
within the charge-air cooler, repeat the test to verify the
accuracy of the pressure decay measurement. Similar
pressure decay readings must be obtained in at least
three consecutive tests before the reading can be
considered accurate.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Charge-Air Cooler
Monitor the pressure gauge and determine the rate of

pressure decay with a stopwatch.
Charge-Air Cooler Pressure Drop

kPa psi
49 MAX 5
If the pressure drop is greater than the specification listed,
the charge-air cooler must be replaced.
Refer to the manufacturer's repair manual for
replacement instructions.
NOTE: If a charge-air cooler leaks more than 49 kPa [5
psi] in 15 seconds, it will appear as a major leak in a leak
tank.
NOTE: Charge-air coolers are not designed to be 100-
percent leak-free. If the pressure decay is less than 49 kPa
[5 psi] in 15 seconds, then the charge-air cooler does
not need to be replaced.
Temperature Differential Test

Inspect the charge-air cooler fins for obstructions to
airflow. Remove obstructions such as a winterfront or
debris. Manually lock the shutters, if equipped, in the
OPEN position.
Install a fluke digital thermometer, Part Number 3822666,

and thermocouple wire kit, Part Number 3822988, into the
intake air connection.
Install another thermocouple at the air cleaner inlet to the
outside of the vehicle.
Charge-Air Cooler Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Perform a road test with the engine at peak power and a

vehicle speed of 30 mph or greater.
Record the intake air temperature and the ambient air
temperature.
Calculate the differential temperature:
Intake Air Ambient Air Differential
• =
Temperature Temperature Temperature
If the temperature differential is greater than the

specifications, check the charge-air cooler for dirt and
debris on the fins and clean as necessary. If the problem
still exists, check the charge-air cooler for debris in the fins
or between the charge-air cooler and the radiator. Confirm
full fan engagement.
Charge Air Cooler Temperature Rise

°C °F
11 MAX 20
Ambient above 0°C [32°F]
Pressure Differential Test
Preferred Method: Measure the charge-air cooler system

pressure drop with a manometer, Part Number ST 1111-3.
Install one end of the manometer to the tap in the

turbocharger compressor outlet elbow.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Intake Restriction
Install the other end of the manometer to the tap in the

intake air connection.
Operate the engine at the maximum advertised

horsepower and correlating rpm. Record the readings on
the manometer.
Charge-Air Cooler System Differential Pressure

mm Hg in Hg
152 MAX 6
Charge-Air Cooler System Differential Pressure

kPa psi
21 MAX 3
If the differential pressure is greater than the specification,
check the charge-air cooler and associated piping for
plugging. Clean or replace if necessary.
Procedure 014-013.
Air Intake Restriction (010-031)

Measure
Install a vacuum gauge or water manometer in the intake
air piping.
NOTE: The gauge adapter must be installed at a 90-
degree angle to the airflow in a straight section of pipe,
127 mm [5 in], before the turbocharger compressor inlet.
Air Intake Restriction Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Operate the engine at full throttle and maximum

horsepower rpm with maximum load.
Record the reading on the gauge or manometer.
NOTE: Restriction must not exceed 635 mm H20 [25 in
H20].
If the restriction exceeds specifications, do the following:

• Replace or clean the air filter element. Refer to the
equipment manufacturer's instructions.
• Inspect the intake air piping for damage. Check for

collapsed and dented piping or elbows, and loose
connections. Refer to the equipment manufacturer's
repair instructions.
Remove the test equipment.

If failure resulted in coolant, oil, excessive fuel or
Procedure 014-013.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Turbocharger
Turbocharger (010-033)
Initial Check
Automotive with CM870 and CM871
Add one unit of fluorescent tracer, Part Number 3376891,
to each 38 liters [10 gal] of engine lubricating oil.
If a bearing housing coolant leak is suspected, use the
turbocharger coolant leak test kit, Part Number 3164682.
Operate the engine at low idle for 10 minutes.

Allow the turbocharger to cool.
Remove the intake and the exhaust pipes from the
turbocharger.
Remove the intake piping and compressor discharge
piping.
Inspect the turbocharger compressor impeller blades for

damage.
Replace the turbocharger if damage is found.
Inspect the compressor intake and discharge for signs of

oil.
If oil is present in the compressor intake as, well as the
discharge, check upstream of the turbocharger for the
source of the oil.
If oil is present only in the discharge side, check for intake
restriction.
If no intake restriction is found, replace the turbocharger.
Turbocharger Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
If the compressor impeller is damaged, inspect the intake

air piping and the filter element for damage.
Repair any damage before operating the engine.
Inspect the turbine wheel for damage.

Replace the turbocharger if damage is found.
Use a high-intensity black light, Part Number 3163337

(100 watt), or 3163338 (50 watt), to inspect the turbine
outlet for leaks.
A dark blue glow indicates a fuel leak. A yellow glow
indicates an oil leak.
If oil is found in the exhaust outlet of the turbine housing,

remove the oil drain line and check for restrictions.
Clear any restrictions found and/or replace damaged
components as required.
Check the engine breather or the crankcase vent tube for

restrictions.
Clear any restrictions and/or replace damaged
components. Refer to Procedure 003-001.
If equipped, check the engine crankcase ventilation filter
assembly for excessive restriction or blockage. Refer to
Procedure 003-001.
Test
Flourescent Tracer Dye Test
WARNING
WARNING
Variable Geometry
008-018.
• Inspect the bearing housing for external oil or
coolant leaks.
• Remove the oil supply, oil drain, coolant inlet, and
coolant outlet tubes from the turbocharger.
• Disconnect the variable geometry turbocharger
actuator air supply line (CM870 engines).
• Discard the oil drain tube gasket.
• Check for evidence of coolant in the oil supply and
oil drain fittings.
Leak Test
All Applications
Remove the air intake and charge air cooler piping from
the turbocharger.
Examine the compressor intake and discharge for oil.

If oil is present in the compressor intake, as well as the
discharge, check upstream of the turbocharger for the
source of the oil.
If oil is present only in the discharge side, check for intake
restriction. Refer to Procedure 010-031.
If no intake restriction is found, replace the turbocharger.
Install the air intake and charge air cooler piping to the
turbocharger and tighten the clamp.
Torque Value: 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
Operate the engine at full throttle and maximum load, and
check for air leaks.

Connect a turbocharger coolant leak test kit, Part Number
3164682, to the coolant inlet and outlet.
Use shop air supply to pressurize the turbocharger to 276
kPa [40 psi].
Close the air pressure regulator.
Watch for the pressure to decrease. Pressure must not

decrease more than 34 kPa [5 psi] in 1 minute.
If the pressure decreases greater than 34 kPa [5 psi] in 1

minute, use a spray bottle of soapy water to wet all hose
connections. Bubbles will appear if the connections are
leaking.
If the pressure does decrease and the hose connections
are not leaking, replace the turbocharger.
Preparatory Steps
• Remove the wastegate actuator hose. Refer to
Procedure 010-050.
WARNING
WARNING
• Drain the coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018.
• Disconnect the turbocharger speed sensor. See
Repair Manual, CM870 Electronic Control System
• Disconnect the turbocharger compressor air inlet
temperature sensor. See Procedure 019-395 in the
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, CM870
• Disconnect the variable geometry actuator air supply
line. Refer to Procedure 010-113.
• Remove the turbocharger coolant hoses. Refer to
Procedure 010-041.
WARNING
WARNING
• Drain the coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018.
• Disconnect the turbocharger speed sensor. See
Procedure 019-390 in the ISX CM871 and ISM
CM876 Electronic Control System, Troubleshooting
• Disconnect the turbocharger compressor air inlet
temperature sensor. See Procedure 019-395 in the
ISX CM871 and ISM CM876 Electronic Control
System, Troubleshooting and Repair Manual,
Bulletin 4021560.
• Remove the turbocharger coolant hoses. Refer to
Procedure 010-041.
• Remove the charge air piping. Refer to Procedure
010-027.
• Disconnect the aftertreatment adapter pipe. Refer to
Procedure 011-043.
Remove
WARNING
Remove the oil supply, oil drain tube, and brace (if
equipped) from the turbocharger.
Remove the intake and exhaust pipes from the

turbocharger.
Remove the charge air cooler piping from the discharge
elbow.
Remove the clamp, o-ring, and discharge elbow from the

turbocharger.
Discard the o-ring.
NOTE: In some applications, the turbocharger will not

clear the lubricating oil cooler assembly during removal
and installation. It will, perhaps, be necessary to remove
the exhaust manifold and turbocharger together, and then
separate the two components. If the two components
must be removed together, refer to Procedure 011-007 for
removal and installation of the exhaust manifold.
If the turbocharger mounting nuts do not loosen freely,
split the nuts to avoid breaking a mounting stud.
Remove the four turbocharger mounting nuts.
Remove the turbocharger and discard the gasket.
WARNING
CAUTION
When installing a lifting eye, be sure the shoulder of
the lifting eye is bottomed against bearing housing.
Failure to do so can result in failure of the lifting eye
and personal injury.
CAUTION
If the lifting eye is installed in the turbocharger
bearing housing, it is to be used exclusively for
turbocharger removal and installation. It is not to be
used in removal of the exhaust manifold, or engine.
Doing so will cause damage to the turbocharger.
Remove the oil supply and the oil drain tube from the
turbocharger.
Remove the intake and the exhaust pipes from the

turbocharger.
Remove the charge air cooler piping from the discharge
elbow.
Remove the clamp, o-ring, and discharge elbow from the

turbocharger.
Discard the o-ring.
The capscrew in the top of the turbocharger bearing

housing can be removed and replaced with a lifting eye to
aid in removal of the turbocharger.
If the turbocharger mounting nuts do not loosen freely,
split the nuts to avoid breaking a mounting stud.
Remove the turbocharger and discard the gasket.
WARNING
Thread a lifting strap around the turbocharger bearing
housing. Take care not to bend the coolant lines when
lifting the turbocharger.
Care must be taken not to damage the turbocharger
compressor inlet air temperature sensor, the turbocharger
speed sensor, and the turbocharger actuator coolant lines
when removing the turbocharger.
NOTE: If the turbocharger mounting nuts do not loosen
freely, split the nuts to avoid breaking a mounting stud.
Remove the turbocharger and discard the gaskets.
Disassemble
Turbine Housing Replacement for ISX Automotive with
CM570, QSX15 with CM570 and Power Generation with
CM570
Place turbocharger outlet on a clean flat surface. Create
an alignment mark on the turbine housing, bearing
housing and the V-band clamp. This mark will make
certain the components are oriented correctly during the
assembly process.
Loosen the turbine side V-band locknut. Remove and

discard the V-band clamp.
CAUTION
Turbine blades can be easily damaged and care is
required for the turbine housing removal process.
Use a soft hammer to tap the turbine housing down
against a soft bench surface.
As the bearing housing and compressor housing
assembly loosen, gently lift the assembly out of the turbine
housing.
Wastegate mounting is not affected by this disassembly
process.
Always clean the turbine housing before assembly,
paying particular attention to the surface close to the
turbine housing and the bearing housing location.
Clean
Turbocharger Turbine Housing Cleaning
The turbocharger turbine housing surface adjacent to the
turbine compressor wheels must be clean, smooth, and
free from deposits.
Inspect the components to detect signs of burning and
other conditions, in order to obtain as much information
as possible before washing.
CAUTION
non-corrosive metal cleaner.
Soak the turbocharger turbine housing in a non-corrosive,
low flash point metal cleaner to loosen deposits.
CAUTION
personal injury.
Scale-like deposits, if any, must be removed by using a
non-metallic bristle brush. After removing the deposits,
wash and dry the components.
Dry the components with compressed air.
CAUTION
personal injury.
NOTE: Do not bead blast aluminum and cast iron
components together.
NOTE: To prevent bead spray impinging directly on the
clamp plate and turbine flange threads, mask and plug off
all items.
NOTE: Prevent the bead spray impinging directly on the
wastegate valve spindle, as beads can penetrate the
spindle bore, leading to spindle seizure.
It is permissible to bead blast the turbocharger turbine
housing if chemical and brush cleaning is not effective.
After removing the deposits, wash and dry the

components.
Inspect for Reuse

ISX Automotive with CM570, QSX15 with CM570 and
Power Generation with CM570
Clean the retaining nut mating surfaces of the
turbocharger and the exhaust manifold.
Clean the mating surfaces with Scotch Brite™ 7448
abrasive pad.
The surface under the mounting nuts must be free of dirt,
rust, or any other debris, before applying anti-seize
compound, Part Number 3823097.
Inspect the wastegate actuator. Refer to Procedure

010-050.
Inspect the turbocharger casings.
Replace the housing if through cracks are found in the
outer walls.
Cracking of the turbine housing inlet flange and the inlet

duct generally requires replacement of the turbine
housing. Acceptance and rejection guidelines are shown
in these illustrations. If an exhaust gasket is available,
always make certain that cracks do not exist within the
sealing area.
Check that the turbine housing inlet flange flatness is
within 0.1 mm [0.004 in] before accepting the housing for
reuse.
Flange Fasteners - Clearance Holes

Check the fastener hole diameter. It must not be more
than 1.5 mm [0.006 in] larger than the maximum thread
diameter of the fastener.
CAUTION
If external cracks are found on the turbine housing,
the turbine housing must be replaced.
CAUTION
Turbine blades can be easily damaged and care is
required for the turbine housing installation process.
Cracking of the internal wall at the entry to the turbine
wheel (tongue) is acceptable as a service condition, and
the turbine housing can be re-used.
Inspect the turbocharger compressor v-band outlet and

the discharge elbow v-band connection for dents or
fretting.
Replace the turbocharger or discharge elbow, if damaged,
to prevent compressed air leaks.
Use dial depth gauge, Part Number ST-537.

Push the rotor assembly away from the gauge.
Set the gauge to zero (0).
Push the rotor assembly toward the gauge and record the
reading.
Turbocharger Axial Clearance

mm in
0.025 MIN 0.001
0.127 MAX 0.005
If the turbocharger axial clearance is not within
specifications, the turbocharger must be replaced.
Use a dial indicator to check radial movement at the

compressor impeller nose.
Push the impeller away from the gauge and set the
indicator to zero. Push the impeller toward the gauge and
record the reading.
Turbocharger Radial Bearing Clearance

mm in
0.406 MIN 0.016
0.610 MAX 0.024
If the turbocharger radial clearance is not within

other occasion where oil or debris is put into the charge
air system, the charge air system must be inspected and
cleaned. Refer to Procedure 010-027.

Inspect for cracks in the turbocharger and compressor
casings.
Replace the housing if through cracks in the outer walls
are found.
Inspect for cracks on the turbine inlet and exhaust
mounting flanges. Replace if any cracks are found.
Clean the retaining nut mating surfaces of the

turbocharger and the exhaust manifold.
abrasive pad.
rust, or any other debris before applying anti-seize
Inspect the turbocharger compressor v-band outlet and

the discharge elbow v-band connection for dents or
fretting.
Replace the turbocharger or discharge elbow, if damaged,
to prevent compressed air leaks.
Inspect the compressor wheel for signs of rubbing against
the compressor cover. Replace the turbocharger if
rubbing evidence is seen.
Use light finger pressure to push the compressor wheel.
If the compressor wheel contacts the cover, replace the
turbocharger.
other occasion where oil or debris is put into the charge
air system, the charge air system must be inspected and
cleaned. Refer to Procedure 010-027.
Check the axial movement of the turbocharger wheels and

shaft.
Turbocharger Axial Clearance

mm in
0.025 MIN 0.001
0.127 MAX 0.005
If the turbocharger axial clearance is not within
Check the radial movement of the turbocharger wheels

and shaft.
Use light finger pressure to push the compressor wheel
toward the side of the compressor housing.
Repeat the procedure for the turbine wheel and housing.
Replace the turbocharger if either wheel contacts the
housing.

Clean the turbocharger and exhaust manifold where the
retaining nut contacts the turbocharger and exhaust
manifold.
abrasive pad.
rust, or any other debris, before applying anti-seize
Inspect the bearing housing and actuator for external oil

or coolant leaks.
Check for evidence of coolant in the oil supply and oil drain
fitting.
Assemble
ISX Automotive with CM570, QSX15 with CM570 and
Power Generation with CM570
To install the turbine housing, position the V-band clamp
over the bearing housing and align the ink marks applied
during the disassembly process.
Apply anti-seize compound to the bearing housing
locating bore of the turbine housing.
Carefully slide the bearing and compressor housing
assembly into the turbine housing. Use the ink alignment
mark to locate the turbine housing assembly in the correct
orientation with the turbine housing.
Place the new V-band clamp in the correct orientation and

torque the locknut.
Torque value for Cummins®-branded turbochargers.
Torque value for Holset®-branded turbochargers.
Loosen the locknut 180 degrees, and torque the locknut.
Torque value for Cummins®-branded turbochargers.
Torque value for Holset®-branded turbochargers.
Make certain that the rotor assembly rotates freely and
neither compressor wheel nor turbine wheel is rubbing
against the housing.
Install
Apply a film of high-temperature anti-seize compound,
Part Number 3823097, to the turbocharger mounting
studs.
WARNING
NOTE: If the exhaust manifold and turbocharger were
removed together in order for the turbocharger to clear the
lubricating oil cooler assembly, refer to Procedure
011-007 for installation of the exhaust manifold.
Install a new mounting gasket, the turbocharger, and the
four mounting nuts.
Tighten the mounting nuts.
Install the discharge elbow and clamp onto the charge air
cooler pipe connection.
Do not tighten the clamp until the elbow is installed on the
turbocharger.
Install a new o-ring, the clamp, and the discharge elbow

to the turbocharger.
Tighten the clamp.
Install a new gasket, oil drain tube, and capscrews.

Install the turbocharger anti-rotation brace (if equipped) .

The end rests on the oil cooler housing.
This brace requires longer, 1.25 mm [0.049 in],
capscrews.
Pour approximately 50 to 60 cc [1.7 to 2 oz] of clean

engine oil into the turbocharger oil supply opening.
CAUTION
Proper routing of the turbocharger oil supply tube is
critical to prevent failure. Avoid any tube-to-metal
contact. (The inlet supply fitting must be oriented
slightly off vertical to allow proper alignment.)
If installing a new turbocharger, make sure the
turbocharger is aligned, loosen the compressor and
turbine v-bands, and adjust as needed. Tighten the v-
bands.
If installing a new turbocharger, install the male union
elbow.
Install the turbocharger oil supply tube on the elbow.
Install the intake and exhaust pipes to the turbocharger.

Tighten the clamp.

Variable Geometry
studs.
WARNING
CAUTION
When installing lifting eye, be sure the shoulder of the
lifting eye is bottomed against bearing housing.
Failure to do so can result in failure of lifting eye and
personal injury.
CAUTION
If a lifting eye is installed in turbocharger bearing
housing, it is to be used exclusively for turbocharger
removal and installation. It is not to be used in
removal of the exhaust manifold, or engine. Doing so
will cause damage to the turbocharger.
CAUTION
Do not rotate the turbocharger turbine housing.
Loosening turbine v-band and rotating the turbine
housing can cause damage to internal variable
geometry mechanism.
The capscrew in the top of the turbocharger bearing
housing can be removed and replaced with a lifting eye to
aid in the installation of the turbocharger.
Install a new gasket, the turbocharger, and the four
mounting nuts. Tighten the mounting nuts.
Install the discharge elbow and clamp onto the charge air
cooler pipe connection.
Do not tighten the clamp until the elbow is installed on the
turbocharger.
Install a new o-ring, the clamp, and the discharge elbow

to the turbocharger.
Tighten the clamp.

Install the intake and exhaust pipes to the turbocharger,

and tighten the clamps.

studs and to the flange area on the retaining nuts. Properly
applying anti-seize compound will reduce the possibility of
the nuts loosening over time.
If installing a new turbocharger, install the coolant and oil

fittings into the bearing housing.
NOTE: Use a ratchet and deepwell socket to install these
fittings.
CAUTION
Proper routing of the turbocharger oil supply tube is
critical to prevent failure. Avoid any tube-to-metal
contact.
Install the turbocharger oil supply hose onto the oil supply
fitting. The oil supply hose must point directly downward
in order for it to properly connect to the oil supply fitting
on the lubricating oil filter head.
Install the turbocharger actuator coolant supply and return
fittings into the electronic actuator. Refer to Procedure
010-041.
WARNING
avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to
lift this component.
CAUTION
Do not rotate the turbocharger turbine housing.
Loosening turbine v-band and rotating the turbine
housing can cause damage to internal variable
geometry mechanism.
NOTE: Thread a lifting strap around the turbocharger
bearing housing. Take care not to bend the coolant lines
when lifting the turbocharger.
Care must be taken not to damage the turbocharger
compressor inlet air temperature sensor, the turbocharger
speed sensor, and the turbocharger actuator coolant lines
when installing the turbocharger.
Install a new gasket, the turbocharger, and the four
mounting nuts. Tighten the mounting nuts.
Install a new o-ring seal, the clamp, and the discharge

elbow to the turbocharger.
Tighten the clamps.

Connect the oil supply hose to the oil supply fitting located
on the lubricating oil filter head.
Tighten the oil supply hose.
Finishing Steps
• Install the wastegate actuator hose. Refer to
Procedure 010-050.
• Start and operate the engine until the coolant
temperature reaches 82°C [180°F] and check for air,
coolant, and oil leaks.
CAUTION
Turbocharger speed sensor harness and turbocharger
compressor inlet air temperature sensor harnesses
must be tied securely and away from heat sources,
such as the exhaust manifold and exhaust pressure
sensor tube. Failure to do so can cause damage to the
sensor harness.
CAUTION
The turbocharger compressor inlet air temperature
sensor must be positioned so the sensor body is
pointing up and away from the exhaust manifold.
Failure to do so can cause sensor damage.
CAUTION
Do not twist coolant lines while tightening. Failure to
do so will damage coolant lines.
• Install the turbocharger coolant hoses. Refer to
Procedure 010-041.
• Connect the variable geometry actuator air supply
line. Refer to Procedure 010-113.
• Connect the electrical connectors on the
turbocharger speed sensor and the turbocharger
compressor air inlet temperature sensor. Refer to
Procedures 019-395 and 019-390 in the
• Fill the cooling system with coolant. Refer to
Procedure 008-018.
• Start and operate the engine until the coolant
temperature reaches 82°C [180°F] and check for air,
coolant, and oil leaks.
Turbocharger Coolant Hoses Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

• Install the charge air piping. Refer to Procedure
010-027.
• Install the aftertreatment adapter pipe. Refer to
Procedure 011-043.
• Install the turbocharger coolant hoses. Refer to
Procedure 010-041.
• Connect the turbocharger compressor air inlet
temperature sensor. Refer to Procedure 019-395 in
the ISX CM871 and ISM CM876 Electronic Control
System, Troubleshooting and Repair Manual,
Bulletin 4021560.
• Connect the electrical connector on the turbocharger
speed sensor, turbocharger electric actuator and the
turbocharger compressor air inlet temperature
sensor. Refer to Procedure 019-390 in the ISX
CM871 and ISM CM876 Electronic Control System,
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin
4021560.
• Connect the aftertreatment adapter pipe. Refer to
Procedure 011-043.
If a malfunction resulted in coolant, oil, excessive fuel, or
Procedure 014-013.
Turbocharger Coolant Hoses (010-041)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
Batteries can emit explosive gases. To reduce the
possibility of personal injury, always ventilate the
compartment before servicing the batteries. To
reduce the possibility of arcing, remove the negative
(-) battery cable first and attach the negative (-) battery
cable last.
WARNING
WARNING
• Disconnect the batteries. Refer to Procedure
013-009 (Battery Cables and Connections) in Section
13.
• Drain the coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018
(Cooling System) in Section 8.
• Remove the turbocharger oil supply and oil drain
lines from the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure
010-033 (Turbocharger) in Section 10.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Turbocharger Coolant Hoses
WARNING
cable last.
WARNING
WARNING
013-009 (Battery and Cable Connections) in Section
13.
• Drain the coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018
• Remove the turbocharger oil drain line from the
turbocharger. Refer to Procedure 010-033
Turbocharger) in Section 10.
Remove
Use a second wrench to hold the coolant hose coupling
while loosening the line.
Remove the turbocharger coolant supply line from the
bottom of the turbocharger and the lubricating oil filter
head.

Remove the turbocharger coolant return line from the top
of the turbocharger and the thermostat housing.

Remove the turbocharger coolant supply hose from the
lubricating oil filter head (1).
Remove the smaller banjo bolt from the turbocharger
electric actuator coolant inlet port (2) and the large banjo
bolt from the turbocharger bearing housing coolant inlet
port (3).

Remove the turbocharger bearing housing coolant return
hose from the top of the turbocharger and the thermostat
housing (1).
Remove the turbocharger actuator coolant return hose
from the top of the turbocharger and the thermostat
housing (2).
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the turbocharger coolant hoses with solvent.
Check the o-rings for cuts or deformation. Replace as

necessary.
Check the turbocharger coolant hoses for cracks or other
damage.
Replace if damage is found.
Check the face of the coolant fittings on the engine and

on the turbocharger to be sure the o-ring is in place and
is not damaged.
A damaged or missing o-ring will result in a coolant leak.
Install
CAUTION
Do not bend or kink hoses while tightening. Doing so
can damage the hoses.
Install the turbocharger coolant supply hose to the bottom
of the turbocharger and the lubricating oil filter head.
Tighten the fittings.
while tightening the line.
CAUTION
can damage the lines.
Check the face of the coolant fittings on the engine and
on the turbocharger to be sure the o-ring is in place and
is not damaged.
A damaged or missing o-ring will result in a coolant leak.
Install the turbocharger coolant return hose to the top of
the turbocharger and the thermostat housing. Tighten the
fittings.
while tightening the line.
Install the tube brace onto the turbocharger coolant return

hose and the air tube.
CAUTION
can damage the hoses.
CAUTION
Do not use petroleum products on the turbocharger
coolant hose o-rings. The o-rings will swell and cause
the connection to leak.
Install the four new banjo sealing washers on the
turbocharger coolant supply hose.
Lubricate the sealing washers with clean engine coolant,
soapy water, or vegetable oil.
Install the turbocharger coolant supply hose to the
turbocharger bearing housing (3).
turbocharger actuator (2).
lubricating oil filter head (1).
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the coolant hose
coupling while tightening the hose.
Tighten the fittings.
CAUTION
can damage the lines.
CAUTION
Do not use petroleum products on the turbocharger
coolant line o-rings. The o-rings will swell and cause
Install four new banjo sealing washers on the turbocharger
bearing housing coolant return hose and turbocharger
actuator coolant return tube.
Install the turbocharger coolant return hose to the
turbocharger. Tighten the fitting.
Install the turbocharger coolant return hose in the
thermostat housing. Tighten the banjo fitting.
Install the turbocharger actuator coolant hose to the
thermostat housing. Tighten the fitting.
It is possible for the turbocharger actuator coolant return
hose to contact the turbocharger coolant return hose
when the fittings are torqued. Be sure to space the hoses
apart while the fittings are torqued. If the hoses are not
spaced apart, hose failure can result.
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the coolant line
coupling while tightening the line.
Install the turbocharger actuator coolant hose to the
turbocharger actuator. Tighten the banjo fitting.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
cable last.
• Install the turbocharger oil supply and oil drain hoses
from the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure 010-033
(Turbocharger) in Section 10.
• Fill the engine with coolant. Refer to Procedure
008-018 (Coolant System) in Section 8.
• Connect the batteries. Refer to Procedure 013-009
(Battery Cables and Connections) in Section 13.
Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
cable last.
• Install the turbocharger oil drain line from the
turbocharger. Refer to Procedure 010-033.
• Fill the engine with coolant. Refer to Procedure
008-018.
• Connect the batteries. Refer to Procedure 013-009.
Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator

(010-050)
Initial Check
Most Signature, ISX and QSX15 engine models are
equipped with wastegate turbochargers to limit the peak
boost level and increase engine response at low rpm.
The wastegate actuator hose takes boost pressure from
the intake manifold through the control valve to the
wastegate capsule.
Inspect the wastegate actuator hose for cracks or holes.

Replace the hose if damaged.
CAUTION
A bent wastegate mounting bracket, actuator rod, or
lever can cause improper operation.
Inspect the wastegate mounting bracket, actuator rod,
and lever for damage.
If the wastegate mounting bracket, actuator rod, or lever
is bent, it must be replaced.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator
WARNING
Exhaust and turbocharger components could be hot.
Use caution and wear protective clothing when
handling these components.
To verify the wastegate actuator travel, install Service Tool
Part Number 3165168 on the wastegate cover with the
magnetic base and the dial indicator resting on the end of
the actuator end link.
Disconnect the air supply line from the wastegate actuator

and install the air line from the air control valve, Part
Number ST-990-40, to the wastegate actuator.
Install the male quick-connect fitting, Part Number

3377244 (1), into the air control valve, Part Number
ST-990-40 (2), to the wastegate actuator for use with the
Compuchek® quick-disconnect fitting, Part Number
3376859 (3) attached to the pressure transducer, Part
Number 3164491 (4).
Connect the pressure adapter, Part Number 3164491 (1),

to the multimeter, Part Number 3164488 (2).
Air leaks should not be detected through a functional

wastegate capsule.
Connect the air supply to the control valve. Apply
regulated air pressure of 100 kPa [14.7 psi] to the
wastegate actuator to measure the travel.
Cycle the air pressure to the actuator assembly several
times to work the system. Do not exceed 100 kPa [14.7
psi].
Measure the actuator rod for correct travel. If the actuator

travel is not within the specifications, the wastegate
must be adjusted. If adjustment is required, remove the
turbocharger.
To make sure an accurate measurement is obtained, it is
essential to use the specified tools and procedures.
Turbocharger Wastegate Rod Travel at 100 kPa [14.7

psi]
mm in
0.356 MIN 0.014
3.810 MAX 0.150
Preparatory Steps
Remove the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure 010-033.
Inspect
To obtain an accurate measurement, do not remove the
wastegate valve cover or take the measurement from the
top of the capscrew that secures the wastegate valve
cover.
Using a micrometer depth gauge, take a measurement
from the face of the wastegate valve cover to the end of
the wastegate actuator end link. Do not apply air pressure
to the wastegate actuator.
If the wastegate wear measurement is less than 25.654
mm [1.010 in] then the turbocharger wastegate actuator
can be recalibrated and the turbocharger returned to
service. If the wastegate wear measurement is greater
than 25.654 mm [1.010 in], replace the turbocharger
turbine housing.
Remove
Remove the retaining clip from the control lever.
WARNING
bodily injury.
CAUTION
Be careful not to bend the control lever.
Air Regulator with Pressure Gauge
Slowly apply regulated air pressure to the boost capsule,
a maximum of 310 kPa [45 psi] can be used. Disconnect
the boost capsule actuator rod end from the turbocharger
wastegate lever rod when the rod is loose on the lever.
NOTE: If the boost capsule diaphragm material is

ruptured and will not hold air pressure, it can be
necessary to manually pull the control rod outward in order
to overcome boost capsule spring-tension for removal of
the control rod from the turbocharger wastegate lever pin
while applying air pressure.
Disconnect the control rod from the turbocharger
wastegate lever pin.
Loosen the boost capsule mounting capscrews,

disconnect the wastegate actuator hose, and remove
assembly from the mounting bracket.
Inspect for Reuse

A new hose clamp is required to reinstall the signal line.
Disconnect the actuator hose from the wastegate actuator
by cutting the crimped hose clamp.
Air leaks should not be detected through a functional

wastegate capsule.
Connect clean regulated air pressure and a pressure
gauge to the actuator.
Apply 100 kPa [14.7 psi] to make sure the wastegate is
functioning properly.
Measure the actuator rod for correct travel. If the actuator

travel is not within the specifications, the wastegate
must be calibrated.
Turbocharger Wastegate Rod Travel at 100 kPa [14.7

psi]
mm in
0.356 MIN 0.014
3.810 MAX 0.150
If no actuator travel is observed, inspect the wastegate
valve for seizure or damage. Refer to Procedure 010-055.
Adjust
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of breaking the wastegate
pivot pin, use a wrench on the end link to support it
while loosening and/or tightening the actuator end-
link locknut.
Leave the setting pressure air supply connected to the
wastegate capsule.
Loosen the actuator end-link locknut.
Remove the actuator end-link retaining clip.

Remove the actuator end link from the wastegate lever.
Adjust the length of the end link by rotating to obtain

nominal travel.
Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Rod Travel

mm in
0.78 NOM 0.031
After adjusting is completed, tighten the end-link locknut

against the end link.
Cycle the air pressure to the wastegate actuator several

times to work the system.
Verify the actuator travel is within specifications.
Install the retaining clip.

Disconnect the regulated air pressure line from the
wastegate actuator.
Install
If a new actuator is being installed, install the adjusting
end link onto the shaft of the precalibrated wastegate
actuator assembly.
Thread the new end link several turns onto the shaft of the
new pre-set actuator assembly.
Install the new pre-set actuator assembly onto the bracket,

so the actuator clamp is in position to give access to the
capscrew.
If the capscrew can not be reached, remove the actuator
and carefully rotate the actuator assembly until the
capscrew is accessible.
Fit the actuator assembly and nuts.
With the valve held closed (pushed toward the compressor

housing), rotate the end link until the hole aligns with the
crank-arm pin, so the end link can be fitted over the pin
without using force.
The setting is correct if, by rotating the end link
clockwise an extra half-turn, the end link can no longer
be fitted onto the crank-arm pin.
Fit the new e-clip (snap ring) provided in the kit.
Tighten jam-nut against end link.

Turbocharger Wastegate Valve Body Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove the actuator clamp.
Finishing Steps
Reinstall the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure 010-033.
Turbocharger Wastegate Valve Body

(010-055)
Inspect for Reuse
The wastegate actuator end-link must be removed to
inspect the turbocharger wastegate. Refer to Procedure
010-050.
Inspect the lever pin.
If the lever pin is worn excessively, replace the
turbocharger. Refer to Procedure 010-033.
Rotate the lever by hand to verify that the shaft turns freely
and is not seized.
Check for excessive movement between the shaft and
bushing.
Replace the turbine housing if the shaft and bushing are
damaged or seized.
Refer to the Turbocharger Master Repair Manual, Bulletin
3580555.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Intake Manifold Pressure
The turbocharger must be removed from the engine and

placed in a vertical position sitting on the compressor inlet
to perform the wastegate valve wear measurement. Refer
To make sure of an accurate measurement, do not
remove the wastegate valve cover or take the
measurement from the top of the capscrews securing the
wastegate valve cover.
Use a micrometer depth gauge to take a measurement
from the face of the wastegate valve cover to the end of
the wastegate actuator end link. Do not apply any air
pressure to the wastegate actuator.
Wastegate Wear Measurement

mm in
25.654 MAX 1.010
Calibrate the turbocharger wastegate actuator if the
wastegate wear measurement is less than specifications.
Refer to Procedure 010-050 for wastegate actuator
recalibration procedure.
Replace the turbocharger if the wastegate wear
measurement is greater than specifications. Refer to
Procedure 010-033 for the replacement procedure.
Intake Manifold Pressure (010-057)

Measure
Install a 0 to 2030 mm Hg [0 to 80 in Hg] manometer (or
gauge) in the straight threaded plug hole in the air inlet
connection.
Operate the engine at rated rpm and full load. Compare

the value to the specifications given in the engine
performance data sheets.
NOTE: Stall speed is not full power.
Air Intake Connection Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Air Intake Connection (010-080)

Preparatory Steps
Disconnect the air pipe from the charge air cooler to the
air inlet connection.
Disconnect the boost sensor wire.
Remove the four-step wastegate controller wires, hose,
mounting capscrews, and controller.

• Remove the charge air cooler piping. Refer to
Procedure 010-027.
• Remove the EGR mixer. Refer to Procedure
011-021.
• Disconnect the engine wiring harness from the
intake manifold pressure sensor and intake manifold
air temperature sensor.

Remove or disconnect the following:
• Change air piping. Refer to Procedure 010-027.
• Intake manifold pressure temperature sensor. Refer
to Procedure 019-370 in the CM871 and CM876
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual Electronic
Control System ISX and ISM Engines, Bulletin
4021560.
• Air compressor supply line. Refer to Procedure
012-014.
• Front EGR Connection tube and EGR venturi. Refer
• EGR differential pressure sensor. Refer to
Procedure 019-370 in the Electronic Control System
CM871 and CM876 Signature, ISX and QSX15
• EGR differential pressure sensing tubes. Refer to
Procedure 011-027.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Intake Connection
Remove
Remove the four capscrews holding the air intake
connection to the cylinder head.
Remove and discard the gasket.

Remove the four capscrews that hold the air intake
connection to the cylinder head.

Remove the four mounting capscrews, air inlet
connection, and gasket.

All Applications
WARNING
Inspect the air intake connection for the amount of carbon
on the inside of the air intake connection.
Air Intake Connection Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Clean the air intake connection. Saturate the inside of the

air intake with safety solvent. Mineral based solvents can
be used if expected results with the safety solvent are
not acceptable.
Clean the debris with a non-abrasive brush. Dry the air
intake connection with compressed air.
Inspect for cracks or damage threads. Replace if
necessary.
Inspect the cylinder head air intake area.
Some soot build up inside the cylinder head is normal and
will not affect engine performance. Clean the air intake to
cylinder head surface with Scotch Brite™ 7448 abrasive
pad or a gasket scrapper. Do not use power tools
combined with an abrasive pad to clean the gasket
surfaces.
Install
Install the four mounting capscrews, air inlet connection,
and new gasket.
Install the four-step wastegate controller, mounting

capscrews, hose, and controller wires.
Connect the boost sensor wire.
Connect the air pipe from the charge air cooler to the air
inlet connection.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Intake Connection

Install a new gasket between the cylinder head and the air
intake connection.
Install and tighten the four capscrews.

Install a new gasket between the cylinder head and the air
intake connection.
Install and tighten the four capscrews.
Finishing Steps
Connect the air pipe from the charge air cooler to the air
inlet connection.
Connect the boost sensor wire.
Install the four-step wastegate controller wires, hose,
mounting capscrews, and controller.

• Install the four-step wastegate controller, mounting
capscrews, hose, and controller wires.
• Connect the boost sensor wire.
• Connect the air pipe from the charger air cooler to
the air inlet connection.
• Connect the engine wiring harness to the intake
manifold pressure sensor and intake manifold air
temperature sensor.
• Install the EGR mixer. Refer to Procedure 011-021.
• Install the charge air cooler piping. Refer to
Procedure 010-027.
• Start and operate the engine. Check for air leaks.
Turbocharger Wastegate Controller Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

Install or connect the following:
• Front EGR connection tube and EGR venturi. Refer
• Air compressor supply line. Refer to Procedure
012-014.
• Intake manifold pressure/temperature sensor. Refer
to Procedure 019-370 in the CM871 and CM875
Troubleshooting and Repair Electronic Control
System ISX and ISM Engines, Bulletin 4021560.
• Charge air cooler piping. Refer to Procedure
010-027.
• Start and operate the engine. Check for air leaks.
Procedure 014-013.
Turbocharger Wastegate Controller

(010-109)
Remove
Use a 3/8-inch wrench to remove the nut holding the
electrical connection of the four-step wastegate controller
coil.
Remove the connection.
Remove the four capscrews.

Remove the coil and the fuel shield.
Remove the spring washer, valve disc, and actuator
spacer from the valve housing.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Turbocharger Wastegate Controller
Inspect for Reuse

Use mineral spirits. Clean all of the parts except the coil
assembly.
NOTE: Do not get solvent on the coil. Clean the coil with
a dry cloth. Use a 200-grit emery cloth and a flat surface
to polish the coil surface.
Check the valve disc, valve seat, and actuator disc for dirt,
metal parts, bonding separation, corrosion, cracks, or
wear. Replace if necessary.
Use a wire brush to clean any corrosion from the coil
terminal.
Check the coil assembly with a multimeter.

Replace the coil if not within specifications.
NOTE: If the coil assembly shows 0 ohm, there is an
electrical short in the coil.
Tighten the nut that holds the electrical connection post
on the coil.
Resistance
12-VDC 6 to 10 ohms
24-VDC 24 to 40 ohms
Install
Assemble the valve as shown.
Install these parts as follows:
• Install a new o-ring between the spacer and the
control valve body.
• Install the spacer o-ring groove toward the coil.
• Install the spring washer with the cup side toward the
coil.
NOTE: The coil must be orientated with the electrical

connection post on the bottom.
NOTE: Make sure the coil is the correct voltage (12 VDC).
The coil voltage and part number are cast into the terminal
connection end of the coil.
• Align the spacer and valve disc on the control valve
body.
• Install a new o-ring.
• Put the spring washer on the valve disc with the
cavity side positioned upward.
• Install the shield and coil on the front cover.
• Install a new o-ring and tighten the capscrews.
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
• Install the electrical connection on the coil.

• Install the nut on the threaded post of the coil.
• Use two wrenches to hold the post of the nut firmly
while tightening the connection nut.
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry

Actuator (010-113)
General Information
Variable Geometry
The purpose of the variable geometry turbocharger is:
When the EGR flow is commanded, the variable geometry
turbocharger will close the nozzle in the turbine housing
to create more back pressure in the exhaust manifold to
force exhaust gas back into the engine.
The turbocharger also functions to improve engine

performance by building boost more quickly during
acceleration.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator
The variable geometry turbocharger functions as a

standard turbocharger with the addition of the following:
• A speed sensor (1) in the bearing housing to monitor
turbocharger operation.
• Water-cooled bearing housings (in addition to oil
lubrication)
• The sliding nozzle (2) is actuated by a pneumatic
actuator attached to the vehicle (brake) air supply
system
• The pneumatic actuator (3) operated by an air control
valve (4)
• On some engines, a filter and shutoff valve (5) are
used in the air line between the control valve (4) and
the air supply tank (6)
• When the variable geometry turbocharger
mechanism opens, a noise can be heard as air is
released from the actuator (3) through the control
valve (4).
Preparatory Steps
Variable Geometry
CAUTION
The keyswitch must be in the OFF position to make
sure no air pressure is present at the actuator.
• Remove the air line from the actuator.
Remove
Variable Geometry
CAUTION
The keyswitch must be in the OFF position to make
sure no air pressure is present at the actuator.
Remove the capscrew holding the actuator rod to the
turbocharger cross-shaft.
Remove the snap ring from the cross-shaft.
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
Keep fingers and hands away from the actuator link to
reduce the possibility of personal injury as a result of
sudden movement when air is supplied.
Loosen the two capscrews holding the actuator to the
turbocharger bearing housing.
Use coupling, Part Number 3824843, to apply 414 kPa [60
psi] regulated air pressure to the actuator air inlet, to
reduce the spring load at the linkage.
Remove the two loosened capscrews and actuator.
Inspect for Reuse

Variable Geometry
Inspect the actuator mounting bracket, rod, and body.
If the actuator is bent or cracked, it must be replaced.
Inspect the bushing in the actuator rod end that attaches
to the turbocharger cross-shaft for wear, scoring, or other
damage.
Replace the actuator if damage is found.
Inspect the outside diameter of the turbocharger cross-

shaft pin.
Replace the turbocharger if wear is found.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator
Test
Variable Geometry
Attach a dial indicator as shown, so the shaft is in line with
the actuator rod.
Set the dial indicator to zero, with no air pressure applied
to the actuator.
Connect clean, regulated air pressure and a pressure
gauge to the actuator.
Apply a minimum of 414 kPa [60 psi] to make sure the
actuator is functioning properly.
The rod must move without any sticking.
Actuator Movement Range

mm in
12 MIN 0.472
Air must not be heard leaking through a functional
actuator.
Spray soapy water on the actuator housing to check for
air leaks.
Replace the actuator housing if leaks are found.
Replace the actuator if no movement of the actuator rod
is detected, the actuator is sticking, or an air leak is found.
This test can be performed with the actuator removed or
installed on the turbocharger.
Install
Variable Geometry
WARNING
Keep fingers and hands away from the actuator link to
reduce the possibility of personal injury as a result of
sudden movement when air is supplied.
Use coupling, Part Number 3824843, to apply 414 kPa [60
psi] regulated air pressure to the actuator.
Install the actuator on the turbocharger bearing housing.
Install and tighten the two capscrews.
Install the actuator rod to the turbocharger cross-shaft.

Install the snap ring.
Install and tighten the capscrew.
Turbocharger Air Shutoff Valve Filter Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Finishing Steps
Variable Geometry
• Install actuator air line.
• Start and operate the engine.
• Verify proper operation and check for air leaks.
If a failure resulted in coolant, oil, excessive fuel, or
Procedure 014-013.
Turbocharger Air Shutoff Valve Filter

(010-114)
Preparatory Steps
Variable Geometry
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
Air pressure must be released from the system before
removing the turbocharger control shutoff valve. The
turbocharger control shutoff valve is under pressure
and can cause personal injury.
• Release the air pressure from the compressed air
system.
Remove
Variable Geometry
Use filter wrench and remove the air filter from the
turbocharger control shutoff valve.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Turbocharger Air Shutoff Valve Filter

Variable Geometry
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the turbocharger control shutoff valve filter head
threads with a lint free cloth.
Inspect the threads for damage. If damage is found,
replace the turbocharger control shutoff valve filter head.
Inspect the filter head for signs of water entrapment or
contamination. If water entrapment or contamination is
found, inspect the turbocharger control shutoff valve lines,
turbocharger control shutoff valve, and turbocharger
control valve. Replace if signs of corrosion are found.
Use compressed air to clean fittings, lines, and
turbocharger control shutoff valve.
Install
Variable Geometry
Apply a thin coat of lubricant on the filter gasket.
Install and hand tighten a new turbocharger control shutoff
valve filter on the turbocharger control shutoff valve body.
Use a filter wrench to tighten the filter full turn after gasket
contact.
Finishing Steps
Variable Geometry
• Start the engine and verify proper operation.
• Inspect for air leaks and proper variable geometry
turbocharger operation.
Turbocharger Control Shutoff Valve Filter Head Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Turbocharger Control Shutoff Valve

Filter Head (010-115)
Preparatory Steps
Variable Geometry
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
Air pressure must be released from the system before
removing the turbocharger control shutoff valve. The
turbocharger control shutoff valve is under pressure
and can cause personal injury.
• Remove the turbocharger control shutoff valve filter.
• Remove the air line from the turbocharger control
valve. Refer to Procedure 019-388 in the
• Disconnect the air line from the air tank.
• Disconnect the electrical harness from the
turbocharger air control shutoff valve.
• Remove the air shutoff valve. Refer to Procedure
019-386 in the Troubleshooting and Repair Manual
CM870 Electronic Control System Signature and ISX
Remove
Variable Geometry
Remove the two mounting capscrews.
Remove the turbocharger control shutoff valve filter head.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Turbocharger Control Shutoff Valve Filter Head

Variable Geometry
WARNING
personal injury.
threads with a lint free cloth.
Inspect the threads for damage. If damage is found,
replace the turbocharger control shutoff valve filter head.
Inspect the fittings and lines for signs of water entrapment
or contamination. If water entrapment or contamination is
found, inspect the turbocharger control shutoff valve.
Use compressed air to clean the fittings, lines, and
turbocharger control shutoff valve and the turbocharger
control valve.
Inspect the vehicle air drier for proper operation.
Replace the lines and turbocharger control shutoff valve,
if necessary.
Repair the cause of water entrapment or contamination.
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
mounting surfaces with solvent.
Check for cracks or damage. Replace the turbocharger
control shutoff valve filter head, if cracks or damage are
found.
Install
Variable Geometry
Install the two mounting capscrews and the turbocharger
control shutoff valve filter head.
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator Air Supply Lin [...] Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Finishing Steps
Variable Geometry
• Install the air shutoff valve. Refer to Procedure
019-386 in the Troubleshooting and Repair Manual
CM870 Electronic Control System Signature and ISX
• Connect the air line from the air tank.
• Install the air line from the turbocharger control
valve. Refer to Procedure 019-388 in the
• Install the turbocharger control shutoff valve filter.
• Connect the electrical harness to the turbocharger
control shutoff valve.

Actuator Air Supply Line (010-120)
Remove
CAUTION
The turbocharger control valve is very sensitive to
contamination. Failure to prevent contamination from
entering the turbocharger control valve air lines will
cause damage to the turbocharger control valve.
Make sure the keyswitch is in the OFF position.
Disconnect the air line at the turbocharger actuator.
Mask the end of the air line and turbocharger actuator to
prevent contamination.
Remove the p-clip at the thermostat housing.

Disconnect the air line from the turbocharger control
valve.
Mask the end of the air line and turbocharger control valve
to prevent contamination.
Remove the turbocharger control valve air line.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator Air Supply Lin [...]
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the air line connections for wear, cracks, or other
damage.
Inspect the o-rings for signs of damage or distortion.
Replace as necessary.
Install
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not use thread sealant. The use of thread sealant
will cause damage to the turbocharger control valve.
Mask both ends of the turbocharger actuator supply line
before installing.
Install the turbocharger actuator air supply line.
Connect the air supply line to the turbocharger air control

valve.
Connect the p-clip to the thermostat housings.
Connect the air supply line to the turbocharger actuator.
Start and run the engine.
Verify proper operation.
Check for air leaks.
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Control Valve Air Suppl [...] Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

Control Valve Air Supply Line
(010-121)
Remove
CAUTION
Make sure the keyswitch is in the OFF position.
Bleed the air from the control valve air supply line.
Disconnect the air line at the turbocharger control valve.
Mask the end of the air line and turbocharger control valve
to prevent contamination.
Remove the p-clips holding the air line to the engine.
Disconnect the air line from the turbocharger control
shutoff valve.
Remove the turbocharger control valve air supply line.

Mask the end of the air line and turbocharger control
shutoff valve to prevent contamination.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the air line connections for wear, cracks, or other
damage.
Inspect the o-rings for signs of damage or distortion.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Variable Geometry Turbocharger Actuator, Electric
Install
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not use thread sealant. The use of thread sealant
will cause damage to the turbocharger control valve.
Mask both ends of the turbocharger control valve air
supply line before installing.
Install the turbocharger control valve air supply line.
Connect the air supply line to the turbocharger control

valve.
Connect the p-clips holding air line to engine.
Connect the air supply line to the turbocharger control
shutoff valve.
Start and run the engine.
Verify proper operation.
Check for air leaks.
Variable Geometry Turbocharger

Actuator, Electric (010-134)
General Information
The purpose of the variable geometry turbocharger:
When the EGR flow is commanded, the variable
geometry turbocharger will close the nozzle in the
turbine housing to create more back pressure in the
exhaust manifold, to force the EGR flow back into the
engine.
Closing the variable geometry turbocharger will also
increase exhaust gas temperature under certain
normal engine operating conditions and during
aftertreatment regeneration events.
The turbocharger also functions to improve engine
performance by building boost more quickly during
acceleration.
Refer to Procedure 011-999, Exhaust System - Overview,
for further information regarding variable geometry
turbocharger and aftertreatment system interactions.
This procedure provides service information for the
electronically controlled variable geometry turbocharger
actuators.
NOTE: To avoid improper installation of the turbocharger
actuator, follow each step in its entirety and in the proper
sequence.
Variable Geometry Turbocharger Actuator, Electric Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
personal injury.
• Clean the area around the turbocharger actuator and
dry with compressed air.
• Drain the engine coolant. Refer to Procedure
008-018.
• Disconnect the turbocharger actuator coolant supply
and return lines from the turbocharger actuator.
• Remove the turbocharger actuator wiring harness
zip ties.
Remove
Disconnect the wiring harness from the turbocharger
actuator by sliding the locking tang to the open position,
and then pushing down on the release lever and pulling
the connection apart.
Remove the four turbocharger actuator mounting

capscrews with a 5-mm allen wrench and discard the
capscrews.
Remove the actuator.
Remove and discard the turbocharger actuator sealing
gasket.
Inspect for Reuse

Use a clean cloth to wipe around the surface where the
turbocharger actuator seals to the turbocharger.
NOTE: Take care not to drop any dirt or debris into the
turbocharger.
Inspect the sealing surfaces and the sealing gasket for
signs of leaks, cracks, or other damage.
If the sealing surface of the turbocharger is damaged and

causing a leak, replace the turbocharger. Refer to
Procedure 010-033.
If the sealing surface of the actuator is causing a leak,
replace only the actuator.
Inspect the pinion gear on the actuator for seizure,

excessive wear, or damaged teeth.
Replace the actuator if the pinion gear is seized or if the
teeth are worn or damaged.
Inspect the sector gear on the turbocharger for excessive

wear, damaged teeth, or a broken shaft.
Grasp the sector gear by hand and move it through its
operational range.
Within the turbocharger, there are solid end stops which
limit sector gear travel in both directions.
The sector gear must move smoothly by hand through the
range of motion. It takes considerable effort to begin
moving the sector gear. However, once the sector gear
begins to move, minimal force is required to continue
moving the sector gear through its operating range.
Rotate the sector gear toward the turbocharger

compressor cover (1) until it stops. The through hole in the
center of the sector gear must line up with the blind hole
in the bearing housing.
Verify that the sector gear is aligned by inserting the
alignment pin included in the actuator kit or a 3/16” or
5mm drill bit through the sector gear and into the bearing
housing.
NOTE: Some ISX CM871 turbochargers were

manufactured without the small 3-mm alignment hole. In
order to check for full stroke when the sector gear is
rotated toward the turbine housing (2), half of the 5-mm
alignment hole (B) will be exposed at the compressor
housing side of the sector gear, as shown here.
Rotate the sector gear toward the turbocharger turbine

housing (2) until it stops. Half of the smaller 3-mm [.12 in]
alignment hole (A) will be exposed at the turbine housing
side of the sector gear.
If the sector gear does not go through the full range of
motion or if the sector gear requires excessive force to
move it by hand, replace the turbocharger. Refer to
Procedure 010-033.
Time
CAUTION
During the turbocharger actuator install test, the
pinion gear on the actuator will move. Keep hands and
tools away from the pinion gear during the test.
• Continue through the entire turbocharger actuator

Time Step before attempting to troubleshoot any
other fault codes.
• Verify that the turbocharger actuator is removed
from the turbocharger bearing housing.
• Verify that the turbocharger actuator electrical
connector is disconnected from the engine wiring
harness.
• Turn the keyswitch ON.
• Connect the turbocharger actuator electrical
connector to the engine wiring harness.
• If at any point the INSITE™ electronic service tool
status message indicates the test was stopped or
failed, turn the keyswitch OFF for 30 seconds and
key back ON. Then start over, beginning with the
actuator Time Step.
If Fault Code 2634 becomes active, disconnect the
turbocharger actuator connector from the engine wiring
harness with the keyswitch ON. Reconnect the
turbocharger actuator electrical connector. Fault Code
2634 will go inactive.
Fault Code 2198 could be active at this point in the
installation procedure when installing a new turbocharger
actuator on an engine built prior to January 1, 2007.
It is normal and expected to have Fault Code 2449 active
when a new turbocharger actuator is connected to the
engine, because it is not calibrated to the turbocharger.
Continue through the engine turbocharger actuator
installation procedure before attempting to troubleshoot
any other fault codes.
Connect INSITE™ electronic service tool.

In INSITE™ electronic service tool, go to the ECM
Diagnostic Tests screen.
From the list of tests, select VGT Electronic Actuator
Installation and Calibration and click on the “next” button.
Locate the column labeled “Value” and left click on the
down arrow. Select INSTALL ACTUATOR and select
START.
This will set the actuator pinion gear to a known position
to prepare it for installation to the turbocharger. This step
should take less than 30 seconds to complete with
INSITE™ electronic service tool.
INSITE™ electronic service tool will indicate when this step
is complete.
Disconnect the turbocharger actuator from the engine
wiring harness. Be sure to keep the keyswitch in the ON
position.
Fault Codes 2449 and 2636 will be active at this point in
the procedure. Continue through the turbocharger
actuator procedure before troubleshooting fault codes.
If the INSITE™ electronic service tool status message
indicates the test was stopped or failed, turn the keyswitch
OFF for 30 seconds and key back ON. Then start over,
beginning with the actuator Time Step.
Grasp the sector gear by hand and rotate the sector gear
toward the turbocharger compressor cover until the
through hole in the sector gear lines up with the blind hole
in the bearing housing. Verify the sector gear is aligned
by inserting the alignment pin included in the actuator kit
or a 3/16” or 5mm drill bit through the sector gear and into
the bearing housing.
Coat the teeth on the sector gear with the high-
temperature grease from the packet supplied in the
installation kit.
NOTE: It is critical for smooth reliable operation of the
actuator to use the full amount of the Holset® supplied
high-temperature grease.
Remove the alignment pin or drill bit.
Install
CAUTION
Do not attempt to force the actuator onto the bearing
housing by using the capscrews. Misalignment can
cause damage to the actuator or turbocharger.
Align the actuator and gasket assembly with the
turbocharger bearing housing face with the two lower
capscrews. Be sure to use the new capscrews available
in the turbocharger actuator mounting kit.
Align the actuator to the bearing housing and slide the
actuator into place. The actuator pinion gear and the
turbocharger sector gear must engage smoothly. If not,
verify that the sector gear through-hole and the bearing
housing blind-hole are aligned.
You could possibly have to twist the actuator housing in
order to align it with the mounting holes.
With the actuator aligned on the bearing housing, install

the remaining two capscrews.
Tighten the four capscrews in a crisscross pattern.
Torque Value: Step1 3 N•m [ 27 in-lb ]
Step2 11 N•m [ 97 in-lb ]
Calibrate
The turbocharger actuator must be calibrated to the
turbocharger. This step must be performed to make sure
proper turbocharger operation is achieved.
With the keyswitch in the ON position, connect the
turbocharger actuator into the engine wiring harness.
Calibration instructions:
Within the INSITE™ electronic service tool screen labeled
“VGT Electric Actuator Install and Calibrate”, locate the
column labeled “Value” and left click on the down arrow.
Select “Calibrate Actuator”.
Follow the instruction on the screen in order to calibrate
the new turbocharger actuator to the turbocharger.
INSITE™ electronic service tool will indicate when this step
is complete.
If INSITE™ electronic service tool status message
indicates the test was stopped or failed, turn the keyswitch
OFF for 30 seconds and key back ON. Then start over
beginning with the Timing Step.
It is normal to have an active Fault Code 2387 at this point.
Turn the keyswitch in the OFF position for 30 seconds.
Then key ON and refresh the fault code screen. All
turbocharger actuator fault codes can be inactive. Use
INSITE™ electronic service tool to clear all fault codes.
Finishing Steps
• Install the turbocharger actuator coolant supply and
return lines. Refer to Procedure 010-041.
• Secure the turbocharger actuator wiring away from

hot and abrasive parts .
• Zip tie the turbocharger actuator harness to the two
ears on the actuator housing (1).
• Secure the turbocharger actuator harness,
turbocharger compressor inlet temperature sensor
harness, and the turbocharger speed sensor
harness to the turbocharger coolant outlet hose (2).
In order to prevent the wire harness from being
damaged, use two zip ties as shown.
• Secure the turbocharger actuator, speed sensor,
and compressor inlet temperature sensor wiring
harness as indicated (3).
• Operate the engine to make sure the turbocharger
actuator operates properly and all turbocharger
actuator fault codes are inactive.
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11 Page 11-a
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11

Section Contents
Page
Aftertreatment Adapter Pipe .........................................................................................................................11-79
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 11-81
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-81
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-79
Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation Catalyst .....................................................................................................11-96
Assemble....................................................................................................................................................11-101
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................11-102
Install..........................................................................................................................................................11-102
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-97
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter ........................................................................................................11-71
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 11-75
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-74
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-72
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor Mounting Bracket ...........................11-83
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 11-86
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-85
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-84
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes ..............................................11-86
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-89
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-87
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector ..........................................................................................................................11-76
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 11-79
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-78
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-76
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Flow ...............................................................................................................11-123
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................11-129
Initial Check................................................................................................................................................11-123
Leak Test....................................................................................................................................................11-127
Setup..........................................................................................................................................................11-123
Test.............................................................................................................................................................11-126
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Manifold .........................................................................................................11-117
Clean and Inspect for Reuse........................................................................................................................11-119
Automotive With CM871...........................................................................................................................11-119
Automotive with CM876............................................................................................................................11-120
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................11-122
Install..........................................................................................................................................................11-121
Preparatory Steps........................................................................................................................................11-117
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................11-117
Page 11-b Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11
Aftertreatment Injector Lines ......................................................................................................................11-106

Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................11-116
Install..........................................................................................................................................................11-113
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................11-107
Aftertreatment Inlet and Outlet .....................................................................................................................11-90
Assemble......................................................................................................................................................11-93
Disassemble..................................................................................................................................................11-92
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 11-95
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-93
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-92
Aftertreatment System ................................................................................................................................11-103
Assemble....................................................................................................................................................11-105
Disassemble................................................................................................................................................11-104
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................11-106
General Information.....................................................................................................................................11-103
Install..........................................................................................................................................................11-105
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................11-103
EGR Connection Tubes .................................................................................................................................11-43
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 11-50
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-47
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-44
EGR Cooler ....................................................................................................................................................11-15
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 11-29
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-26
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11 Page 11-c
Pressure Test................................................................................................................................................11-24
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-16
EGR Cooler Connection ................................................................................................................................11-40
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.........................................................................................................................11-40
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-42
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-42
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-40
EGR Cooler Coolant Lines ............................................................................................................................11-60
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-67
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-64
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-61
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Adapter ...................................................................................................11-57
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-58
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-58
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-57
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes .....................................................................................................11-51
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-55
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-54
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-51
EGR Mixer ......................................................................................................................................................11-30
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-32
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-31
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-30
EGR Valve ......................................................................................................................................................11-32
Assemble......................................................................................................................................................11-37
Disassemble..................................................................................................................................................11-34
Page 11-d Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-39
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-38
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-33
EGR Valve Coolant Lines ..............................................................................................................................11-59
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-60
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-60
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-59
EGR Valve Mounting Bracket ........................................................................................................................11-81
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-82
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-82
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-81
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Adapter ........................................................................................................11-69
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-70
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-70
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-70
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Tube .............................................................................................................11-55
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-57
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-56
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-56
Exhaust Manifold, Dry .....................................................................................................................................11-1
Assemble........................................................................................................................................................11-9
Automotive with CM870 and CM871.............................................................................................................11-6
Disassemble...................................................................................................................................................11-4
Finishing Steps.............................................................................................................................................11-13
Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570..................................................11-13
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................11-1
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-10
Automotive with CM870 and CM871...........................................................................................................11-10
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11 Page 11-e
Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570..................................................11-11

Remove..........................................................................................................................................................11-4
Repair.............................................................................................................................................................11-1
Exhaust Restriction .......................................................................................................................................11-14
Initial Check.................................................................................................................................................. 11-14
Heat Shield .................................................................................................................................................... 11-67
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 11-69
Install............................................................................................................................................................11-69
Automotive With CM871............................................................................................................................. 11-69
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................11-68
Automotive With CM871............................................................................................................................. 11-68
Page 11-f Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Exhaust Manifold, Dry
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11 Page 11-1
Exhaust Manifold, Dry (011-007)

Initial Check
Operate the engine and inspect the exhaust manifold for
leaks at the slip joints.
If the exhaust manifold is leaking at the slip joints, it
must be repaired.
NOTE: Some CM870 engines are equipped with exhaust
seal rings at the slip joints.

NOTE: CM871 engines are equipped with exhaust seal
rings at the slip joints.
Operate the engine and inspect the exhaust manifold for
leaks at the slip joints.
If the exhaust manifold is leaking at the slip joints, it
must be repaired.
Repair
WARNING
To reduce the possibility of personal injury from hot
surfaces, allow the engine to cool before beginning
work. Wear appropriate hand and eye protection.
Exhaust Manifold Slip Joint Seal Kit Contents

Part Description Quantity per Kit
Covers 2
Seal 1
Clamp 1
NOTE: Each kit contains parts for one slip joint repair.
Two kits will be needed to service an engine that has both
slip joints leaking.
Remove the turbocharger inlet piping. Refer to the OEM

troubleshooting and repair manual.
Twist the graphite seal in order to open it, allowing it to be
placed onto the exhaust manifold.
Exhaust Manifold, Dry Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page 11-2 Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11
The chamfered edge of the graphite seal faces the

exhaust manifold center section.
Slide the graphite seal ring over the exhaust manifold end
section and press it against the center section.
Align the split in the graphite ring so the open ends point
towards the parting line in the exhaust manifold, as shown
in the illustration.
NOTE: The EGR water return tube was removed in the

illustration in order to show the seal kit installation. The
seal kit can be installed without removing the EGR water
return tube.
Place the top cover over the slip joint and graphite seal
with the notch in the cover towards the center of the
Because of tight clearances at the slip joint, it will possibly
be necessary to press the cover down and roll it to the top
of the slip joint.

return tube.
Place the bottom cover over the slip joint and graphite seal
with the notch in the cover towards the center of the
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of damage to the EGR cooler
bellows, do not use the cooler bellows as a pivot point
for a pry bar when compressing the covers.
return tube.
Compress the two covers together. The use of a pry bar
and/or mallet to accommodate the T bolt clamp will
possibly be necessary.
The T bolt of the clamp can be removed to aid in
installation.
Separate the clamp and place it over the two covers.
Tighten the clamp.
Or until the ends of the cover make contact.
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the charge air cooler piping. Refer to the
• Remove the variable geometry turbocharger. Refer
• Remove the heat shield. Refer to Procedure
011-032.

• Remove the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure
010-033.
WARNING
WARNING
Remove the following:
• Charger air cooler piping. Refer to the OEM
• Variable geometry turbocharger. Refer to Procedure
010-033
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor tube. Refer to
Procedure 011-027.
Remove
WARNING
Remove two mounting capscrews and install two guide
studs.
Remove the remaining mounting capscrews, the spacers,
the exhaust manifold assembly and the gaskets.
Disassemble
Disassemble the exhaust manifold end sections.
Discard the exhaust seal ring on the slip-joint, if equipped.

Remove the exhaust manifold end sections.

Disassemble the exhaust manifold end sections.

WARNING
Wear safety glasses or a face shield, as well as
protective clothing, to reduce the possibility of
personal injury when using a steam cleaner or high-
pressure water.
WARNING
personal injury.
Use a 240-grit emery cloth to remove carbon deposits from
the sealing surfaces.
Steam-clean and dry with compressed air.
Inspect for cracks or damage.

Inspect the manifold seal bore for wear.
Inspect the exhaust manifold turbocharger mounting
flange for warping.
NOTE: A charge air cooler failure can cause progressive
damage to the exhaust manifold. If the exhaust manifold
is damaged, check the charge air cooler. Refer to
Procedure 010-027.
WARNING
personal injury when using a steam cleaner or high
pressure water.
WARNING
personal injury.
Steam clean and dry with compressed air.
Use a soft cloth or a shop towel wetted with a safety

solvent to remove carbon deposits from the sealing
surfaces.
Inspect the exhaust manifold turbocharger mounting

flange for warpage. The exhaust manifold mounting
surface must be flat to within 0.25 mm [0.010 in]. The
turbocharger mounting flange must have a surface
flatness of 0.13 mm [0.005 in].
Inspect for cracks or damage.

NOTE: A charge air cooler failure can cause progressive
damage to the exhaust manifold. If the exhaust manifold
is damaged, check the charge air cooler. Refer to
Procedure 010-027.
Check that the exhaust seal is fully seated against the

shoulder of the exhaust manifold male end section.
If the exhaust seal ring is not fully seated against the
shoulder, the exhaust seal ring must be replaced.
Inspect the exhaust manifold seal bore for wear.

Inspect the exhaust seal ring for signs of damage or
excessive wear.
The exhaust seal ring must not show signs of dents or
other signs of damage.
Measure the wear width on the exhaust seal ring.
The wear width must not be more than 1mm [0.04 in] wide
anywhere on the seal.
Wear width larger than 1 mm [0.04 in] indicates a failure

and the exhaust seal must be replaced.
The wear width must be uniform around the seal ring. If

one side of the exhaust seal ring is worn more than the
other, the exhaust seal ring must be replaced.
Inspect the exhaust manifold slip-joints for signs of soot

leakage.
If there is no evidence of an exhaust leak from the slip-
joints and there is not visible cracks or damage, do not
remove the exhaust manifold seal rings.
If there is a failure or damage, remove the exhaust
manifold seal rings.
Remove the exhaust seal rings, located within the slip-

joint.
Use tin snips or side cuts, to cut half way through seal in
two locations about 25.4 mm [1 in] apart.
Grasp the portion of the seal between the cuts with a pair
of pliers.
Twist and pull the seal off of the exhaust manifold end
sections.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the seal carrier surface.
Discard the exhaust seal rings.
Inspect the exhaust seal ring mating surfaces of the male

and female sections of the exhaust manifolds.
If scratches or nicks can be felt with a fingernail on the
exhaust seal ring mating surfaces, the exhaust manifold
section must be replaced.
Assemble
The exhaust manifold sections must be assembled on a
flat surface for proper alignment.
Install exhaust seal rings, if equipped.
Install the exhaust manifold end sections to the center
section.

The exhaust manifold sections must be assembled on a
flat surface for proper alignment.
section.

Place the exhaust seal ring onto the lip of the Exhaust Seal
Installer, Part Number 4918709.
Use a light coat of grease or clean engine oil to lubricate
the exhaust seal ring during assembly onto the male and
female sections of the exhaust manifolds.
Position the seal installer and seal ring in line with the
sealing surface on the exhaust manifold and strike with a
lead or dead blow hammer until the seal is fully seated.

section.
The end section bolt holes must be 152.4 mm [6 in] center
to center before installing onto the cylinder head.
Install
Install two guide studs into the center section mounting
location.
Do not use adhesive, grease, or heavy grease to hold the
gaskets in place on the cylinder head.
Install a new center section gasket.
Special capscrews with spacers are required for this

particular manifold.
Do not use short capscrews.
WARNING
Install the exhaust manifold over the guide studs.
Apply a film of high-temperature anti-seize compound to
the capscrew threads to make sure of proper loading on
capscrews.
Slide each manifold gasket between the exhaust manifold
and the cylinder head.
Install the capscrews and spacers through the exhaust
manifold and gasket into the cylinder head.
Remove the two guide studs and install the two remaining
capscrews.


Install two guide studs into center section mounting
location.
Install the center mounting gasket over the guide studs.

WARNING
Install the exhaust manifold assembly on the guide pins.
Special capscrews with spacers are required for this

particular manifold.
Do not use short capscrews.
Slide each exhaust manifold gasket between the manifold

and cylinder head.
Insert the exhaust manifold mounting capscrews and
spacer through the manifold and gasket and start
capscrews into the cylinder head.
To aid in future capscrew removal, apply a film of high-

temperature anti-seize compound to the capscrew
threads.
Remove the guide studs and install the remaining two
capscrews.

Torque values given have been established using anti-
seize compound as a lubricant.
Torque Value: Step1 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Step2 55 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Finishing Steps
• Install the EGR valve. Refer to Procedure 011-022.
• Install the heat shield. Refer to Procedure 011-032.
• Install the variable geometry turbocharger. Refer to
Procedure 010-033.
• Install the charge air cooler piping. Refer to the
• Fill the cooing system. Refer to Procedure 008-018.
• Start and operate the engine. Listen and feel for air
leaks and exhaust gas leaks.

• Start and operate the engine. Listen and feel for air
leaks and exhaust gas leaks.

Install the following:
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor tube. Refer to
Procedure 011-027.
• Variable geometry tubes. Refer to Procedure
010-033.
• Charge air cooler piping. Refer to the OEM
Operate engine and check for leaks.
Start and operate the engine. Listen and feel for air leaks
and exhaust gas leaks.
Exhaust Restriction Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Exhaust Restriction (011-009)

Initial Check
For CM871 and CM876 engine remove the aftertreatment
diesel oxidation catalyst inlet temperature sensor from the
aftertreatment inlet and disconnect it from the wiring
harness. Install the pressure gauge adapter, Part Number
4918576. Connect a manometer or pressure gauge, Part
Number ST-1273, to the pressure gauge adapter.
Protect the hose from heat by using a 305 mm [12 in]
minimum length of metal tubing leading from the exhaust
pipe connection.
NOTE: Disconnecting the aftertreatment diesel oxidation
catalyst inlet temperature sensor will trigger Fault Code
1666. Do not troubleshoot this fault code during this
exhaust restriction procedure.
Operate the engine at rated rpm and load. Record the

reading on the manometer.
Exhaust Restriction
mm Hg in Hg
Without Aftertreatment 75.0 MAX 3.0
With Aftertreatment 305.0 MAX 12.0
If the exhaust pressure exceeds the specifications,

inspect the exhaust piping for damage. Refer to the OEM
If the vehicle is equipped with an aftertreatment system,
inspect the aftertreatment system for a plugged
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter and/or a plugged
aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst.
Extended engine operation with high exhaust restriction
can lead to damaged turbocharger oil seals. Refer to
Procedure 010-033 to inspect the turbocharger for
progressive damage.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Cooler
Remove the test equipment and install the aftertreatment

diesel oxidation catalyst inlet temperature sensor.
Operate the engine and verify that all fault codes are
inactive.
EGR Cooler (011-019)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the air intake pipe to turbocharger. Refer to
010-033.
• Remove the exhaust gas pressure sensor tube.
• Remove the EGR cooler coolant lines. Refer to
Procedure 011-031.
EGR Cooler Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the air intake pipe to turbocharger. Refer to
• Remove the aftertreatment adapter pipe and
aftertreatment injector lines. Refer to Procedures
011-051 and 011-043.
010-033.
• Remove the EGR cooler coolant lines. Refer to
Procedure 011-031.
Remove
Loosen the v-band clamp between the EGR cooler and the
EGR cooler connection.
Loosen the hose clamps at the rear EGR connection tube.

Remove and discard the EGR hose.
CAUTION
The straps on the EGR cooler are not serviceable.
Adjusting or removing the straps can damage the EGR
cooler.
Remove the four capscrews that attach the EGR cooler to
the block.
Remove the four nuts that attach the EGR cooler to the
lubricating oil cooler assembly.
Remove the EGR cooler assembly from the engine.
Remove the coolant supply and vent jumper tubes, if they
remain in the block after the cooler is removed.

Loosen the v-band clamp between the EGR cooler and the
exhaust manifold. In order to prevent damage to the EGR
cooler bellows, place the v-band clamp over the exhaust
manifold flange.
Loosen the rear EGR connection tube retaining

capscrews at the EGR cooler gas outlet.
Remove the four capscrews that attach the EGR cooler to

the block.
Remove the four nuts that attach the EGR cooler to the
lubricating oil cooler assembly.
Remove the EGR cooler bracket clamping plates from the
EGR cooler.
Remove the EGR cooler assembly from the engine.

Inspect the v-band clamp threads for damage. Replace
the clamp if damage is found.
Inspect the hose clamps for damage. Replace if damage
is found.
WARNING
Cap the outlet end of the EGR cooler with parts supplied
in the EGR cooler leak check kit, Part Number 3164225.
Completely fill the EGR cooler with mineral spirits.
Cap the gas inlet end of the EGR cooler with parts
supplied in the EGR cooler leak check kit, Part Number
3164225.
Lay the EGR cooler on its side.

Allow the EGR cooler to soak for approximately 20
minutes.
Drain approximately 25 percent of the liquid from the
cooler and recap.
Shake the cooler by hand, from end to end, for
approximately 30 seconds.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Drain the mineral spirits from the EGR cooler and properly
dispose of the liquid.
Use compressed air to dry the inside of the EGR cooler
and remove any loose debris or particles.
Cap the outlet end of the EGR cooler with parts supplied
in service kit, Part Number 3164225.
Completely fill the EGR cooler with water.
Cap the gas inlet end of the EGR cooler with parts
supplied in service kit, Part Number 3164225.
Drain the water from the EGR cooler and properly dispose
of the liquid.
Use compressed air to dry the inside of the EGR cooler.
Clean the EGR valve, with safety solvent, where the EGR
cooler connection attaches to the EGR valve. Refer to
Procedure 011-022.
Clean the EGR cooler connection with safety solvent and
Inspect the EGR valve where the EGR cooler connection
attaches to the EGR valve. Replace the EGR valve if
cracks or other damage is found. Refer to Procedure
011-022.
Replace the EGR cooler if cracks or other damage is found
on the EGR cooler.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
With the EGR connection tube attached, clean the cooler
end of the EGR connection tube with safety solvent.
Inspect the EGR connection tube for cracks or other
damage, while still attached to the block. Replace the
EGR connection tube, if necessary. Refer to Procedure
011-025.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the EGR cooler connection with safety solvent and
Inspect the EGR cooler connection for cracks or other
damage. Replace the EGR cooler connection if cracks or
other damage is found. Refer to Procedure 011-024.
WARNING
Clean the mounting surfaces with safety solvent to remove
debris or other deposits.
Clean the opening in the block where the EGR cooler

coolant supply and vent jumper tubes are installed, to
remove any coolant deposits or debris. Otherwise, the o-
ring joint can leak.
Clean the coolant supply and vent jumper tubes to remove
any coolant deposits or debris.
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
Inspect the v-band clamp threads for damage. Replace
the clamp if damage is found.
Inpsect the EGR cooler and the EGR cooler clamping

plates for cracks or other damage. Replace the EGR
cooler or EGR cooler clamping plates, if damage is found
WARNING
Do not use chlorinated water to clean or rinse the EGR
cooler. Chlorides are very corrosive to the stainless
alloys internal and external to the EGR cooler.
Cap the outlet end of the EGR cooler with the plastic caps
supplied in the service kit, Part Number 4918655.
Completely fill the EGR cooler with safety solvent.
Cap the gas inlet end of the EGR cooler with the plastic
cap supplied in the service kit.
Lay the EGR cooler on its side.

Allow the EGR cooler to soak for approximately 20
minutes.
Drain approximately 25 percent of the liquid from the
cooler and recap.
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
Drain the safety solvent from the EGR cooler and properly
dispose of the liquid.
Use compressed air to dry the inside of the EGR cooler
and remove any loose debris or particles.
Cap the outlet end of the EGR cooler with the plastic cap
supplied in the service kit, Part Number 4918655.
Completely fill the EGR cooler with water.
Cap the gas inlet end of the EGR cooler with the plastic
cap supplied in the service kit.
Drain the water from the EGR cooler and properly dispose
of the liquid.
Use compressed air to dry the inside of the EGR cooler.
Clean the exhaust manifold with safety solvent, where the
EGR cooler connection attaches to the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the exhaust manifold where the EGR cooler
connection attaches to the exhaust manifold. Replace the
exhaust manifold if cracks or other damage is found. Refer
Replace the EGR cooler, if cracks or other damage is
found.
WARNING
compressed air. Flying debris or dirt can cause
personal injury.
Clean the EGR cooler exhaust gas outlet with safety
solvent.
Inspect the EGR cooler exhaust gas outlet for signs of
fretting, cracks, or other damage.
Replace the EGR cooler if damage is found. Refer to
Procedure 011-025.
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
Clean the EGR cooler bellows with safety solvent and dry
Inspect the EGR cooler bellows for cracks or other
damage.
Replace the EGR cooler bellows if cracks or other damage
is found.
WARNING
Clean the mounting surfaces with safety solvent to remove
debris or other deposits.
Clean the opening in the block where the EGR cooler

coolant return elbow connection is installed, to remove
any coolant deposits or debris. Otherwise, the press-in-
place seal joint can leak.
Clean the EGR cooler coolant supply and return jumper
tubes to remove any coolant deposits or debris.
Pressure Test
Cap off the coolant inlet and vents of the cooler with the
parts supplied in the EGR cooler leak check kit, Part
Number 3164225. Jumper tube, Part Number 3683068,
and jumper tube, Part Number 3682540, from the cooler,
are also used.
Cap off the coolant outlet with the plugged jumper tube
and pressure regulator assembly. Secure the jumper tube
with a hose clamp.
Make sure the air pressure regulator is closed and

connect compressed air to the pressure regulator.
Completely submerge the EGR cooler in room
temperature water. Make sure to submerge the cooler
vertically with the outlet end down so that air can not be
left in the open (gas) side of the cooler.
Apply 206 kPa [30 psi] of air pressure to the cooler.
Inspect for bubbles escaping from uncapped gas ports of
the EGR cooler or from the exterior shell of the cooler.
Verify that bubbles are not a result of loose fittings or
trapped air.
Bubbles coming from a failed EGR cooler can be very
small and/or not in a steady stream.
If bubbles are not observed, the EGR cooler is reusable.
If the EGR cooler is not reusable, inspect the turbocharger
turbine housing for any signs of coolant deposits.
If coolant deposits are found, run the variable geometry
operational test with INSITE™ electronic service tool to
make sure the turbocharger is operating properly.
Coolant deposits can be identified as dried white deposits
coating the inside of the turbine housing.
Remove the parts supplied in the EGR cooler leak check
kit, Part Number 3164225.
WARNING
personal injury.
Drain all of the water from the gas side of the EGR cooler
before reuse.
Dry the cooler with compressed air.

Install the plug with the o-ring supplied in Service Kit, Part
Number 4918655, into the coolant inlet side of the EGR
cooler, using a M8x1.25 capscrew.
Install the three straight threaded plugs (1) from Service

Kit, Part Number 4918655, into the coolant line and vent
ports.
Install the collet and cap over the pipe coupling and
coolant outlet and secure with the hose clamp provided in
Service Kit, Part Number 4918655.
Make sure the air pressure regulator is closed and

connect compressed air to the pressure regulator.
Completely submerge the EGR cooler in room
temperature water. Make sure to submerge the cooler
vertically with the outlet end down so that air can not be
left in the open (gas) side of the cooler.
Apply 206 kPa [30 psi] of air pressure to the cooler.
Inspect for bubbles escaping from uncapped gas ports of
the EGR cooler or from the exterior shell of the cooler.
Verify that bubbles are not a result of loose fittings or
trapped air.
Bubbles coming from a failed EGR cooler can be very
small and/or not in a steady stream.
If bubbles are not observed, the EGR cooler is reusable.
If the EGR cooler is not reusable, inspect the turbocharger
turbine housing and rear EGR connection tube for any
signs of coolant deposits.
Coolant deposits can be identified as dried white deposits
coating the inside of the turbine housing.
If coolant deposits are found in the turbocharger turbine
housing, inspect the turbocharger and aftertreatment
system for progressive damage.
Coolant can cause the turbocharger to stick. Refer to
procedure 010-033 for inspection guidelines.
Coolant in the aftertreatment system can cause damage
to the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter . Refer to
Procedure 011-050, Aftertreatment System (exhaust
catalyst system) for inspection guidelines.
If coolant deposits are found in the rear EGR connection
tube, inspect the EGR valve for progressive damage.
Coolant can cause the EGR valve to stick and allow the
water to collect.
Remove the EGR valve and inspect for reuse. Refer to
Procedure 011-022.
Remove the parts supplied in the Service Kit.
Install
Install a new hose onto the rear EGR connection tube and
install the hose clamps.
Install new o-rings on the coolant supply and vent tubes

on the EGR cooler and the jumper tubes.
Use clean engine coolant, soapy water, or vegetable oil to
lubricate the o-rings for easier installation.
Install the coolant supply and the vent jumper tubes onto
the EGR cooler.
Align the coolant supply and vent tubes to the
corresponding openings on the block.
Install the EGR cooler on the studs in the lubricating oil
cooler assembly.
Install a new gasket on the pilot end of the EGR cooler,

where it connects to the EGR cooler connection.
the inside of the v-band clam, to make sure of proper
loading on the clamp.
Install a v-band clamp.
Install and hand tighten the four mounting nuts and

capscrews. Torque the capscrews and nuts in the
sequence shown.
Torque Value:
Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Nuts 23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
Connect the EGR cooler to the new hose on the rear EGR
connection tube.
Tighten the hose clamps.

Torque Value:
Breeze Clamp 7 N•m [ 60 in-lb ]
(1)
Torque Value:
Norma Clamp 5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]
(2)
Tighten the v-band clamp between the EGR cooler

connection and the EGR cooler.

the inside of the v-band clamp, to make sure of proper
loading on the clamp.
Install a v-band clamp onto the exhaust manifold front
section.
Install a new gasket on the pilot end of the EGR cooler
where it connects to the exhaust manifold front section.
Install the EGR cooler on the studs in the lubricating oil
cooler assembly.
Install the EGR cooler bracket clamping plates.

Install the four EGR cooler mounting capscrews at the top

of the EGR cooler mounting bracket.
Install and hand tighten the four mounting nuts. Torque
the capscrews and nuts in the sequence shown.
Torque Value:
Torque Value:
CAUTION
to not be able to be reused.
Position the v-band clamp onto the EGR cooler inlet
connection.
Tighten the two retaining capscrews on the rear EGR

connection tube.
Finishing Steps
• Install the EGR cooler coolant lines. Refer to
Procedure 011-031.
• Install the exhaust gas pressure sensor tube. Refer
• Install the air intake pipe to the turbocharger. Refer
to OEM service manual.
• Fill the engine cooling system. Refer to Procedure
008-018.
• Start the engine, check for leaks, and verify proper
operation.
EGR Mixer Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

• Install the EGR cooler coolant lines. Refer to
Procedure 011-031.
• Install the aftertreatment adapter pipe and
aftertreatment injector lines. Refer to Procedure
011-043 and 011-051.
to the OEM manual.
008-018.
• Start the engine, check for leaks, and verify proper
operation.
If a failure resulted in coolant, oil, excessive fuel or
Procedure 014-013.
EGR Mixer (011-021)

Preparatory Steps
• Remove the charge air cooler connection hose and
hose clamp from the EGR mixer inlet. Refer to
Procedure 010-027.
• Remove the air compressor supply line. Refer to
Procedure 012-014.
• Remove the v-band clamp between the EGR mixer
and the charge air cooler inlet adapter.
Remove
Do not remove the EGR inlet pipe into the EGR mixer.
This is a precision interface and performance will be
affected if disturbed. There is no service procedure for this
and none is required.
Remove the capscrews at the four-bolt flange between the
EGR mixer and the air intake horn.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Mixer
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
Use compressed air to blow out any debris or soot buildup
inside the EGR mixer.
Clean all mounting surfaces with solvent.
Inspect the EGR mixer for cracks. Replace the EGR mixer
if cracks are found.
Inspect the v-band clamps for signs of overextension. The

band must not be bent or cracked.
Inspect the v-band clamp thread for damage.
Replace the v-band clamp if damage is found.
Install
Install a new hose at the EGR mixer inlet.
Install a new o-ring between the EGR mixer and the air
intake connection. Install and tighten capscrews.
EGR Valve Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Finishing Steps
• Install the v-band clamp on the inlet adapter and the
EGR mixer.
• Install the air compressor supply line. Refer to
Procedure 012-014.
• Install the charge air cooler connection. Refer to
Procedure 010-027.
• Start and operate the engine and check for leaks at
the air connections.
Procedure 014-013.
EGR Valve (011-022)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
environmental regulators.
WARNING
008-018.
• Remove the water pump drive belt. Refer to
Procedure 008-003.
• On some applications, removal of the alternator is
• Remove the air intake pipe to the turbocharger.
Refer to the OEM troubleshooting and repair
manual.
011-032.
• Disconnect the EGR valve motor and position sensor
connectors from the harness.
• Remove the EGR valve coolant lines. Refer to
Procedure 011-030.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Valve

• Disconnect EGR temperature sensor. Refer to
Repair Manual CM871 and CM876 Electronic
Control System, ISX and ISM Engines, Bulletin
4021560.
• Remove the front EGR connection tube from the
EGR valve. Refer to Procedure 011-025.
• Disconnect the OEM fuel return hose from the
integrated fuel system module. Refer to the OEM
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual. Or, loosen the
fuel hose enough to position it away from the EGR
valve mounting capscrew and tighten the fuel line.
• Remove the EGR valve heat shield. Refer to
Procedure 011-032.
• Disconnect the OEM air compressor discharge line.
manual.
Remove
Loosen the v-band clamp connecting the EGR valve to the
exhaust manifold.
Loosen the v-band clamp connecting the EGR valve to the
EGR cooler connection.
Remove the EGR valve and v-band clamps.

Remove and discard the gaskets.

Disconnect the EGR valve electrical connector.
Be sure to support the EGR valve by hand before

removing the mounting capscrews. If the EGR valve is
not supported, it can fall off of the engine, causing
damage to the EGR valve and actuator.
Loosen and remove the four EGR valve mounting

capscrews.
Remove the EGR valve from the EGR valve support
bracket.
The EGR valve will need to be moved at an angle forward
and downward in order to disengage it from the EGR valve
support bracket.
Disassemble
Remove the pipe seal from the EGR valve inlet port.
Pry the lip of the pipe seal up from the EGR valve, use a
small flat headed screwdriver. Take care not to nick the
EGR valve housing when removing the seal.
Discard the pipe seal.

WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
reduce the possibility of injury.
Clean the mounting surfaces with a shop towel wetted with
a safety solvent to remove any deposits or debris.
Inspect the mounting surfaces for cracks, fretting, or other
damage. Inspect the EGR motor and position sensor for
damage.
Replace the valve if damage is found.

Inspect the v-band clamp threads for damage.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the EGR valve mounting and sealing surfaces with
a shop towel wetted with safety solvent to remove any
deposits or debris.
Clean the accumulated soot from the EGR valve inlet port
using a wire brush, then soaking with carburetor cleaner
and cleaning again with a wire brush. Be sure the loose
soot is removed from the EGR valve housing. This can be
done by vacuuming the soot out of the EGR valve inlet
port.
Inspect the mounting surfaces for cracks, fretting, or other
damage.
Inspect the EGR valve poppets for a stuck open condition.

If the EGR valve is stuck open, replace the EGR valve. Do
not try to pry the poppets open or closed.
Inspect the EGR valve actuator for cracks or other

damage. Replace if damage is found.
Inspect the EGR valve actuator connector for corrosion,
worn pins, or other damage.
Replace the EGR valve assembly if corrosion, worn pins,
or other damage is found.
Inspect the engine wiring harness EGR valve actuator

connector for corrosion, worn receptacles, or other
damage.
Replace the engine wiring harness EGR valve connector
if corrosion, worn receptacles, or other damage is found.
Soot leakage at the EGR valve weep hole is normal and

is to be expected. Do not replace the EGR valve if soot
streaks are found at the EGR valve weep hole.
Inspect the EGR valve mounting bracket for soot leaks at

the EGR valve joint. If a leak is found, replace the EGR
valve seal.
Assemble
Use a light coat of clean engine oil to lubricate the outer
diameter of the EGR valve seal during assembly on to the
EGR valve. Push the EGR valve seal into the EGR valve
inlet port by hand. The EGR seal must remain square in
the EGR valve inlet port during installation.
Hammer the EGR valve seal fully, using a flat piece of

steel across the EGR valve seal. The EGR valve seal
must be fully seated onto the EGR valve inlet port
shoulder.
Install
Before installing the v-band clamp, coat the clamping
surface with high temperature anti-seize compound.
Install the smaller v-band clamp on the EGR cooler

connection. Do not tighten.
Install the larger v-band clamp on the end of the EGR valve
that connects with the exhaust manifold. Do not tighten.
Install a new gasket on the piloted end of the EGR cooler
connection.
Install a new gasket on the piloted end of the EGR valve
where it connects to the exhaust manifold.
Install the EGR valve. Position the EGR connection v-band
clamp, as shown, and tighten.

Lubricate the EGR valve seal with clean engine oil.
Install the EGR valve onto the EGR valve mounting
bracket.
Install the four mounting capscrews into the EGR valve

mounting bracket.
NOTE: The longest capscrew passes through the EGR
valve and EGR valve mounting bracket and threads into
the engine block.
Connect the EGR valve connector.
Finishing Steps
• Install the EGR valve coolant lines. Refer to
Procedure 011-030.
• Connect the EGR valve motor and position sensor
connectors to the harness (clean off the wiring
harness and connector before connecting to the
valve).
to the OEM troubleshooting and repair manual.
• Install the alternator, if removed. Refer to Procedure
013-001.
• Install the water pump drive belt. Refer to Procedure
008-003.
Fill the engine cooling system. Refer to Procedure
008-018.
Start and operate the engine. Check for exhaust and
coolant leaks.

• Install the EGR heat shield. Refer to Procedure
011-032.
• Connect the OEM air compressor discharge line.
manual.
• Install the front EGR connection tube. Refer to
Procedure 011-025.
• Connect the OEM fuel return hose from the
integrated fuel system module. Refer to the OEM
• Connect the EGR temperature sensor. Refer to
Repair Manual CM871 and CM876 Electronic
Control System ISX and ISM Engines, Bulletin
4021560.
Start and operate the engine. Check for exhaust or coolant
leaks.
Verify active fault codes.
If a failure resulted in coolant, oil, excessive fuel or
Procedure 014-013.
EGR Cooler Connection Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
EGR Cooler Connection (011-024)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
environmental regulators.
WARNING
Remove or loosen the following:
• Air intake pipe to the turbocharger. Refer to the OEM
service manual.
• Heat shield. Refer to Procedure 011-032.
• EGR cooler coolant line. Refer to Procedure
011-031.
• V-band clamp that holds the EGR valve to the
exhaust manifold. Rotate the V-band clamp out of
the way to access the V-band clamp that holds the
EGR cooler connection to the EGR valve. Refer to
Procedure 011-022.
Remove
Loosen the V-band clamps on each end of the exhaust gas
recirculation (EGR) cooler connection.
Remove the EGR cooler connection and V-bands.
Remove the gaskets and discard.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the EGR cooler connection with safety solvent.
Inspect the EGR cooler connection for cracks or other
damage.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Cooler Connection
Clean the EGR cooler mounting flange with safety solvent.

Inspect the EGR cooler mounting flange for cracks or
damage. Replace the EGR cooler, if cracks or other
damage is found.
Clean the EGR valve with safety solvent.

Inspect the EGR valve where the EGR cooler connection
interfaces for cracks or damage. Replace the EGR valve
if necessary.
Inspect the hose clamps for damage. Replace if damage

is found.
Inspect the V-band clamps for signs of overextension. The

Inspect the V-band clamp threads for damage.
Replace the V-band clamp if damage is found.
EGR Cooler Connection Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Install
Before installing the V-band clamp, coat the clamping
surface with high temperature anti-seize compound.
The EGR cooler connection has a male and female end.

The male end of the connection goes to the cooler, the
female end goes to the EGR valve.
Install new gaskets on the pilot end of the EGR cooler
connection and the EGR valve.
Install V-band clamps loosely on the EGR cooler
connection.
Install the EGR cooler connection.

Position V-band clamps that hold the EGR cooler
connection between the EGR cooler and the EGR valve,
as shown. Tighten the V-band clamps.
Rotate the exhaust manifold V-band clamp into position,
as shown and tighten the V-band clamps.
Finishing Steps
• EGR cooler coolant line. Refer to Procedure
011-031.
• Heat Shield. Refer to Procedure 011-032.
• Air intake pipe to the turbocharger. Refer to the OEM
service manual.
008-018.
Start engine and verify proper operation.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Connection Tubes
EGR Connection Tubes (011-025)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
pressure water.
WARNING
The differential pressure sensor tube can be hot. To
reduce the possibility of personal injury, allow the
engine to cool before removing.
• Use steam or high-pressure water to clean the rear
of the engine, specifically around the rear EGR
connection tube area.
• Remove the fuel filter. Refer to Procedure 006-015
(Fuel Filter, Spin-On Type) in Section 6.
• Remove the engine wiring harness from the exhaust
temperature sensor. Refer to Procedure 019-043
(Engine Wiring Harness) in Section 19 in the
Electronic Control System, Signature and ISX
• Remove the dipstick tube. Refer to Procedure
007-011 (Lubricating Oil Dipstick Tube) in Section 7.
• Remove the differential pressure sensor tubes from
the connection tube and the sensor adapter. Refer
to Procedure 011-026 (EGR Differential Pressure
Sensor Tubes) in Section 11.
• Remove the oil pressure sensor. Refer to the
Procedure 019-066 (Engine Oil Pressure Sensor) in
Section 19 in the Troubleshooting and Repair
Manual, CM870 Electronic Control System,
EGR Connection Tubes Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
pressure water.
WARNING
Use steam or high-pressure water to clean the engine,
specifically around the EGR connection tube joints.
• Remove the engine wiring harness from the exhaust
(Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor) in Section 19 in
the Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, CM871 and
CM876 Electronic Control System, ISX and ISM
• Remove the EGR differential pressure sensing tubes
from the EGR venturi. Refer to Procedure 011-026
(EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes) in Section
11.
Remove
WARNING
The EGR connection tubes can be hot. To reduce the
possibility of personal injury, allow the engine to cool
before removing.
Loosen all hose clamps on the EGR connection tubes and
remove the two p-clip mounting capscrews or nuts
(depending on the vintage of the engine) on the front EGR
connection tube.
If the M10 stud comes out upon removal of the nut, install
the M10 stud into the block until the stud bottoms out.
Remove the one capscrew and one nut or the two nuts
that attach the rear section of the connection tube to the
cylinder block.
If the M10 stud comes out upon removal of the nut, install
the M10 stud into the block until the stud bottoms out.
Remove the front EGR connection tube.
Remove the one capscrew and one nut that attach the rear
section of the connection tube to the cylinder block.
Remove the rear EGR connection tube from the EGR
cooler.
WARNING
The EGR connection tubes can be hot. To reduce the
possibility of personal injury, allow the engine to cool
before removing.
Loosen the hose clamps on the front EGR connection tube
and remove the hose.
Remove the two retaining capscrews on the lower portion
of the tube at the EGR valve housing outlet.
Remove the front EGR connection tube and hose.
Discard the hose.
Remove the three EGR venturi mounting capscrews.

Remove the EGR venturi.
Remove the two rear EGR connection capscrews from the

EGR cooler.
Loosen the hose clamp on the rear EGR connection tube.
Pull the EGR cooler outlet connection tube from the EGR
cooler.

WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the connection tubes with solvent.
Inspect the ends and mating joints of the connection tubes
for cracks or other damage. Replace the tube if cracks or
other damage is found.
Inspect the p-clips for missing or torn rubber sleeves.

Replace the p-clips if the rubber sleeve is missing or torn.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the connection tubes with solvent.
Make sure that gasket sealing surfaces at the EGR valve
outlet and EGR cooler outlet are free of packed soot and
other debris. Avoid wiping dirt or debris down into the
tubes or valve.
Inspect the EGR measurement venturi for soot plugging

at the EGR differential pressure sensing tube ports. The
port labeled R has a hook inside which makes visual
inspection difficult.
Insert a flexible pipe cleaner or wire through this port to
verify the port is not plugged inside the tube, past the
bend.
Inspect the ends and mating joints of the connection tubes

for signs of fretting, or material transfer, cracks, or other
damage.
Replace the tube if fretting, material transfer, cracks, or
other damage is found.
Inspect the rear EGR connection hose for cracks, fraying,
or tearing.
Replace the entire rear EGR crossover tube if the hose is
damaged or if hose material is found on the EGR valve
mounting bracket.
Install
Mask the end of the rear EGR connection tube that
interfaces with the EGR cooler before working the tube
into position, to reduce the possibility of introducing dirt or
debris.
Install the p-clips onto the rear EGR connection tube.
Make sure the tube insulation is properly and fully located
under the p-clips and that the p-clip rubber sleeve does
not block the mounting hole.
Install the rear EGR connection tube and the p-clip
mounting capscrew and nuts.
Finger tighten the capscrew and nuts.
Tighten the p-clip mounting capscrew, nuts, and hose

clamps.
Torque Value:
M10 P-clip nut 46 N•m [ 34 ft-lb ]
M8 P-clip nut 23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
P-clip 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
capscrew and
nut
(1)
(2)
Remove the masking tape.
Install a new hose with the hose clamps loosely attached
between the rear EGR connection tube and the EGR
cooler.
Tighten the p-clip mounting capscrew, nut, and hose
clamps.
Torque Value:
capscrew and
nut
Torque Value:
(1)
Torque Value:
(2)

on the rear EGR connection tube where it interfaces with
the front EGR connection tube.
Install the p-clips onto the front EGR connection tube.
Install the front EGR connection tube and the p-clip
mounting capscrews or nuts. Finger tighten the
capscrews or nuts.
Tighten the p-clip mounting capscrews or nuts and the
hose clamps.
Torque Value:
M10 p-clip nut 46 N•m [ 34 ft-lb ]
Hose clamps 5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]
capscrew and
nut
between the front EGR connection tube and the EGR
mixer.
Tighten the p-clip mounting capscrews, nuts, and clamps.
Torque Value:
capscrews and
nut
Hose clamps 5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]

Apply lubricant to the hose end of the rear EGR
connection tube.
Loosely install the hose clamp and install the rear EGR
connection tube and gasket onto the EGR cooler and EGR
valve mounting bracket.
Tighten the two capscrews.
Make sure the indentation near the end of the hose slides
past the hose bead on the EGR valve mounting bracket.
Position the hose clamp on this indentation groove.
Loosen the two rear tail support mounting capscrews.

Install a new press-in place seal on the EGR venturi.
Install the EGR venturi on the air intake connection by
loosely installing all three capscrews. Finger tighten all
five capscrews.
In order to reduce assembly stress, tighten the capscrews
in the following sequence:
Tighten the two front EGR venturi mounting capscrews.
Tighten the rear EGR venturi mounting capscrews.
Tighten the two rear tail support mounting capscrews.
Apply lubricant to the hose end of the front EGR

connection tube and the EGR venturi inlet.
Slide the new EGR connection hose on the EGR venturi
inlet and loosely install both retaining clamps.
Attach a new EGR gasket to the front EGR connection
tube flange, holding it in place with the two retaining
capscrews.
Insert the hose end of the EGR connection tube into the
EGR connection hose, and align the mounting flange with
the EGR valve outlet.
Install the two retaining capscrews into the EGR valve.
Tighten the capscrews in the following sequence: 1-2-1.
Be sure to tighten Number 1 capscrew twice.
Center the EGR connection hose evenly between the tube
and the EGR venturi and tighten both retaining clamps.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
pressure water.
WARNING
• Install the oil pressure sensor. Refer to Procedure
019-066 (Engine Oil Pressure Sensor) in Section 19
in the Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, CM870
Electronic Control System, Signature and ISX
• Install the differential pressure sensor tubes to the
front connection tube and the sensor adapter. Refer
to Procedure 011-026 (EGR Differential Pressure
Sensor Tubes) in Section 11.
• Install the dipstick tube. Refer to Procedure 007-011
(Lubricating Oil Dipstick Tube) in Section 7.
• Install the engine wiring harness to the exhaust
(Engine Wiring Harness) in Section 19 in the
Electronic System, Signature and ISX Engines,
Bulletin 4021334.
• Install the fuel filter. Refer to Procedure 006-015
(Fuel Filter Spin-On Type) in Section 6.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes
WARNING
pressure water.
WARNING
• Install the EGR differential pressure sensing tubes to
the EGR venturi. Refer to Procedure 011-026 (EGR
Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes) in Section 11.
• Install the engine wiring harness to the exhaust
(Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor) in Section 19 in
the Troubleshooting and Repair Manual CM871 and
CM876 Electronic Control System ISX and ISM
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor

Tubes (011-026)
Preparatory Steps
If necessary, remove the EGR differential pressure
sensor. Refer to Procedure 019-370 in the
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual Electronic Control
System CM871 and CM876 ISX and ISM Engines, Bulletin
4021560.
Remove
For engines with an ESN beginning with 14040552, the
pressure sensor does not have to be removed to allow the
removal of the EGR differential pressure sensor tube.
Pressure sensor removal is necessary only if the sensor
adapter is being replaced. Refer to Procedure 011-028.
Tag the ends of the tubes before removing the sensor
tubes. Incorrectly installing the tubes to the sensor
adapter will result in a fault code.
Loosen the tube nuts at the front EGR connection tube
and the sensor adapter.
Remove the tubes.
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

Tag the ends of the tubes before removing the sensor
tubes. Incorrectly installing the tubes to the sensor
adapter will result in a fault code.
Loosen the tube nuts at the EGR venturi tube and the
sensor adapter.
Remove the tubes.

Carbon deposits inside the tubes can cause a amber
CHECK ENGINE light, in addition to any combination of
the following:
• Low power
• Black smoke
• Engine surge
• Engine runs rough
• Exhaust gas recirculation valve delta pressure fault
code.
• Progressive damage to the Cummins® particulate
filter.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Check the inside of the tubes.
If a tube is partially clogged, saturate the inside of the tube
with a mineral based solvent, or equivalent.
Carefully clean debris from the mouth of the tube, making
sure not to damage the tube.
If the tube is fully clogged or otherwise unable to be
cleaned, the tube must be replaced.
Clean the tube with safety solvent.
Dry the tube with compressed air.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Inspect the mating orifices of the EGR crossover tubes.
If clogged, saturate the carbon deposit with a mineral
based solvent, or equivalent.
Carefully clean debris from the mouth of the orifice,
making sure not to damage the orifice.
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Carbon deposits inside the tubes can cause an amber
CHECK ENGINE light, in addition to any combination of
the following:
• Low power
• Black smoke
• Engine surge
• Engine runs rough
• Exhaust gas recirculation valve differential pressure
fault code.
• Progressive damage to the Cummins® particulate
filter.
Check the inside of the tubes.
If a tube is partially clogged, saturate the inside of the tube
with mineral based solvent, or equivalent.
Carefully clean the debris from the mouth of the tube.
Making sure not to damage the tube.
Check the tubes for cracks or thread damage.
Inspect the mating orifices for the EGR crossover tubes.
If clogged, remove the EGR venturi tube. Refer to
Procedure 011-025.
Saturate the carbon deposit with a safety solvent or
equivalent.
Carefully clean the debris from the mouth of the orifice,
making sure not to damage the orifice.
Install
For engines with an ESN beginning with 14040552, the
tubes must be installed so that they do not cross over
each other.
Apply anti-seize compound to the tube threads and install
the tubes.
This insulation is designed to only cover the bottom
portion of the tube which threads to the EGR tube. This
location proves to be most effective and prevents heat
soaking of the EGR differential pressure sensor.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Tube

The tubes must be installed so that they do not cross each
other.
Apply anti-seize compound to the tube threads and install
the tubes.
NOTE: It is critical to properly torque the differential
pressure sensor tube to 30 N•m [22 ft-lb]. Exhaust leakage
and subsequent tube plugging can occur when not
properly torqued. If a torque wrench and crow's foot can
not be used to tighten the tubes, use a flare nut wrench
and apply more force than normal. Studies indicate
technicians apply only16 N•m [12 ft lb] of torque to the
tube nuts, when using a flare nut wrench.
Finishing Steps
If removed, install the EGR differential pressure sensor.
Refer to Procedure 019-370 in the Troubleshooting and
Start the engine and verify proper operation.
Check for fault codes.

If removed, install the EGR differential pressure sensor.
Refer to Procedure 019-370, in the Troubleshooting and
Repair Manual Electronic Control System CM871 and
CM876 ISX and ISM Engines, Bulletin 4021560.
Start the engine and verify proper operation.
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Tube

(011-027)
Preparatory Steps
NOTE: Removal of the sensor plumbing does not require
the sensor removal. Remove the sensor only if the sensor
adapter is being replaced.
• Disconnect the electrical connector to the exhaust
gas pressure sensor. Refer to Procedure 019-376 in
the Troubleshooting and Repair Manual CM870
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Tube Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove
Loosen the tube nuts at the exhaust manifold and at the
sensor adapter.
Remove the tube.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Inspect the inside of the tube. If clogged, use compressed
air to remove debris or soot buildup.
Clean the outside of the tube with solvent.
Check the tube for cracks and thread damage. Replace
the tube, if cracks or damage are found.
Install
Apply a film of high temperature anti-seize compound to
the threads of the tube nuts.
Install the tube.
Connect and tighten the tube nuts.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Adapter
Finishing Steps
• Connect the electrical connectors to the exhaust gas
pressure sensor. Refer to Procedure 019-376 in the
• Start the engine and verify proper operation.
• Check for fault codes.
Procedure 014-013.
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor

Adapter (011-028)
Preparatory Steps
Remove or disconnect the following:
• EGR differential pressure sensor connector from the
engine wiring harness.
• EGR differential pressure sensor tubes. Refer to
Procedure 011-026.
Remove
Remove the mounting capscrews.
Remove the EGR pressure sensor adapter.
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Adapter Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
Inspect the EGR pressure sensor adapter tube holes for
clogging.
If clogged, use compressed air to remove debris or soot
buildup. Clean the outside of the adapter with solvent.
Inspect the EGR pressure sensor adapter for cracks or
fretting. Replace the EGR pressure sensor adapter if
cracks are found.
Install
Install the EGR pressure sensor adapter and capscrews.
Finishing Steps
• EGR differential pressure sensor tubes. Refer to
Procedure 011-026.
• EGR differential pressure sensor connector to the
engine wiring harness.
Operate the engine and check for leaks.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Valve Coolant Lines
EGR Valve Coolant Lines (011-030)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
service manual.
011-032.
Remove
Disconnect the EGR valve coolant supply (bottom) and
return (top) lines.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the EGR valve coolant lines with solvent.
Inspect the EGR valve coolant lines and rubber grommets
for cracks or damage.
Replace the lines, if cracks or damage is found.
EGR Cooler Coolant Lines Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Install
Connect the EGR valve coolant lines making sure the
sealing washers are in place on the banjo connector.
Tighten the EGR valve coolant line nut and capscrew.
Finishing Steps
• Install the air intake piping. Refer to the OEM service
manual.
008-018.
• Start and operate the engine. Check for leaks.
EGR Cooler Coolant Lines (011-031)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
service manual.
• Remove the exhaust gas pressure sensor tube.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Cooler Coolant Lines
WARNING
WARNING
008-018.
Remove
Disconnect the EGR cooler coolant vent line from the EGR
cooler coolant return line and the EGR cooler.
Remove the two mounting capscrews from the EGR cooler

coolant return line.
Disconnect the EGR cooler coolant return line from the
EGR cooler and the elbow connection on the thermostat
housing.
CAUTION
Be sure all the components are clean and free of
debris that can cause damage to o-ring seals.
Disconnect the EGR cooler coolant vent line from the
thermostat housing and the EGR cooler.
Remove the two EGR cooler coolant return tube mounting

capscrews.
Remove the EGR cooler coolant return jumper tube from

the EGR cooler.
Remove the EGR cooler coolant supply tube mounting

capscrew.
Slide the EGR cooler coolant supply jumper tube all the
way rearward inside the EGR cooler coolant supply tube.
Remove the EGR cooler coolant supply tube retaining
clamp capscrew from the water pump housing.
Slide the EGR cooler coolant supply tube rearward until

the EGR cooler coolant supply tube is disengaged from
the water pump outlet.
Remove the EGR cooler coolant supply tube from the
engine.
Remove and discard all three o-rings.
Remove the nuts from the EGR cooler coolant supply tube
mounting bracket.

WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the EGR cooler coolant vent and the EGR cooler
coolant return line with solvent.
Inspect the EGR cooler coolant vent and the EGR cooler
coolant return line for cracks or damage. Replace the lines
if cracked or damaged.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the EGR cooler coolant vent line and the EGR
cooler coolant supply and return tubes with solvent.
Inspect the EGR cooler for cracks or damage. Replace the

lines if cracked or damaged.
Install
CAUTION
Do not use petroleum products on the EGR cooler
Install new the o-rings on the EGR cooler coolant return
line.
Lubricate the o-rings with clean engine coolant, soapy
water, or vegetable oil for easier installation.
Install the EGR cooler coolant return line from the EGR
cooler to the thermostat housing.
Tighten the mounting capscrews.
Install the EGR cooler coolant vent line. Attach the rigid
section of the vent line to the EGR cooler and the flexible
section to the EGR cooler coolant return line.
CAUTION
Do not use petroleum products on the EGR cooler
Install the new o-rings on the EGR cooler coolant supply
tubes and jumper connection.
Lubricate the o-rings with clean engine coolant, soapy
water, or vegetable oil to aid in installation.
Install the EGR cooler coolant supply tube mounting

bracket and nuts.
Tighten the nuts.
Insert the EGR cooler coolant supply jumper tube into the
EGR cooler coolant supply tube.
Slide the EGR cooler coolant supply jumper tube into the
EGR cooler inlet.
Install the retaining clamp and capscrew to the EGR
cooler.
NOTE: Do not torque at this time.
Insert the EGR cooler coolant supply tube into the water
pump outlet.
Install the EGR cooler coolant supply tube retaining clamp
and capscrew.
NOTE: Do not torque at this time.
Tighten in the following sequence.

Install the EGR cooler coolant supply tube mounting
capscrew and tighten.
Tighten the EGR cooler coolant supply jumper tube
retaining clamp capscrew.
Tighten the EGR cooler coolant supply tube retaining
clamp capscrew.
Install the EGR cooler coolant vent line to the thermostat

housing and the EGR cooler.
Install the o-rings on the coolant return tube jumper tube.

Apply lubricant to the o-rings
Install the jumper tube into the EGR cooler.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Heat Shield
Install the press in place seal and the coolant return tube.
Install and tighten the capscrews.
Finishing Steps
• Install the exhaust gas pressure sensor tube. Refer
• Install the air intake piping. Refer to the OEM
• Start and operate the engine. Check for leaks.

Install the intake piping. Refer to the OEM troubleshooting
and repair manual.
Heat Shield (011-032)

Preparatory Steps
• Remove the air intake piping from the turbocharger.
manual.
Heat Shield Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove
Remove the three mounting capscrews from the EGR
valve.
Remove the heat shield.

Remove the four EGR valve heat shield mounting
capscrews from the EGR valve.
Remove the heat shield.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the heat shield with solvent.
Inspect the heat shield for cracks or any other damage.
Replace the heat shield, if cracks or any other damage is
found.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Adapter
Install
Apply high temperature anti-seize compound onto the
mounting capscrews.
Install the three mounting capscrews and the heat shield.

Apply high temperature anti-seize compound onto the
mounting capscrews.
Install the four capscrews and the heat shield.
Finishing Steps
Install the air intake piping to the turbocharger. Refer to
the OEM troubleshooting and repair manual.
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Adapter

(011-033)
Preparatory Steps
• Remove the exhaust gas pressure sensor. Refer to
• Remove the exhaust pressure sensor tube. Refer to
Procedure 011-027.
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Adapter Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove
All Applications
Remove the p-clamp mounting capscrew and remove the
adapter.
Inspect for Reuse

All Applications
Inspect the sensor adapter for cracks or fretting.
Inspect the p-clamp for cracks.
Install
All Applications
Install the sensor adapter and the p-clamp mounting
capscrew.
Finishing Steps
• Install the exhaust pressure sensor tube. Refer to
Procedure 011-027.
• Install the exhaust gas pressure sensor. Refer to
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter

(011-041)
General Information
WARNING
During regeneration, exhaust gas temperature could
reach 800°C [1500°F], and exhaust system surface
temperature could exceed 700°C [1300°F], which is
hot enough to ignite or melt common materials, and
to burn people. The exhaust and exhaust components
can remain hot after the vehicle has stopped moving.
To avoid the risk of fire, property damage, burns or
other serious personal injury, allow the exhaust
system to cool before beginning this procedure or
repair and make sure that no combustible materials
are located where they are likely to come in contact
with hot exhaust or exhaust components.
CAUTION
The aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst elements
contained in the aftertreatment system are made of
brittle material. Do not drop or strike the side of the
aftertreatment system as damage to the
aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst element can
result.
Due to the number of various exhaust aftertreatment
applications, this procedure contains generic information.
Not all illustrations within this procedure will represent the
applications.
The aftertreatment system is composed of four sections.
These sections are:
1. Inlet
2. Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
3. Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
4. Outlet.
NOTE: In some applications, the aftertreatment diesel
oxidation catalyst can be integrated into the inlet of the
exhaust aftertreatment.
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
cable last.
Disconnect the vehicle batteries. Refer to Procedure
013-009 (Battery Cables and Connections) in Section 13.
Disconnect the aftertreatment particulate filter differential
pressure sensor tubes, if necessary. Refer to Procedure
011-047 (Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes) in Section 11.
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove
Mark the direction of exhaust flow on the outside of the
aftertreatment to aid in installation.
WARNING
CAUTION
The aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst elements
contained in the aftertreatment system are made of
brittle material. Do not drop or strike the side of the
aftertreatment system as damage to the
aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst element can
result.
NOTE: If necessary, remove additional mounting
hardware to remove the aftertreatment diesel particulate
filter from the vehicle.
Remove the v-band clamps from the inlet and outlet
flanges of the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
Separate the flanges by approximately 25 mm [1 in] to
allow removal over the gasket retainer rings.

CAUTION
Do not use a grinder or abrasive air tool to remove
residual gasket material, as this can damage the
flange and cause the connection to leak.
CAUTION
Do not use an open flame to burn off soot
accumulation from the face of the aftertreatment
diesel particulate filter.
CAUTION
Do not scrape off soot accumulation from the face of
the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
NOTE: The aftertreatment diesel particulate filter relies on
gas flow through the walls to collect soot. To accomplish
gas flow through the walls of the filter, every other cell on
the face of the filter is plugged with a ceramic material.
Therefore it is not possible to see light straight through
the holes in the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
Remove any residual gasket material from the flanges on
the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter with a scraping
tool.
Avoid dropping fragments of gasket material into the
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
NOTE: It is not possible to inspect the outlet of the
aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst and inlet of the
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter on aftertreatment
systems with a joined aftertreatment diesel oxidation
catalyst - aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
Refer to the Catalyst and Aftertreatment Particulate Filter

Reuse Guidelines, Bulletin 4021600, to inspect the inlet
and outlet faces of the aftertreatment diesel particulate
filter for signs of damage.
Replace the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter if
damage is found.
If the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter has been
removed for cleaning and is considered good dirty
according to the Catalyst and Aftertreatment Particulate
Filter Reuse Guidelines, Bulletin 4021600, the filter can be
cleaned using an approved Cummins' aftertreatment
diesel particulate filter cleaning machine.
After cleaning the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
must be inspected using the approved Cummins'
cleaning machine. If the filter passes inspection, it can be
reused, otherwise the filter cleaning must be repeated.
If the filter does not pass inspection after two successive
cleanings, it must be sent to ReCon® and a replacement
filter must be used.
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Replace the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter if

cracks are present on the face.
If the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter has shifted,
moved, or is loose inside of the canister, replace the
Return the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter section
to an Authorized Cummins® Repair Location for cleaning
or replacement.
Inspect the v-band clamps and mounting straps for signs

of over-extension. The band must not be bent or
damaged.
Inspect the v-band clamps and mounting strap threads for
damage.
Replace the v-band clamp or strap if damage is found.
Install
WARNING
Install new gaskets on the inlet and outlet of the
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter canister.
NOTE: In some applications, a locating tab was integrated
into the gasket retaining ring. The locating tab will prevent
the jointed aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst -
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter from being installed
backwards, and will restrict the rotational orientation that
the filter can be installed.
NOTE: On vertical aftertreatment orientations, a
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter differential pressure
sensor tube support can be present. Be sure that the
support is aligned with the tube prior to installing the filter.
Loosely tighten the v-band clamps to allow rotation for
final alignment of the differential pressure sensor tubes.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
cable last.
Connect the exhaust gas temperature sensor electrical
connector(s) to the wiring harness, if necessary. Refer to
Procedure 019-376 (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor) in
Sectrion 19 in the CM871 and CM876 Electronic Control
System, ISX and ISM Engines Troubleshooting and
Repair Manual, Bulletin 4021560.
Connect the exhaust gas pressure sensor tubes, if
necessary. For Signature, ISX, or QSX15, refer to
Procedure 011-027 (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Tube)
in Section 11 in the Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Service
Manual, Bulletin 3666239. For ISM, ISMe, or QSM11,
refer to Procedure 011-027 (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor
Tube) in Section 11 in the ISM, ISMe, and QSM11 Engines
Service Manual, Bulletin 3666322.
Tighten the v-band clamps.
Connect the vehicle batteries. Refer to Procedure 013-009
Operate the vehicle on an engine dynamometer or
perform a road test with the engine at rated load for a
minimum of 5 minutes to make sure the aftertreatment
system is performing properly. Refer to Procedure
014-005 (Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer)) in
Section 14.
Check for exhaust leaks.
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (011-042)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
not reused, dispose of inaccordance with local
WARNING
• Drain the coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018 in the
Signature, ISX, QSX15 Service Manual, Bulletin
3666239 or in the ISM, ISMe, and QSM11 Service
Manual, Bulletin 3666322.
• Disconnect the fuel lines and coolant lines. Refer to
Procedure 011-051.
• Disconnect the wiring harness from the
aftertreatment injector.
• Remove the adapter tube and injector as an
assembly. Refer to Procedure 011-043.
Remove
Remove the gasket.
Remove the capscrews holding the injector.

Remove the injector assembly.
Cut the EZ tie holding the injector harness to the heat
shield.
Discard the metal gasket.
Discard the fibrous insulator.
Remove the capscrew spacers.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the injector using safety solvent.
Inspect the injector tip.
Some carboning can occur on the tip of the injector.
Saturate the tip of the injector with safety solvent. Mineral
based solvents can be used if results with safety solvent
are not acceptable.
Clean the injector tip with a non-abrasive brush.
Dry the injector tip with compressed air.
Inspect for cracks or other damage to the injector tip.
Replace if necessary.
Clean the adapter tube injector mounting surface. Refer
Clean the capscrews using safety solvent.

Clean the capscrews thoroughly with a wire brush, a soft
wire wheel, or use a non-abrasive bead blast to remove
deposits from the shanks and the threads.
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Inspect the capscrews for damaged threads, corroded

surfaces, or a reduced diameter (due to capscrew
stretching).
Inspect the harness and connector pins for the following:
• Loose connector
• Corroded pins
• Bent or broken pins
• Pushed back or expanded pins
• Moisture in or on the connector
• Missing or damaged connector seals
• Dirt or debris in or on the connector pins
• Wire insulation damage or wear
• Connector shell broken
• Damaged locking tab connector.
For general inspection techniques, refer to component
connector and pin inspection, Procedure 019-365 in the
ISX CM871 and ISM CM876 Electronic Control
System,Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin
4021560.
Inspect the heat shield for the following:

• Cracks
• Dents
Install
Attach the heat shield to the injector.
Install a new high temperature EZ tie to hold injector
harness to the heat shield.
Install a new fibrous insulator.
Install a new metal gasket.
NOTE: The fibrous insulator will be against the injector.
Install the aftertreatment injector onto the adapter pipe.
Apply a coat of high temperature anti-seize compound to
the capscrews.
Install the capscrews and spacers.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Adapter Pipe
Finishing Steps
WARNING
• Connect the fuel line and coolant lines. Refer to
Procedure 011-051.
• Connect the adapter pipe to the turbocharger. Refer
to Procedure 011-043
• Connect the wiring harness to the aftertreatment
injector.
Fill the cooling system. Refer to Procedure 008-018 in the
Signature, ISX, QSX15 Service Manual, Bulletin 3666239
or Procedure 008-018 in the ISM, ISMe, and QSM11
Start the engine and check for leaks.
Procedure 014-013.
Aftertreatment Adapter Pipe (011-043)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
environment regulations.
• Drain the coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018 in the
Signature, ISX, and QSM11 Service Manual, Bulletin
3666239 or Procedure 008-018 in the ISM, ISMe, and
QSM11 Service Manual, Bulletin 3666322.
• Disconnect the aftertreatment injector and coolant
lines. Refer to Procedure 011-051.
• Disconnect the electrical connection.
Remove
Remove the v-band clamp between the exhaust adapter
pipe and the turbocharger.
Remove the v-band clamp between the exhaust adapter
pipe and the OEM exhaust down-pipe.
Remove the adapter pipe assembly from engine.
Remove the gasket from each end and discard. Do not use
a screwdriver or other sharp tool to remove the gaskets.
This will damage the gasket seating area.
Remove the aftertreatment injector from the adapter pipe.
Aftertreatment Adapter Pipe Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Saturate the inside of the adapter pipe with safety solvent.
Mineral based solvents can be used if results from safety
solvent are not acceptable.
Clean the inside of the adapter pipe with a non-abrasive
brush.
Saturate the injector mounting pad with safety solvent.
Clean the mounting surface with a non-abrasive brush.
Make sure the locator pin is in the adapter pipe. Replace

the adapter if necessary.
Inspect all mating surfaces for cracks or any other
damage. Replace the adapter if necessary.

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] EGR Valve Mounting Bracket
Install
Install the aftertreatment injector assembly onto the
adapter pipe. Refer to Procedure 011-042.
Install new gaskets on each end of the adapter pipe.
Place the exhaust adapter pipe in position with the pin in
the correct location in the turbocharger.
Tighten the v-band clamps on each end.
Finishing Steps
• Connect the electrical connection.
• Connect the aftertreatment injector coolant lines.
Signature, ISX, and QSM11 Service Manual, Bulletin
3666239 or Procedure 008-018 in the ISM, ISMe, QSM11
Start the engine and check for leaks.
EGR Valve Mounting Bracket (011-044)

Preparatory Steps
• Remove the EGR valve heat shield. Refer to
Procedure 011-032.
• Remove the front and rear EGR connection tubes.
• Remove the EGR valve and remove the EGR valve
seal from the EGR valve outlet port. Refer to
Procedure 011-022.
• Disconnect the aftertreatment fuel injector lines and
bulkhead support bracket from the EGR valve
mounting bracket. Refer to Procedure 011-051.
Remove
Remove one of the EGR valve bracket rear support
mounting capscrews (2) from the EGR valve mounting
bracket and cylinder head.
Remove the remaining two EGR valve mounting bracket
capscrews (1).
EGR Valve Mounting Bracket Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

Inspect the ends and mating joints of the bracket for signs
of fretting or material transfer, cracks, or other damage.
Replace the EGR valve support bracket if fretting, cracks,
or other damage is found.
Corrosion is normal and will be found at the EGR valve to

bracket joint. Clean the corrosion off the sealing surface
using safety solvent, or a Scotch Brite™ 7448 abrasive
pad.
The new seal will not function properly if the bracket has
been cleaned with a power tool combined with abrasive
pads to clean sealing surfaces.
Inspect the sealing surface for signs of excessive pitting
at the EGR connection jumper seals. If the pitting is large
enough to catch a fingernail, replace the EGR valve
support bracket.
Install
Install the EGR valve mounting bracket onto the engine
block and the EGR valve mounting bracket rear support.
Install three capscrews into the engine block and the rear
support.
Tighten the two EGR valve mounting bracket capscrews
first (1).
Tighten the rear support bracket capscrew into the back
of the engine block (2).
Finishing Steps
• Connect the aftertreatment fuel injector lines and
bulkhead support bracket to the EGR valve mounting
• Install the EGR valve and a new EGR seal. Refer to
Procedure 011-022.
• Install the front and rear EGR connection tubes.
• Install the EGR valve heat shield. Refer to Procedure
011-032.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential P [...]

Differential Pressure Sensor Mounting
Bracket (011-046)
General Information
CAUTION
The catalyst elements contained in the aftertreatment
system are made of brittle material. Do not drop or
strike the side of the aftertreatment system, as
damage to the catalyst element can result.
Due to the number of exhaust aftertreatment applications,
this procedure is generic. Not all illustrations within the
procedure will represent all applications.
The exhaust aftertreatment system is composed for four
sections. These sections are:
1. Inlet
2. Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
3. Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
4. Outlet
NOTE: In some applications, the catalyst can be
integrated into the inlet of the exhaust aftertreatment.
NOTE: On some vertically oriented aftertreatment
systems, the differential pressure sensor mounting
bracket may be welded to the outlet section of the
aftertreatment system. The outlet section of this type of
aftertreatment system must be replaced if the differential
pressure sensor mounting bracket is damaged.
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential P [...] Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
cable last.
CAUTION
The aftertreatment diesel particulate filter and
catalyst can remain hot for long periods of time after
the engine has stopped.
013-009.
Disconnect the aftertreatment wiring harness from the
sensor. Refer to Procedure 019-443 in the
Troubleshooting and Repair CM871 and CM876
Electronic Control System ISX and ISM Engines, Bulletin
4021560.
Remove the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor tubes. Refer to Procedure
011-047.
Remove the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor. Refer to Procedure 019-376
in the Troubleshooting and Repair CM871 and CM876
4021560.
Remove
Remove the nut on the aftertreatment diesel particulate
filter differential pressure sensor mounting bracket strap.
NOTE: A cylindrical locating tab may be welded to the
outside of the catalyst canister to position the differential
pressure sensor mounting bracket. Note the orientation of
the mounting bracket prior to removal.
NOTE: Remove the differential pressure sensor mounting
bracket and strap.

Inspect the differential pressure sensor mounting bracket
for cracks, damaged threads, or broken studs.
Replace the differential pressure sensor mounting bracket
if damaged.
Inspect the differential pressure sensor mounting bracket

strap for cracks, damaged threads, or bends.
Replace the differential pressure sensor mounting bracket
strap if damaged.
Install
CAUTION
The aftertreatment system must be installed so the
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter differential
pressure sensor tubes slope downward to drain
condensation away from the differential pressure
sensor.
NOTE: A cylindrical locating tab may be welded to the
outside of the catalyst canister to position the differential
pressure sensor mounting bracket.
NOTE: Make sure the aftertreatment system is oriented
so the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter differential
pressure sensor is installed in the same orientation noted
during disassembly.
Install the differential pressure sensor mounting bracket
and strap. Be sure to align the cylindrical locating tab, if
present, with the mounting bracket as noted during
removal.
Apply a coating of anti-seize compound to the threads of
the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter differential
pressure sensor mounting bracket strap.
Install the nut on the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor mounting bracket strap.
Tighten the differential pressure sensor mounting bracket
strap.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
cable last.
Install the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor. Refer to Procedure 019-443
in the Troubleshooting and Repair CM871 and CM876
4021560.
differential pressure sensor tubes. Refer to Procedure
011-047.
Connect the vehicle batteries. Refer to Procedure
013-009.

Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes
(011-047)
General Information
The aftertreatment diesel particulate filter differential
pressure sensor tubes connect the differential pressure
sensor to the ports on the aftertreatment system. There
are two aftertreatment diesel particulate filter differential
pressure sensor tubes. One tube connects to the
aftertreatment system upstream of the aftertreatment
diesel particulate filter and the other connects
downstream of the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
Due to the number of exhaust gas aftertreatment
configurations, this procedure is generic. Not all
illustrations within this procedure will not represent all
applications.
Carbon deposits inside the tubes can cause an amber
CHECK ENGINE light.
Remove
CAUTION
pressure sensor will not operate properly if the
differential pressure sensor tubes are not connected
to the correct port. Mark the differential pressure
sensor tube connection port locations before
disconnecting.
NOTE: The mounting location of the aftertreatment diesel
particulate filter differential pressure sensor varies with
exhaust aftertreatment orientation and OEM mounting
location.
Remove the spring clamps from the stainless steel tube
end of the flexible hose sections attached to the exhaust
gas filter pressure sensor.
Loosen the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor tube nuts.
If p-clips or tube clamps are used to hold the exhaust gas
filter pressure sensor tubes on the exhaust aftertreatment
system, mark their location prior to removal.
CAUTION
If the flexible hose section between the differential
pressure sensor tube and the differential pressure
sensor are difficult to remove, cut and replace the
hose. Twisting or bending the hose can damage the
pressure sensor.
Remove the p-clips or tube clamp mounting capscrews, if
necessary.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Inspect the inside of the tube.
If the tube is partially clogged, saturate the inside of the
tube with a mineral based solvent, or equivalent.
Carefully clean debris from the mouth of the tubes, make
sure not to damage the tube.
Dry the tube with compressed air.
Check the tube for cracks and thread damage. Replace
the tube, if damage is found.
Inspect the inside of the threaded bosses on the

aftertreatment canister.
Clean debris from the inside of the threaded bosses, while
being careful to not damage the threads.
Install
CAUTION
to the correct port. Install the differential pressure
sensor tubes as noted during disassembly.
CAUTION
The aftertreatment system must be installed so the
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter differential
condensation away from the differential pressure
sensor.
pressure sensor port closest to the sensor mounting
bracket connects upstream of the aftertreatment diesel
particulate filter.
NOTE: In vertical aftertreatment orientations, an
sensor tube support can be present. Be sure the
differential pressure tubes are seated in the support clip.
Apply a coating of Locite™ 80209, 51002, 76732, copper
or silver grade, or equivalent to the threads on the
differential pressure sensor tubes prior to assembly. Do
not allow Loctite™ to enter inside of the differential
pressure sensor tubes. This can cause a blockage.
Minimum Loctite Anti-seize temperature range
specifications: 1600°F [870°C].
Install the differential pressure sensor tubes on the
aftertreatment system.
Attach the flexible hose sections of the differential
pressure sensor tubes to the differential pressure sensor
using two spring clamps.
NOTE: Make sure the differential pressure sensor tubes
are not making contact with each other or any other
vehicle components prior to tightening the differential
pressure sensor tube nuts.
NOTE: Tighten the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor tube nuts.
Install the p-clips or the tube clamps that hold the exhaust
gas filter pressure sensor tubes on the exhaust
aftertreatment system.
Tighten the p-clips or the tube clamp bolts, if necessary.
Operate the vehicle on a dynamometer or perform a road
test with the engine at rated load for a minimum of 5
minutes to make sure the aftertreatment system is
performing properly.
Check for fault codes and exhaust leaks.
Aftertreatment Inlet and Outlet Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Aftertreatment Inlet and Outlet

(011-048)
General Information
WARNING
During regeneration, exhaust gas temperature could
reach 800°C [1500°F], and exhaust system surface
temperature could exceed 700°C [1300°F], which is
hot enough to ignite or melt common materials, and
to burn people. The exhaust and exhaust components
can remain hot after the vehicle has stopped moving.
To avoid the risk of fire, property damage, burns or
other serious personal injury, allow the exhaust
system to cool before beginning this procedure or
repair and make sure that no combustible materials
are located where they are likely to come in contact
with hot exhaust or exhaust components.
CAUTION
strike the side of the aftertreatment system as damage
to the catalyst element can result.
Due to the number of various exhaust aftertreatment
applications, this procedure has been written to be
generic. Illustrations within this procedure will not
represent all applications.
These sections are:
1. Inlet
2. Aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst
3. Aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
4. Outlet.
integrated into the inlet of the exhaust aftertreatment
system.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Inlet and Outlet
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
cable last.
CAUTION
to the correct port. Mark the differential pressure
sensor tube connection locations before
disconnecting.
Disconnect the batteries. Refer to Procedure 013-009
Mark the direction of exhaust flow to aid in assembly.
Draw an orientation reference line across each of the v-
band clamps, aftertreatment canister sections, and
connection points to the tailpipe. This will aid in lining up
the sections and the v-band clamps to their original
orientation during installation.
Mark the number of each exhaust gas temperature sensor
connector prior to disconnecting the exhaust temperature
sensor from the wiring harness.
Disconnect the exhaust gas temperature sensor wiring
harness connectors. Refer to Procedure 019-376 (Exhaust
Gas Pressure Sensor) in Section 19 in the CM871 and
CM876 Electronic Control Systems, ISX and ISM Engines
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin 4021560.
Remove the mounting straps or bolts from the inlet, if
necessary. Refer to the OEM troubleshooting and repair
manual.
Remove the mounting straps or bolts from the outlet, if
manual.
Disconnect the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor tube from the outlet, if
necessary. Refer to Procedure 011-047 (Aftertreatment
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor
Tubes) in Section 11.
Remove
WARNING
CAUTION
In some applications, the catalyst is integrated into the
aftertreatment inlet. Refer to Procedure 011-046
(Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential
Pressure Sensor Mounting Bracket) in Section 11 for
removal of the differential pressure sensor mounting
bracket.
Support the catalyst and aftertreatment diesel particulate
filter to avoid applying a cantilevered load on the v-band
joints.
Remove the Torca® or v-band clamp used to connect the
aftertreatment system to the exhaust pipe, if necessary.
Remove the v-band clamp connecting the inlet to the
catalyst, if necessary.
Remove the v-band clamp connecting the outlet to the
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter, if necessary.
Disassemble
Remove the exhaust gas temperature sensor from the
boss in the inlet and/or outlet, if necessary. Refer to
Procedure 019-378 (EGR Temperature Sensor) in Section
19 in the CM871 and CM876 Electronic Control Systems,
ISX and ISM Engines Troubleshooting and Repair

Inspect the aftertreatment inlet and outlet canisters for
cracks or other damage.
Inspect the exhaust gas temperature sensor boss threads
for damage, if the sensor was removed.
Inspect aftertreatment diesel particulate filter differential
pressure sensor tube boss threads for damage, if the tube
was removed.
If thread damage is found on the exhaust gas temperature
sensor boss threads or differential pressure sensor tube
boss threads, a helicoil must be used for repair.
Flange Preparation - Use a putty knife to remove any

residual gasket material from the flanges on the
Do not use compressed air to remove fragments of gasket
material that have fallen into the filter during gasket
removal.
Do not grind on the flange surface, as this can damage
the flange and cause the connection to leak.
Inspect the v-band clamps and mounting straps for signs

of over-extension.
The band must not be bent or damaged.
Inspect the v-band clamp and mounting strap threads for
damage.
Replace the v-band clamp or mounting strap if damage is
found.
Assemble
Install the exhaust gas temperature sensor in the boss on
the inlet and/or outlet. Refer to Procedure 019-378 (EGR
Temperature Sensor) in the CM871 and CM876 Electronic
Control Systems, ISX and ISM Engines Troubleshooting
Install
Apply a coat of anti-seize compound on the treads of the
v-band clamps and Torca® clamps.
The aftertreatment outlet section contains a differential
pressure sensor tube boss. Align the differential pressure
sensor tube boss with the differential pressure sensor tube
nut prior to tightening the v-band clamp or the Torca®
clamp.
NOTE: If the Torca® clamp is replaced during service, be
sure to replace it with another Torca® clamp. Do not use
a u-bolt as a replacement clamp. U-bolt clamps can crush
the tailpipe and make it difficult to remove the
aftertreatment system for future service.
Tighten the Torca® clamps or v-band clamps used to

secure the inlet and outlet of the aftertreatment to the
exhaust pipe.
Torque Value:
Torca® Clamp 55 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
V-Band Clamp 14 N•m [ 124 in-lb ]
Install a new gasket between the v-band clamp joints that
have been disconnected.
Install the v-band clamp used to connect the outlet to the
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter, if necessary.
Install the v-band clamp use to connect the inlet to the
catalyst, if necessary.
Tighten the v-band clamps.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
cable last.
CAUTION
If the temperature sensor wire connectors are not
connected to the proper locations after installation,
aftertreatment system damage can result.
CAUTION
to the correct port. Install the differential pressure
sensor tubes as noted during disassembly.
Install the mounting straps or bolts to the inlet, if
manual.
Install the mounting straps or bolts from the outlet, if
manual.
Connect the exhaust gas temperature sensor wiring
harness connectors, if necessary. Refer to Procedure
019-378 (EGR Temperature Sensor) in Section 19 in the
CM871 and CM876 Electronic Control Systems, ISX and
ISM Engines Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin
4021560.
Connect the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor tube to the outlet, if
necessary. Refer to Procedure 011-047 (Aftertreatment
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor
Connect the vehicle batteries. Refer to Procedure 013-009
Operate the vehicle on a dynamometer or perform a road
test with the engine at rated load for a minimum of 5
minutes to make sure the aftertreatment system is
performing properly. For Signature, ISX, or QSX15, refer
to Procedure 010-024 (Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust
Systems) in Section 10 in the Signature, ISX, and QSX15
Service Manual, Bulletin 3666239. For ISM, ISMe, or
QSM11, refer to Procedure 010-024 (Air Leaks, Air Intake
and Exhaust Systems) in Section 10 in the ISM, ISMe, and
QSM11 Engines Service Manual, Bulletin 3666322.
Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation

Catalyst (011-049)
General Information
CAUTION
Due to number of various exhaust aftertreatment
applications, this procedure is generic. Illustrations within
this procedure will not represent all applications.
The exhaust aftertreatment is composed of four sections.
These section are:
1. Inlet
2. Aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst
3. Aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
4. Outlet.
NOTE: In some applications the catalyst can be integrated
into the inlet of the exhaust aftertreatment.
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
reduce the possibility of arching, remove the negative
(-) battery cable first and attach the negative (-) batter
cable last.
CAUTION
Catalyst can remain hot for a long time after the
engine has stopped.
013-009 (Battery Cables and Connections) in Section
13.
• Disconnect the aftertreatment exhaust gas
temperature sensor electrical connector(s) from the
wiring harness, if necessary. Refer to Procedure
019-449 (Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor) in
Section 19 of the Troubleshooting and Repair
CM871 and CM876 Electronic Control System ISX
and ISM Engines, Bulletin 4021560.
• Disconnect the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor tubes, if necessary.
Refer to Procedure 011-047 (Aftertreatment Diesel
Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor
• Disconnect the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor mounting bracket, and
strap if applicable. Refer to Procedure 011-046
Pressure Sensor Mounting Bracket) in Section 11.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
Remove
Draw an orientation reference line across each of the v-
band clamps, aftertreatment canister sections, and
connection points to the tailpipe. This will aid in linking up
sections and v-band clamps to their original orientation
during installation.
Mark the direction of exhaust flow on both the catalyst
section and the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
section to aid in assembly.
WARNING
The component weighs 23 kg [50 lbs] or more. To
or get assistance to lift the component.
CAUTION
CAUTION
damage the threads or the bolt and cause the camp to
not be reusable.
NOTE: If necessary, remove additional mounting
hardware to remove the catalyst from the vehicle.
Remove the v-band clamps from the inlet and outlet of the
catalyst.
Separate the component sections by approximately one-
half inch to allow removal over the gasket retainer rings.

CAUTION
Do not use a grinder or abrasive air tool to remove
residual gasket material, as this can damage the
flange and cause the connection to leak.
CAUTION
Do not use an open flame to burn off soot
accumulation from the face of the aftertreatment
CAUTION
Do not scrape off soot accumulation from the face of
the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
Remove any residual gasket material from the flanges on
the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter with a putty
knife.
NOTE: If the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter is being
inspected due to progressive damage that introduced
coolant or engine oil, or excessive fuel into the exhaust,
inspect the tailpipe from the turbocharger outlet to the
If a trail of liquid coolant, engine oil, or fuel can be seen
from the turbocharger outlet to the aftertreatment diesel
oxidation catalyst, the aftertreatment diesel oxidation
catalyst must be replaced.
If a trail of coolant, engine oil, or fuel can be seen exiting
the turbocharger outlet, the tailpipe between the
turbocharger outlet and aftertreatment diesel oxidation
catalyst must be cleaned. Refer to Procedure 011-048
(Aftertreatment Inlet and Outlet) in Section 11.
WARNING
The material captured in a diesel particulate filter may
contain elevated concentrations of metals, primarily
zinc and molybdenum, and possibly polynuclear
aromatic hydrocarbons that may be regulated. These
materials must be characterized, handled, and
disposed of according to applicable local regulations.
In addition, due to the presence of the above-listed
chemicals and other potentially toxic components
such as oxides of calcium, zinc, phosphorous,
silicone, sulfur, and iron, exhaust filter maintenance
must be completed only by appropriately trained
personnel.
WARNING
personal injury.
Inspect the outlet of the aftertreatment diesel oxidation
catalyst for loose debris and soot. Use a rag to wipe off
any soot. Use a HEPA vacuum to remove any remaining
loose debris.
NOTE: Use a vacuum bag, such as a drywall dust bag to
capture the soot that is removed.
Attach the Cummins® aftertreatment diesel particulate

filter cleaning machine cone, Part Number 4918850, to the
inlet and outlet sides of the aftertreatment diesel oxidation
catalyst with the adapter rings, Part Number 4918847 and
4918848. Evenly space 4 to 5 spring clamps or C-clamps
around the circumference of the aftertreatment diesel
oxidation catalyst to seal the cone and adapter ring to the
Service tool kit, Part Number 4918877 contains the cones
and rings needed for this procedure.
If the aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst is integrated
into the aftertreatment inlet, use one cone only, and attach
it to the outlet side of the unit.
Use tape to seal any open ports.
Obtain a 76 mm to 51 mm [3” to 2”] rubber pipe reducer

from a local supplier. If the aftertreatment diesel oxidation
catalyst is integrated into the aftertreatment inlet, obtain a
102 mm to 51 mm [4” to 2”] rubber pipe reducer.
Attach the vacuum hose to the 51 mm [2”] end of the pipe

reducer. Attach the larger end of the reducer to the
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter cleaning machine
cone attached to the inlet side of the diesel oxidation
catalyst. If the aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst is
integrated into the inlet, install the larger end of the
reducer onto the aftertreatment inlet.
CAUTION
Use only a rubber-tipped air gun near the catalyst
material. Damage will result if a metal air gun strikes
the catalyst material.
Adjust the air supply for a rubber-tipped air gun to 207 kPa
[30 psi].
Switch on the vacuum. The vacuum and service tool kit is
properly installed if the air flow through the aftertreatment
diesel oxidation catalyst is opposite to exhaust flow.
Exhaust flow is indicated by an arrow on the canister of
the diesel oxidation catalyst.
Blow compressed air across the outlet face of the
aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst for approximately
5 minutes.
After 5 minutes, remove the aftertreatment diesel

particulate filter cleaning machine cone and continue
blowing compressed air into the outlet of the diesel
oxidation catalyst for an additional 10 to 15 minutes.
Maintain a 13 mm to 25 mm [1/2 in to 1 in] distance
between the air gun and diesel oxidation catalyst face.
Use a sweeping motion across the entire face of the diesel
oxidation catalyst and attempt to blow air through every
cell.
Allow the vacuum to operate for 1 minute after the blowing
out the aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst. After the
vacuum is switched off, disconnect the cleaning machine
cone and inspect the cells of the diesel oxidation catalyst.
Inspect the cells of the diesel oxidation catalyst by looking

through each cell. Shine a light on the opposite side of the
diesel oxidation catalyst to aid inspection. If the cell is
clear of soot, it is possible to see straight through the
diesel oxidation catalyst.
Upon inspection, if less than 50 percent of the cells are

blocked (1) the aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst can
be reused. If more than 50 percent of the cells remain
blocked (2), repeat the cleaning procedure.
If the cleaning procedure is performed twice and more
than 50 percent of the cells remain blocked (2), the
aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst must be replaced.
If the catalyst section has shifted, moved or is loose inside

the canister, replace the catalyst section.
Consult the Additional Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation
Catalyst and Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
Reuse Guidelines, Bulletin 4021600, to inspect the inlet
and outlet faces of the aftertreatment diesel oxidation
catalyst for signs of damage.
Replace the aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst, if
damaged.
Inspect the v-band clamps and catalyst mounting straps

for signs of over-extension. The v-band must not be bent
or damaged.
Replace the v-band clamps or catalyst mounting straps if
damage is found.
Assemble
Install the exhaust gas temperature sensor into the
catalyst section, if necessary. Refer to Procedure 019-378
(Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor) in Section 19 of the
4021560.
Install
WARNING
The component weighs 23 kg [50 lbs] or more. To
Install new gaskets on the inlet and outlet of the exhaust
gas catalyst.
Install the catalyst.
NOTE: In some applications, a locating tab was integrated
into the gasket retaining ring. The locating tab will prevent
the catalyst from being installed backwards, and will
restrict the orientation in which the aftertreatment catalyst
can be installed.
Tighten the v-band clamps
differential pressure sensor tubes into the catalyst section.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
(-) battery cable first and attach the negative (-) batter
cable last.
• Connect the aftertreatment exhaust gas temperature
sensor electrical connector(s) to the wiring harness,
if necessary. Refer to Procedure 019-449 (Exhaust
Gas Temperature Sensor) in Section 19 of the
Electronic Control System ISX and ISM Engines,
Bulletin 4021560.
• Connect the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor tubes, if necessary.
Refer to Procedure 011-047 (Aftertreatment Diesel
Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor
Mounting Bracket) in Section 11.
• Connect the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor mounting bracket, and
strap if necessary. Refer to Procedure 011-046
Pressure Sensor Mounting Bracket) in Section 11.
• Connect the batteries. Refer to Procedure 013-009
• Operate the engine, check for fault codes and
exhaust leaks.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment System
Aftertreatment System (011-050)

General Information
CAUTION
Due to the number of exhaust aftertreatment applications,
this procedure has been written to be generic. Illustrations
within this procedure will not represent all applications.
These sections are:
1. Inlet
2. Catalyst
3. aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
4. Outlet.
integrated into the inlet of the exhaust aftertreatment.
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
cable first.
Refer to the OEM troubleshooting and repair manual for
aftertreatment system removal instructions. The OEM will
designate whether aftertreatment system components are
to be removed as individual components or as a complete
system for service.
NOTE: Mark the direction of exhaust flow on the outside
of the aftertreatment system to aid in installation.
Mark the orientation of the exhaust gas particulate trap
differential pressure sensor to aid in installation.
013-009.
Remove
System - Remove the straps or bolts securing the
aftertreatment system to the vehicle chassis. Refer to the
OEM troubleshooting and repair manual.
Remove the v-band from the inlet, and the Torca™ clamp
from the outlet of the aftertreatment system. Refer to
Procedure 011-048.
Disconnect the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor wiring harness connector.
Repair Manual CM871 and CM876 Electronic Control
Aftertreatment System Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Component - To remove the aftertreatment inlet or outlet

sections. Refer to Procedure 011-048.
To remove the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter and
the joined catalyst - aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
To remove the catalyst. Refer to Procedure 011-049.
Disassemble
System - To remove the aftertreatment inlet or outlet
To remove the catalyst. Refer to Procedure 011-049.
To remove the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
For aftertreatment diesel particulate filter cleaning
instructions, refer to Procedure 011-041.

Inspect inlet or outlet canister. Refer to Procedure
011-048.
Inspect the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter canister.
Refer to procedure 011-041.
Inspect the catalyst canister, refer to Procedure 011-048.
Inspect the exhaust gas temperature sensors. Refer to
Procedure 019-376 in the Troubleshooting and Repair
Manual CM871 and CM876 Electronic Control System ISX
Inspect the differential pressure sensor. Refer to
Inspect the differential pressure sensor tubes. Refer to
Procedure 011-047.
Inspect the aftertreatment system wire harness. Refer to
and ISM Engines. Bulletin 4021560.
Inspect the Torca® clamps and/or v-band clamps for leaks.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment System
Assemble
System - To install the aftertreatment inlet or outlet
sections. Refer to procedure 011-048.
To install the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter. Refer
To install the catalyst. Refer to Procedure 011-049.
Install
NOTE: Make sure that the aftertreatment system is
oriented so that the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor is installed in the same
orientation noted during disassembly.
NOTE: The aftertreatment system must be installed so
that the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter differential
condensation away from the differential pressure sensor.
NOTE: Make sure that the differential pressure sensor
tubes are not making contact with each other or any other
vehicle components prior to tightening the Torca® clamps
or v-band clamps.
System - Install the straps or bolts that secure the
aftertreatment system to the vehicle chassis. Refer to the
OEM troubleshooting and repair manual.
Install the inlet and outlet of the aftertreatment on to the
exhaust pipe. Refer to Procedure 011-048.
NOTE: If a Torca™ clamp is replaced during service, be
sure to replace it with another Torca™ clamp. Do not use
a u-bolt as a replacement clamp. U-bolt clamps can crush
the tailpipe and make it difficult to remove the
aftertreatment system for future service.
Tighten the Torca™ clamps used to secure the inlet and
outlet of the aftertreatment to the exhaust pipe. Refer to
Procedure 011-048.
Connect the exhaust temperature sensor to the wiring
harness connectors. Refer to Procedure 011-048.
Connect the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
differential pressure sensor wiring harness connector.
Repair Manual CM871 and CM876 Electronic Control
Aftertreatment Injector Lines Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Component - To install the aftertreatment inlet or outlet

To install the catalyst. Refer to Procedure 011-049.
To install the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter or
joined catalyst-aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
cable first.
Connect the battery. Refer to Procedure 013-009.
If the aftertreatment system was being serviced for an
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter cleaning, use
INSITE™ electronic service tool to clear related fault
codes.
Aftertreatment Injector Lines

(011-051)
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Injector Lines
WARNING
WARNING
Remove
Disconnect the aftertreatment injector coolant supply line
at the inlet to the aftertreatment injector.
at the EGR cooler.
Remove the aftertreatment injector coolant supply line.
Disconnect the aftertreatment injector coolant return line

at the aftertreatment injector.
at the oil cooler.
Remove the aftertreatment injector coolant return line.
WARNING
Depending on the circumstance, diesel fuel is
flammable. When inspecting or performing service or
repairs in the fuel system, to reduce the impossibility
of fire and resulting severe personal injury, death or
property damage, never smoke or allow sparks or
flames (such as pilot lights, electrical switches, or
welding equipment) in the work area.
3375249.
Disconnect the wiring harness from the shut off valve, fuel
drain valve, and pressure sensor.
Disconnect the aftertreatment injector fuel supply line

from the supply outlet of the fuel rifle.
Disconnect the aftertreatment injector fuel supply line at
the inlet to the fuel shutoff manifold.
Remove the aftertreatment injector fuel supply line.
For access lower the fuel shutoff manifold by removing the

two mounting capscrews.
Disconnect the fuel return line from the fuel shutoff

manifold and the fuel control module.

the outlet of the fuel shutoff manifold.
Disconnect the fuel lines from the union fitting, located just
above the EGR valve.
the inlet to the aftertreatment injector, use a 9/16 inch
wrench. In some applications, access to the
aftertreatment injector is difficult and requires removal of
the exhaust adapter pipe. Refer to Procedure 011-043.

at the inlet to the aftertreatment injector.
at the coolant heater housing.
Remove the aftertreatment injector coolant supply line.

at the aftertreatment injector.
at the coolant return manifold.
Remove the aftertreatment injector coolant return line.
Disconnect the aftertreatment injector fuel supply line

from the supply outlet of the fuel rifle.
the inlet to the fuel shutoff manifold.
Remove the aftertreatment injector fuel supply line.
Disconnect the fuel return line from the fuel shutoff

manifold and the fuel return tee fitting, located in front of
the engine control module.
Remove the P-clips.

the outlet of the fuel shutoff manifold.
the inlet to the aftertreatment injector. In some
applications, access to the aftertreatment injector is
difficult and requires removal of the exhaust adapter pipe.

WARNING
cleaning, follow the manufacture's recommendations
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the aftertreatment injector coolant lines with a
safety solvent.
Inspect the aftertreatment injector coolant line threads for

Make sure the aftertreatment injector coolant lines are
clear of debris.
Use compressed air to flush the lines and remove any
loose dirt particles.
Check the o-ring for cuts and wear. Replace if necessary.
Clean the aftertreatment injector fuel lines with a safety

solvent.
Inspect the threads and banjo fittings on the

aftertreatment injector fuel lines. Replace is necessary.
Make sure that the aftertreatment injector fuel lines are
clear of debris.
Inspect the face of the banjo connection for sealing

surface damage.
Inspect the straight thread fittings and fuels lines for
cracks, bends or other damage.
WARNING
cleaning, follow the manufacture's recommendations
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the aftertreatment injector coolant lines with a
safety solvent.
Inspect the aftertreatment injector coolant line threads for

Make sure the aftertreatment injector coolant lines are
clear of debris.
Check the o-ring for cuts and wear. Replace if necessary.
Clean the aftertreatment injector fuel lines with a safety

solvent.
Inspect the threads and banjo fittings on the

aftertreatment injector fuel lines. Replace if necessary.
Make sure the aftertreatment injector fuel lines are clear
of debris.
Inspect the face of the banjo connector for sealing surface

damage.
Inspect the straight thread fittings and fuels for cracks,
bends or other damage.
Install
Connect the aftertreatment injector coolant supply line to
the aftertreatment injector and the EGR cooler.
Connect the aftertreatment injector coolant return line to

the oil cooler.
the aftertreatment injector.
Connect the aftertreatment injector fuel supply line to the

outlet of the union fitting, located just above the EGR
valve.
Install the P-clips.

inlet of the union fitting, located just above the EGR valve.
outlet of the fuel shutoff manifold.
Connect the fuel return line to the fuel shutoff valve

manifold and the fuel control module.
Torque Value:
O-ring joint 24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Banjo joint 15 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Install the two capscrews to attach the aftertreatment fuel

shutoff manifold to the bracket on the engine.

inlet of the shutoff manifold.
Torque Value:
Banjo joint 34 N•m [ 46 ft-lb ]
fuel rifle.
Torque Value:
O-ring joint 24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]

Connect the aftertreatment injector coolant supply line to
the aftertreatment injector and the coolant heater housing.

the coolant return line to the coolant return manifold.
the aftertreatment injector.

outlet of the fuel shutoff manifold.
Connect the fuel return line to the fuel shutoff valve

manifold and the fuel return tee fitting, located in front of
the engine control module.
Install the P-clips
Torque Value:
O-ring fitting 24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Banjo fitting 15 N•m [ 11 ft-lb ]

inlet of the shutoff valve manifold.
fuel rifle.
Finishing Steps
Connect the wiring harness to pressure sensor, shutoff
valve, and fuel drain valve.
Install the fuel filter.

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Manifold
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Manifold

(011-052)
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
personal injury.
Make sure the area around the fuel shutoff manifold is
clear of debris. Use compressed air to clean area and
remove any loose dirt particles.
Disconnect the wiring harness from the aftertreatment fuel
shutoff valve, aftertreatment fuel drain valve.
Remove the aftertreatment fuel injector lines from the fuel
shutoff manifold. Refer to Procedure 011-051.
Remove
WARNING
personal injury.
Fuel Shutoff Manifold - Make sure the area around the fuel
shutoff manifold is clear of debris.
Use compressed air to clean the area and remove any

Remove the fuel shutoff manifold.
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Manifold Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove the aftertreatment fuel shutoff valve,

aftertreatment fuel drain valve, and aftertreatment
pressure sensor with a 1-1/8 inch open end wrench.
WARNING
personal injury.
Fuel Shutoff Manifold - Make sure the area around the fuel
shutoff manifold is clear of debris.
Use compressed air to clean the area and remove any

Remove the fuel shutoff manifold.
Remove the aftertreatment fuel shutoff valve,

aftertreatment fuel drain valve, and aftertreatment
pressure sensor with a 1-1/8 inch open end wrench.

WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Shutoff Valve, Drain Valve, and Pressure Sensor -Clean
the shutoff valve, drain valve, and pressure sensor using
safety solvent.
Inspect the o-ring for cuts or wear. Replace the o-ring if
necessary.
Inspect the threads for damage.
Replace defective components if necessary.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Shutoff Manifold - Clean the shutoff manifold with safety
solvent.
Use compressed air to clean the shutoff manifold of any
debris.
Make sure the filter screen and orifice are still in the fuel
inlet side of the shutoff valve manifold.
Inspect the threads of the shutoff manifold for damage. If
threads are damage replace shutoff manifold.

surfaces, or a reduced diameter (Capscrew stretching).
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Shutoff Valve, Drain Valve, and Pressure Sensor - Clean
the shutoff valve, drain valve, and pressure sensor using
safety solvent.
Inspect the o-ring for cuts or wear. Replace the o-ring if
necessary.
Inspect the threads for damage.
Replace defective components if necessary.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Shutoff Manifold - Clean the shutoff manifold with safety
solvent.
Use compressed air to clean the shutoff manifold of any
debris.
Make sure the filter screen and orifice are still in the fuel
inlet side of the shutoff valve manifold.
Inspect the threads of the shutoff manifold for damage. If
threads are damage replace shutoff manifold.

surfaces, or a reduced diameter (Capscrew stretching).
Install
NOTE: The pressure sensor and shutoff valve are located
on the same side of the shutoff manifold.
NOTE: The pressure sensor is mounted above the shutoff
valve.
Install the pressure sensor, the fuel shutoff valve and fuel
drain valve.
Torque Value:
Pressure 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Sensor
Fuel Shutoff 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Valve
Fuel Drain 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Valve


NOTE: The pressure sensor and shutoff valve are located
on the same side of the shutoff manifold.
NOTE: The pressure sensor is mounted above the shutoff
valve.
Install the pressure sensor, the fuel shutoff valve and fuel
drain valve.
Torque Value:
Pressure 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Sensor
Fuel Shutoff 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Valve
Fuel Drain 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Valve

Finishing Steps
Install the aftertreatment injector lines. Refer to Procedure
011-051.
Connect the wiring harness to the fuel shutoff valve, fuel
drain valve and pressure sensor. Refer to Procedure
019-444 in the ISX CM871 and ISM CM876 Electronic
Control System, Troubleshooting and Repair Manual,
Bulletin 4021560.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Flow
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Flow

(011-054)
Initial Check
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
Depending on the circumstance, diesel fuel is
flammable. When inspecting or performing service or
repairs on the fuel system, to reduce the possibility of
fire and resulting severe personal injury, death or
property damage, never smoke or allow sparks or
flames (such as pilot lights, electrical switches, or
welding equipment) in the work area.
008-018 (Cooling System) in Section 8, in the
Signature, ISX, QSX15 Service Manual, Bulletin
3666239.
008-018 (Cooling System) in Section 8, in the ISM,
ISMe, and QSM11 Service Manual, Bulletin
3666322.
• Disconnect the fuel line to aftertreatment fuel
injector. Refer to Procedure 011-051 (Aftertreatment
Injector Lines) in Section 11.
• Disconnect coolant lines to the aftertreatment fuel
• Remove the aftertreatment fuel injector from the
exhaust adapter pipe. Refer to Procedure 011-042
(Aftertreatment Fuel Injector) in Section 11.
Setup
Connect the fuel extension line, Part Number 4918519, to
the aftertreatment fuel injector fuel supply line that was
connected to the injector.
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Flow Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Connect the aftertreatment fuel injector to the fuel line

extension.
CAUTION
Do not connect a 12 VDC supply to the injector as this
will cause permanent damage to the injector.
Connect the aftertreatment fuel injector electrical harness
extension, Part Number 4918518, to the engine harness
and the aftertreatment fuel injector.
On ISX applications, install a threaded plug, Part Number

4918690, at the coolant outlet on the EGR cooler.
Install a threaded plug, Part Number 3089567, in the
coolant hose.
Fill the cooling system. Refer to Procedure 008-018
On ISM applications, install two threaded plugs, Part

Number 4918690, in the coolant inlet and outlet hoses.
Fill the cooling system. Refer to Procedure 008-018
Block the opening in the exhaust adapter pipe.

Install the cover plate, Part Number 4918522, with two
capscrews, Part Number 3913638.
Obtain a clear graduated cylinder (large enough to hold

the aftertreatment injector) that is marked in cubic
centimeters; example: graduated beaker, Part Number
3823705, or equivalent. A measurement cup that is
marked in milliliters (ml) or ounces (oz) can also be used.
Place the aftertreatment fuel injector in the graduated
cylinder or cup.
Cover the aftertreatment fuel injector and graduated

cylinder so the fuel spray is contained.
Test
Start the engine.
Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to select System Test
in the test mode section of the Aftertreatment Shutoff
Valve and Injector Override Test.
Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to enter a time delay,
if needed.
Click the Start button when ready to perform the test.
Click the OK button when the warning windows pop up, if
the conditions are met.
INSITE™ electronic service tool will start the test and will
inject fuel for 2 minutes and 30 seconds. INSITE™
electronic service tool will automatically disable the
injector at the end of the test. If the test needs to be
stopped before finishing, click the Stop button.
While the test is running, check the spray pattern of the

aftertreatment fuel injector. The spray will be a fine mist
in a full cone pattern. Partial cone, dripping, or erratic
spray patter indicates a damaged or dirty aftertreatment
fuel injector.
Check for visible leaks in the fuel lines while the test is
running.
Record the amount of fuel that was collected in the

graduated cylinder during the 2 minutes and 30 seconds
test period.
If the amount the fuel collected during the 2 minutes and

30 seconds INSITE™ electronic service tool test is less
than 275 ml [9 oz], clean the aftertreatment fuel injector
with carburetor cleaner and a nylon brush. After cleaning
the injector, perform the INSITE™ electronic service tool
test again and check the fuel collected. If the volume of
the fuel collected is still less than 275 ml [9 oz], replace
the aftertreatment fuel injector.
Refer to Procedure 011-042 (Aftertreatment Fuel Injector)
in Section 11 for the cleaning procedure.
Dump the collected fuel back into the fuel tank.
Leak Test
To perform an Aftertreatment Shutoff Valve Leak Test,
turn off the engine.
On the ISX, the lift pump must be disconnected in order
to prevent a surge of fuel from the integrated Fuel System
Module.
Disconnect the fuel drain.
On both the ISX and the ISM, a plug will need to be
installed on the aftertreatment fuel drain line connection
point in order to prevent fuel from leaking.
Hold the fuel drain line over the empty graduated cylinder.
Start and idle the engine for 5 minutes before running the
test.
Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to select the Shutoff

Valve in the test mode section of the Aftertreatment
Shutoff Valve and Injector Override Test.
Click the Start button to initiate the test.
Record the amount of fuel collected during the 1 minute
INSITE™ electronic service tool test.
If more than 60 ml [2 oz] of fuel is collected during the 1
minute INSITE™ electronic service tool test, replace the
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve. Refer to Procedure
011-052 (Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Manifold) in Section
11.
NOTE: There may be a surge of fuel from the
aftertreatment fuel drain line during the first 5 minutes of
engine operation and at the start of the test.
To perform an Aftertreatment Drain Valve Leak Test, turn

off the engine.
On the ISX, the lift pump must be disconnected in order
to prevent a surge of fuel from the integrated Fuel System
Module.
Disconnect the fuel drain.
On both the ISX and the ISM, a plug will need to be
installed on the aftertreatment fuel drain line connection
point in order to prevent fuel from leaking.
Hold the fuel drain line over the empty graduated cylinder.
Start and idle the engine for 5 minutes before running the
test.
Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to select the Injector

leak in the test mode section of the Aftertreatment Shutoff
Record the amount of fuel collected during the 1 minute
If more than 60 ml [2 oz] of fuel is collected during the 1
Aftertreatment Fuel Drain Valve. Refer to Procedure
011-052 (Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Manifold) in Section
11.
NOTE: There may be a surge of fuel from the
aftertreatment fuel drain line during the first 5 minutes of
engine operation, at the start of the test, and after
completion of the injector leak test.
Connect the fuel drain line and dump the collected fuel
back into the fuel tank.
To perform the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Leak Test,

start the engine.
Hold the aftertreatment fuel injector over the graduated
cylinder.
Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to select Injector Leak

in the test mode section of the Aftertreatment Shutoff
Click the Start button to initiate the test.
Record the amount of fuel collected during the one minute
If more than 60 ml [2 oz] of fuel is collected during the one
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector. Refer to Procedure 011-042
Finishing Steps
008-018 in the Signature, ISX, QSX15 Service
008-018 in the ISM, ISMe, and QSM11 Service
• Remove the injector spray tester service tool kit, Part
Number 4818517.
• Install the aftertreatment fuel injector assembly onto
the adapter pipe. Refer to Procedure 011-042
• Connect the fuel line to the aftertreatment fuel
• Connect the coolant lines to the aftertreatment fuel
• Fill the engine coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018
(Cooling System) in Section 8, in the Signature, ISX,
QSX15 Service Manual, Bulletin 3666239.
• Fill the engine coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018
(Cooling System) in Section 8, in the ISM, ISMe, and
QSM11 Service Manual, Bulletin 3666322.
• Start the engine, check for leaks, and verify that all
fault codes are inactive.
Notes
Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12 Page 12-a
Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12

Section Contents
Page
Air Compressor ...............................................................................................................................................12-5
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................12-8
Install..............................................................................................................................................................12-6
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................12-5
Air Compressor Carbon Buildup .....................................................................................................................12-1
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................12-2
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................12-1
Air Compressor Cylinder Head, Single Cylinder ............................................................................................12-3
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................12-4
Install..............................................................................................................................................................12-3
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................12-3
Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly .............................................................................................12-4
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................12-4
Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps Continuously) ....................................................................................12-9
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................12-9
Air Governor (Air Compressor Will Not Pump) ..............................................................................................12-9
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................12-9
Air Leaks, Compressed Air System ..............................................................................................................12-11
Initial Check..................................................................................................................................................12-11
Air Pressure Relief Valve ..............................................................................................................................12-12
Initial Check..................................................................................................................................................12-12
Page 12-b Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Compressor Carbon Buildup
Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12 Page 12-1
Air Compressor Carbon Buildup

(012-003)
Initial Check
WARNING
bodily injury.
Open the drain cock on the wet tank to release
compressed air from the system.
WARNING
Air discharge lines can be very hot. Be sure the lines
are cool before handling to prevent personal injury.
Remove the air inlet and outlet connections from the air
compressor.
Measure the total carbon deposit thickness inside the air

discharge line as shown.
NOTE: The carbon deposit thickness must not exceed
1.6 mm [0.06 in].
WARNING
The air discharge line must be capable of
withstanding extreme heat and pressure to prevent
personal injury and property damage. Refer to the
OEM specifications.
NOTE: If the total carbon deposit thickness exceeds
specification, remove and clean, or replace the air
discharge line.
Continue to check for carbon buildup in the air discharge
line connections up to the first connection or wet tank.
Clean or replace any lines and fittings with carbon
deposits thicker than 1.6 mm [0.06 in]. Refer to the OEM
specifications for cleaning or replacement instructions.
Air Compressor Carbon Buildup Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page 12-2 Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12
Clean
WARNING
Use skin and eye protection when handling caustic
solutions to reduce the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING
personal injury.
CAUTION
Do not use a sharp object to remove carbon. The
sealing surfaces can be damaged.
CAUTION
Avoid getting debris and solvents into the clearance
between the piston and bore.
CAUTION
Avoid the use of abrasive products similar to “Scotch
Brite™” because any abrasive grit left after cleaning
will shorten the life of the air compressor.
Remove the compressor head and valve assembly. Refer
Remove carbon from the compressor head and valve

assembly components with solvent and a nonmetallic
brush.
Blow out passages with compressed air.
Clean the compressor cylinder.

Rotate the crankshaft until the piston is at the top of the
cylinder bore.
Remove any accumulated carbon and varnish by careful
scraping and light application of solvents.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Compressor Cylinder Head, Single Cylinder
Install the compressor head and valve assembly. Refer to

Procedure 012-007.
Air Compressor Cylinder Head, Single

Cylinder (012-007)
Preparatory Steps
Drain the cooling system. Refer to Procedure 008-018 in
the Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Service Manual or
Procedure 008-018 in the ISM, ISMe and QSM11 Service
Manual.
Remove
Remove the coolant lines.
Remove the air governor or air governor signal line (if
equipped).
Remove the air inlet and outlet connections from the air
compressor.
Remove the four 8-mm capscrews.
Remove the air compressor head and gasket.
Install
Assemble the air compressor using a new gasket.
Install the head and gasket.
Install the four 8-mm capscrews.
Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown. Use the
torque plus angle method.
Step2 Rotate 90 degrees.
Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
If a new head assembly is being installed, tighten the five

small head cover bolts in the sequence shown.
Torque Value: Step1 6 N•m [ 53 in-lb ]
Step2 Rotate 90 degrees.
Finishing Steps
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Service Manual or Procedure
008-018 in the ISM, ISMe and QSM11 Service Manual .
Operate the engine and check for leaks and proper
operation.
Air Compressor Unloader and Valve

Assembly (012-013)
Initial Check
Remove the air governor or air governor signal line from
the air compressor.
Operate the engine to activate the air compressor.

If the air compressor is not pumping, replace the
compressor cylinder head. Refer to Procedure 012-003.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Compressor
Air Compressor (012-014)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
protective clothing, to prevent personal injury when
using a steam cleaner or high-pressure water.
WARNING
personal injury.
Drain the engine coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018.
Use steam to clean the air compressor. Dry with
compressed air.
Remove
Remove the coolant lines from the air compressor.
Remove the air connections from the air compressor.
Remove or disconnect the air governor.
Remove the air compressor support bracket and

capscrews.
Remove the four mounting capscrews and the air
compressor.
Discard the gasket.
Air Compressor Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

Inspect the compressor housing for cracks or damage.
Inspect the compressor drive gear for cracks or damage.
Make sure the gasket surfaces of the front gear housing

and the air compressor are clean and not damaged.
Install
Pin the engine crankshaft. Refer to Procedure 001-088.
Rotate the gear on the air compressor until the mark on
the gear is in line with the V-notch on the air compressor
housing, located at the three o'clock position as viewed
from the front.
Loctite™, Part Number 3824040 or equivalent, must be
used on the capscrews which mount the air compressor
to the gear housing. This seals the threads in the housing.
To evenly distribute the sealant as the capscrew is
torqued, a line of sealant should be placed along the
length of the capscrew.
Install the air compressor and the four capscrews onto the
front gear housing.

Tighten capscrews again.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Compressor
Install the air compressor mounting brace and four

capscrews on the block beneath the air compressor. Start
threading all four capscrews.
Torque the capscrews on the cylinder block and air

compressor.
Use two elbows and run the locking nuts all the way up
prior to installation
Start threading the elbows in the cylinder head.
Use a 24 mm open-ended wrench to position the elbows.
Install the U-shaped water inlet tube in the left elbow, start
threading the compression nut.
Install the other end of the water inlet tube into the
grommet in the cylinder block.
Air Compressor Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Insert the water outlet tube into the other elbow and start
threading the compression nut.
Install the other end of the water inlet tube into the
grommet in the cylinder block.
Start threading the capscrews in the two locations

designated by the arrows.
Torque the capscrews.
Tighten the compression nuts and elbow locking nuts.
Install the air discharge line.

Install the air inlet line.
Install the air governor (if removed). Connect the air
governor pressure signal line.
Finishing Steps
008-018.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps Continuously)
Air Governor (Air Compressor Will Not

Pump) (012-017)
Remove
Remove the air governor or air governor signal line from
the air compressor.
Inspect for Reuse

If the air compressor is pumping, the air governor is
malfunctioning and must be replaced. Refer to the
If the compressor does not pump with the governor

removed, the unloader valve is malfunctioning. Replace
the compressor cylinder head. Refer to Procedure
012-003.
Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps

Continuously) (012-018)
Initial Check
Remove the air accessory air lines from the air
compressor governor and install pipe plugs in the air
governor unloader ports.
If the air compressor stops pumping (air pressure stops
rising) at the governed air pressure, there is a leak in an
accessory or an accessory air line. Refer to the equipment
manufacturer's instructions for troubleshooting and
repair.
Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps Continuously) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
If the air compressor does not stop pumping (air pressure

continues to rise) at the governed air pressure, connect a
regulated shop air pressure line to the air compressor
unloader valve port.
NOTE: Be sure the air pressure gauge is accurate, and

the supply lines and fittings are in good condition before
performing any air pressure checks.
Use a master gauge of known accuracy to check the air
pressure gauge.
Apply 690 kPa [100 psi] air pressure to the unloader port.
If the air compressor stops pumping (air pressure stops
rising), the air governor is malfunctioning and must be
repaired or replaced, or the air governor mounting gasket
is leaking. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
If the air compressor continues to pump (air pressure

continues to rise), the unloader valve is malfunctioning
and must be replaced. Refer to Air Compressor Unloader
Valve, Procedure 012-013.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Leaks, Compressed Air System
Remove the pipe plugs from the unloader ports used for
accessory air lines.
Install and tighten the accessory air lines.
Connect the line to the unloader valve.
Operate the engine and check for air leaks.
Air Leaks, Compressed Air System

(012-019)
Initial Check
WARNING
bodily injury.
Open the drain cock on the wet tank to release air from
the system. Close the drain cock after the pressure is
released.

With the air compressor pumping between 550 to 690 kPa
[80 to 100 psi], use a solution of soapy water to check for
air leaks in the following areas:
• Air compressor head gasket
• Air compressor cover gasket
• Hose and fitting leaks.
If air leaks are found, verify that the air compressor head
and cover bolts are torqued properly. Make sure hoses
and fittings are tight. Replace if necessary.
Air Pressure Relief Valve Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Air Pressure Relief Valve (012-024)

Initial Check
Remove the air governor or air governor line from the air
compressor. Remove the air intake line from the air
compressor cylinder head.
CAUTION
Do not hold hand too close to the intake port of the
air compressor. Personal injury can result.
Hold your hand 5 cm [2 in] from the air compressor intake
port. If air is coming out of the intake port, the pressure
relief valve is malfunctioning and the air compressor
cylinder head must be replaced. Refer to Procedure
012-007.
If no air is felt from the intake port, check downstream air

system components for damage or restrictions.
Install the air intake line to the cylinder head. Install the
air governor or air governor line to the air compressor.
Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13 Page 13-a
Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13

Section Contents
Page
Alternator .........................................................................................................................................................13-2
Driven by Cooling Fan Drive Belt..................................................................................................................13-5
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................13-6
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................13-2
Alternator Wiring Test...................................................................................................................................13-2
Alternator Voltage Output Check..................................................................................................................13-2
Alternator Current Output Test......................................................................................................................13-3
Install..............................................................................................................................................................13-6
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................13-5
Alternator Idler Pulley ...................................................................................................................................13-24
Clean............................................................................................................................................................13-24
Install............................................................................................................................................................13-25
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................13-24
Alternator Pulley .............................................................................................................................................13-8
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................13-9
Install..............................................................................................................................................................13-9
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................13-8
Alternator Spacer ..........................................................................................................................................13-22
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 13-24
Install............................................................................................................................................................13-23
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................13-22
Batteries ........................................................................................................................................................ 13-10
Initial Check..................................................................................................................................................13-10
Battery Cables and Connections .................................................................................................................. 13-11
Initial Check..................................................................................................................................................13-11
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Alternator) .........................................................................................................13-20
Clean............................................................................................................................................................13-20
Install............................................................................................................................................................13-21
Automotive Applications............................................................................................................................. 13-21
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................13-20
Bracket, Idler Pulley and Alternator Belt Tensioner ....................................................................................13-25
Clean............................................................................................................................................................13-26
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 13-28
Industrial and Power Generation.................................................................................................................13-28
Install............................................................................................................................................................13-27
Page 13-b Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13

Remove.........................................................................................................................................................13-26
Drive Belt, Alternator ......................................................................................................................................13-7
Adjust.............................................................................................................................................................13-8
Install..............................................................................................................................................................13-7
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................13-7
Service Tools ...................................................................................................................................................13-1
Electrical Equipment.......................................................................................................................................13-1
Starter Magnetic Switch ................................................................................................................................13-12
Current Check...............................................................................................................................................13-12
Starter Solenoid .............................................................................................................................................13-15
Voltage Check...............................................................................................................................................13-15
Starter Switch ................................................................................................................................................13-14
Voltage Check...............................................................................................................................................13-14
Starting Motor ................................................................................................................................................13-17
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 13-19
Install............................................................................................................................................................13-18
All Except 50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing.....................................................................................13-18
50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing.....................................................................................................13-19
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................13-18
All Except 50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing.....................................................................................13-18
50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing.....................................................................................................13-18
Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13 Page 13-1
Service Tools
Electrical Equipment
Repair Location.

Refractometer
The Fleetguard® refractometer is used to check the charge condition
CC-2800 of a conventional battery.
Clamp-On Current Probe

Used to measure AC and DC currents. This unit must be used with
3823574 digital multimeter, Part No. 3377161.
Digital Multimeter
Used to test various electrical circuits.
3377161
Harness and Wire Repair Kit

This kit contains various connectors and tools to repair wiring
3162899 harnesses.
Alternator Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page 13-2 Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13
Alternator (013-001)
Initial Check
Alternator Wiring Test
WARNING
cable last.
WARNING
Acid is extremely dangerous and can damage the
machinery and can also cause serious burns. Always
provide a tank of strong soda water as a neutralizing
agent when servicing batteries. Wear goggles and
protective clothing to avoid serious personal injury.
Systems that are 24 VDC must be connected into a
temporary 12 VDC configuration.
Attach the carbon-pile and clip-on ammeter as shown.
Adjust the load from the carbon-pile tester to the rated
performance of the alternator.
Measure the voltage drop in both the positive and negative
circuits.
Add these together and compare the sum to the table
below.
System Voltage Maximum Voltage Drop

12 0.5
24 1.0
Repair or replace the wiring as required to meet the above

specifications.
Alternator Voltage Output Check

Attach the multimeter to the alternator as shown in the
illustration.
With the batteries in a fully charged condition and all the
accessories off, start the engine and run it at high idle.
Allow time for the voltage to stabilize before taking any
readings.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Alternator
Measure the alternator output voltage.
System Voltage Maximum Output Voltage

Limit
12 15.5
24 31.0
Repair or replace the alternator or regulator if the voltage

limit exceeds the value in the table.
Refer to the manufacturer's specifications for minimum
voltage output.
Alternator Current Output Test

Connect the carbon-pile tester to the batteries in parallel.
If more than one wire is connected to the alternator output
terminal, clamp the ammeter around all wires.
Clamp the induction ammeter around the alternator output
wire.
The alternator must be turning at approximate rated

speed.
Most heavy-duty alternators are rated at 5000 rpm. Check
the manufacturer's specifications for the specific
alternator being tested.
Make sure that all vehicle electrical loads are turned off.
Start the engine and operate at high idle.
Check the speed of the alternator using a digital optical
tachometer. A slipping alternator drive belt can result in a
low output reading. The alternator output is directly related
to the speed it is turning.
Turn on the carbon-pile tester and adjust until the

ammeter reaches its highest reading. Record this value.
Turn off the carbon-pile tester and shut off the engine.
If reading on the ammeter is zero (no output), magnetize
the rotor with the alternator hooked up normally.
Momentarily connect a jumper lead from the battery
positive (+) to the alternator relay (R) or indicator (I)
terminal.
This procedure applies to both negative (-) and positive
(+) ground systems, and will restore the normal residual
magnetism.
Repeat the test. If the output is still zero, replace the
alternator.
If the alternator output is not within 10 percent of the rated
output (stamped on the alternator case), replace the
alternator.
Preparatory Steps
Driven by Cooling Fan Drive Belt
WARNING
cable last.
• Remove the battery cables.
• Remove the electrical connection from alternator.
Procedure 008-002.
WARNING
cable last.
• Disconnect the battery cables.
• Disconnect the electrical connections from the
alternator.
013-005.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Alternator
Remove
Remove the four alternator mounting capscrews.
Remove the alternator from the alternator spacers.

Loosen the alternator support link capscrews.
Remove the support link capscrew from the alternator.
Remove alternator to alternator support capscrews, nut,

washer, and alternator.

Inspect the alternator pulley for cracks or broken grooves.
Replace if pulley is damaged.
Install
Install the alternator and the four mounting capscrews.
No alignment is required for the alternator to the alternator
bracket.

Install the alternator, capscrew, washer, and nut to the
alternator mounting bracket. Tighten the nut.
Install the adjusting link and mounting capscrews. Tighten
the capscrews.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
cable last.
008-002.
• Install the electrical connection to alternator.
• Install the battery cables.
WARNING
cable last.
013-005.
• Install the electrical connections to the alternator.
• Connect the battery cables.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Drive Belt, Alternator
Drive Belt, Alternator (013-005)

Remove
Using a 1/2-inch drive ratchet and extension, force the belt
tensioner away from belt and remove the belt.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the belt for cracks, glazing, tears, or cuts. Replace
the belt if damage is found.
Install
Using a 1/2-inch drive ratchet and extension, force the belt
tensioner down, install belt, and release tensioner.
Check belt for proper fit into pulley grooves.
Alternator Pulley Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Adjust
Belt drive systems equipped with an automatic belt
tensioner can not be adjusted. A belt tension gauge will
not give an accurate measure of the belt tension. The
automatic belt tensioner is designed to maintain proper
belt tension over the life of the belt. Only inspection of the
tensioner is required.
The belt tensioner is designed to operate within the limit
of arm movement provided by the cast stops when the belt
length and geometry are correct.
If the tensioner is hitting either of the limits during
operation, check the mounting brackets and the belt
length. Loose brackets, bracket failure, alternator
movement, incorrect belt length, or belt failure can cause
the tensioner to hit the limits.
Alternator Pulley (013-006)

Remove
Remove the alternator belt. Refer to Procedure 013-005.
Remove the alternator pulley. Use a strap wrench to hold

the alternator pulley.
Use a ratchet or impact wrench to loosen the nut securing
the pulley to the shaft.
Remove the nut and pulley.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Alternator Pulley
Clean
WARNING
Clean the pulley with solvent.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the pulley for cracks and damaged grooves or
keyways. Replace the pulley if damage is found.
Install
Install key into shaft keyway (if equipped).
Install the alternator pulley with the shoulder of the pulley
towards the alternator.
Lubricate the threads with engine oil and install the nut.
Torque locking nut, hold the shaft with an allen wrench, if
necessary.
Install alternator belt. Refer to Procedure 013-005.

Batteries Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Batteries (013-007)
Initial Check
If conventional batteries (not maintenance-free batteries)
are used, check the electrolyte level in each cell. If it is
low, add distilled water to bring the level up to the top of
all plates. Refer to the battery manufacturer's
specifications.
NOTE: If water is added to the battery, the battery must
be charged before any testing can be accomplished.
With conventional batteries, check the electrolyte specific
gravity with a hydrometer. To check the specific gravity,
the battery temperature will be 26.67°C [80°F]. All cells
will not be less than 1.230. The difference between high
and low readings will not exceed 0.050. If the readings
indicate a difference of more than 0.050, replace the
battery. If the readings indicate less than 0.050 difference
but one or more cells indicate less than 1.230, recharge
the battery.
Battery Specific Gravity at 26.67°C [80°F]

Specific Gravity State of Charge
1.260 to 1.280 100 percent
1.230 to 1.250 75 percent
1.200 to 1.220 50 percent
1.170 to 1.190 25 percent
1.100 to 1.130 Discharged
Check the “eye” on the maintenance-free battery. Refer to

the manufacturer's specifications.
NOTE: For conventional batteries, remove the vent caps

prior to removing surface charge. If a blue haze is
observed in any cell while removing the surface charge,
replace the battery. After the surface charge has been
removed, install all vent caps.
Remove the surface charge by attaching the battery to a
300-amp load for 15 seconds for heavy-duty batteries.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Battery Cables and Connections
Remove the load and wait 1 minute; if the battery voltage

is greater than or equal to 12.4 VDC, continue testing. If
the voltage is below 12.4 VDC, recharge or replace the
battery.
Load-test the batteries at 1/2 of the cold cranking amp

rating of the battery (rating at -18°C [0°F]) for 15 seconds.
Check the battery voltage and compare to the table below:
Temperature and Voltage Relationship

Temp (F) 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Temp (C) 21 16 10 4 -1 -7 -12 -18
Minimum 9.6 9.5 9.4 9.3 9.1 8.9 8.7 8.5
Voltage (VDC)
Turn the load off.

Replace the battery if it does not meet the above
specifications.
Battery Cables and Connections

(013-009)
Initial Check
There are two possible heavy-duty battery connections:
• Battery terminal and clamp (1)
• Threaded battery terminal and nut (2).
Starter Magnetic Switch Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
Batteries can emit explosive gases. To avoid personal
injury, always ventilate the compartment before
servicing the batteries. To avoid arcing, remove the
negative (-) battery cable first and attach the negative
(-) battery cable last.
Remove and inspect the battery cables and connections
for cracks or corrosion.
Replace broken terminals, connectors, or cables.
If the connections are corroded, use a battery brush or

wire brush to clean the connections until shiny.
Make sure all debris is removed from the connecting
surfaces.
WARNING
Install the cables and tighten the battery connections.
Coat the terminals with grease to prevent corrosion.
Starter Magnetic Switch (013-017)

Current Check
WARNING
Make sure the starter switch is in the OFF position to
prevent electrical shock.
Remove the cable connecting the magnetic switch to the
starter solenoid from the magnetic switch terminal.
Connect the leads of the digital multimeter, Part Number
3377161, to the two large switch terminals.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Starter Magnetic Switch
Set the multimeter to measure resistance (ohms).

With the starter switch off, the multimeter must indicate
resistance at infinity (open circuit).
Turn the starter switch to the START position.
The multimeter must indicate zero resistance (closed
circuit).
If the multimeter indicates resistance at infinity with the

starter switch in the START position:
• Turn the starter switch off.
• Remove the ground wire connected to one of the
small magnetic switch terminals.
• Set the multimeter scale to indicate volts, 24 VDC or

more.
• Connect the positive lead of the multimeter to the
magnetic switch ground terminal and the other lead
to the ground wire.
• Turn the starter switch to the START position.
• The multimeter must indicate vehicle electrical
system voltage.
• If the multimeter does not indicate voltage, refer to

Procedure 013-018.
Starter Switch Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
• Turn the starter switch to the OFF position.

• Remove the multimeter leads.
• Connect the starter solenoid cable to the magnetic
switch terminal and the ground wire to its
corresponding terminal on the magnetic switch.
Starter Switch (013-018)

Voltage Check
WARNING
Make sure the starter switch is in the OFF position to
prevent electrical shock.
Remove the wire connecting the starter switch to the
magnetic switch from the starter switch terminal.
Connect the positive lead of digital multimeter, Part
Number 3377161, to the starter switch terminal and the
negative lead to the chassis or an engine ground location.
• Set the multimeter to indicate DC volts.

With the starter switch in the OFF position, there must
not be a voltage reading. If the meter indicates voltage,
the starter switch is malfunctioning and must be replaced.
Turn the starter switch to the START position.

The multimeter must indicate voltage in order for this
check to be normal.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Starter Solenoid
If there is not voltage:

• Turn the starter switch to the OFF position.
• Check the cable from the positive (+) voltage
terminal of the starter solenoid to the starter switch
for breaks.
• Check for loose or corroded connections.
If the cable is good and the connections are clean and

tight, the starter switch is malfunctioning and must be
replaced.
Starter Solenoid (013-019)

Voltage Check
Use digital multimeter, Part No. 3377161, with the switch
set to indicate DC volts.
Connect the multimeter positive (+) lead to the starter
solenoid positive (+) cable terminal and the negative (• )
lead to a chassis or engine ground location.
The multimeter must show voltage with the starter switch
off to be normal.
If the multimeter does not indicate voltage, check the

cable connecting the starter solenoid and battery for
breaks. Also, check for loose or corroded connections.
Starter Solenoid Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
If the multimeter indicates voltage but the starter will not

operate, check the wire connecting the starter solenoid to
the starter switch for breaks, and also check for loose or
corroded connections.
If the wire connecting the starter solenoid and starter

switch is not loose or damaged and the starter will not
operate:
• Remove the cable connecting the starter and starter
solenoid from the solenoid terminal.
• Connect the multimeter positive (+) lead to the
solenoid positive (+) terminal and the negative (• )
lead to the chassis or an engine ground location.
• Turn the starter switch to the START position.

• If the multimeter indicates voltage, the starter
solenoid is malfunctioning and must be replaced.
If the multimeter does not indicate voltage, check the wire

connecting the starter solenoid to the magnetic switch for
breaks and loose or corroded connections.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Starting Motor
If the wire connecting the starter solenoid to the magnetic

switch is not loose or damaged and the starter will not
operate:
• Check the cable connecting the starter solenoid to
the starting motor for breaks and loose or corroded
connections.
• Check the cable connecting the starting motor to the

battery for breaks and loose or corroded
connections.
If the cables are not loose or damaged, the starting motor

is defective and must be replaced.
Starting Motor (013-020)

Preparatory Steps
All Applications
WARNING
cable last.
• Remove the electrical connections from the
batteries.
• Remove the electrical connections from the starting
motor.
Starting Motor Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove
All Except 50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing
Remove the three capscrews, starting motor, and starting
motor spacer (if used).
50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing

Remove the three mounting capscrews, starting motor,
and starting motor spacer (if used), as well as the
necessary starting motor brackets.
Install
All Except 50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing
CAUTION
Make sure to use the same thickness of starting motor
spacer (if used) as the one removed to install the
starting motor to reduce the possibility of engine or
starting motor damage.
Install the starting motor, spacer (if applicable) and the
three mounting capscrews.
Torque Value:
5/8-11 x 1.75 in 140 N•m [ 103 ft-lb ]
capscrew
5/8-11 x 2.00 in 201 N•m [ 148 ft-lb ]
capscrew
39 MT Starters 129 N•m [ 95 ft-lb ]
(Aluminum
Flywheel
Housing)
39 MT Starters 163 N•m [ 120 ft-lb ]
(Cast Iron
Flywheel
Housing)
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Starting Motor
50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing
CAUTION
Make sure to use the same thickness of starting motor
spacer (if used) as the one removed to install the
starting motor to reduce the possibility of engine or
starting motor damage.
Install the starting motor, spacer (if applicable), and the
three mounting capscrews.
Torque Value:
5/8-11 x 1.75 in 140 N•m [ 103 ft-lb ]
capscrew
5/8-11 x 2.00 in 201 N•m [ 148 ft-lb ]
capscrew
Assemble the upper bracket (1) to the block mounting stud

and to the starter motor end bracket. Tighten capscrews
and nuts finger tight.
Assemble the lower bracket (2) to the oil pan rail mounting
stud and to the starter motor end bracket.
Tighten the capscrews and nuts finger tight.
Tighten all capscrews and nuts.
Tighten all capscrews and nuts in the following sequence:

Torque Value:
(1) 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
(2) and (3) 23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
(4) and (5) 41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Finishing Steps
All Applications
WARNING
cable last.
• Install the electrical connections to the starting
motor.
• Install the electrical connections to the batteries.
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Alternator) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Alternator)

(013-021)
Remove
NOTE: The belt tensioner is spring-loaded and must be
pivoted away from the drive belt. Pivoting in the wrong
direction can result in damage to the belt tensioner.
All accessory belt routings are not depicted. Tensioner
and tensioner bracket locations are representative.
Remove the capscrew and belt tensioner from the bracket.
Clean
WARNING
cleaned.
Inspect for Reuse

With the engine turned off and the alternator belt installed,
verify that neither the top nor bottom tensioner arm stop
is touching the cast boss on the tensioner body. If either
of the stops is touching a boss, the alternator belt must
be replaced. Check to make sure the correct belt part
number is being used if either condition exists.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Alternator)
Check the tensioner pulley and body for cracks. If any

cracks are noticed, the tensioner must be replaced.
cleaned.
Check that the bottom tensioner arm stop is in contact with

the bottom tensioner arm stop boss on the tensioner body.
If these two are not contacting, the tensioner must be
replaced.
Inspect the tensioner for evidence of the pivoting

tensioner arm contacting the stationary circular base. If
there is evidence of these two areas contacting, the pivot
tube bushing has failed and the tensioner must be
replaced.
Install
Install the tensioner and capscrew.
Alternator Spacer Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Using a 1/2-inch square drive, lift and hold the tensioner.

Install the drive belt and release the tensioner.
Alternator Spacer (013-036)

Preparatory Steps
Remove the following:
• Cooling fan drive belt. Refer to Procedure 008-002.
• Alternator. Refer to Procedure 013-001.
Remove
Remove the two alternator spacer mounting capscrews.
Remove the alternator spacers.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Alternator Spacer
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the alternator spacers with solvents.
Inspect the alternator spacers for cracks. Replace the

spacers if cracks are found.
have any damage. Replace the alternators spacers if the
roll pins are loose or damaged.
Install
NOTE: No special alignment process is required for
alternator spacers to the alternator/refrigerant
Install the alternator spacers with roll pins and two
capscrews.
Alternator Idler Pulley Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Finishing Steps
Install the following:
• Alternator. Refer to Procedure 013-001.
• Cooling fan drive belt. Refer to Procedure 008-002.
Alternator Idler Pulley (013-039)

Remove
Remove the mounting capscrew and idler pulley.
Clean
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the pulley with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Bracket, Idler Pulley and Alternator Belt Tensioner
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the idler pulley for belt groove damage. The pulley
should rotate freely.
Replace the pulley if damage is found.
Install
Install the idler pulley and mounting capscrew.
Install the alternator belt. Refer to Procedure 013-005.
Bracket, Idler Pulley and Alternator

Belt Tensioner (013-040)
Preparatory Steps
Remove the alternator belt tensioner. Procedure 013-021.
Remove the alternator belt idler pulley. Refer to Procedure
013-039.
Bracket, Idler Pulley and Alternator Belt Tensioner Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]

Remove the alternator belt tensioner. Refer to Procedure
013-021.
Remove the alternator belt idler pulley. Refer to Procedure
013-039.
Remove
Remove the tensioner and idler mounting bracket.

Remove the tensioner and idler mounting bracket.
Remove the spacer.
Clean
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the parts with solvent.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Bracket, Idler Pulley and Alternator Belt Tensioner
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the bracket and spacer for cracks. Replace if
damaged.
Install
Install the mounting bracket.
Install the alternator belt pulley. Refer to Procedure

013-039.
Install the alternator belt tensioner. Refer to Procedure
013-021.

Install the spacer.
Install the mounting bracket.
Bracket, Idler Pulley and Alternator Belt Tensioner Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Install the alternator belt idler pulley. Refer to Procedure

013-039.
013-021.
Finishing Steps
Install the alternator belt pulley. Refer to Procedure
013-039.
013-021.

Install the alternator belt idler pulley. Refer to Procedure
013-039.
013-021.
Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Page 14-a
Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14

Section Contents
Page
Aftertreatment Testing ..................................................................................................................................14-29
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 14-34
Setup............................................................................................................................................................14-32
Test...............................................................................................................................................................14-32
Dynamometer Worksheet ................................................................................................................................14-4
Worksheet.......................................................................................................................................................14-4
With EGR.....................................................................................................................................................14-4
Without EGR................................................................................................................................................14-5
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) ........................................................................................................14-12
Instructions................................................................................................................................................... 14-12
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) ..........................................................................................................14-25
Run-In Instructions........................................................................................................................................14-25
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer) ........................................................................................................14-16
Run-In Instructions........................................................................................................................................14-16
On-Highway Applications............................................................................................................................14-16
Off-Highway Applications............................................................................................................................14-16
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) ........................................................................................................14-6
Setup..............................................................................................................................................................14-6
Test................................................................................................................................................................14-9
Engine Speed (rpm)......................................................................................................................................14-9
Fuel Rate.....................................................................................................................................................14-9
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Control - Chassis Dynamometer test........................................................ 14-10
Engine Blowby........................................................................................................................................... 14-10
Engine Coolant Pressure............................................................................................................................14-11
Engine Coolant Temperature......................................................................................................................14-11
Engine Fuel Temperature...........................................................................................................................14-12
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) ........................................................................................................14-17
Setup............................................................................................................................................................14-17
Coolant Plumbing.......................................................................................................................................14-17
Air Compressor.......................................................................................................................................... 14-19
Starting Motor............................................................................................................................................ 14-20
Engine Throttle Control...............................................................................................................................14-20
Test...............................................................................................................................................................14-22
Engine Speed (rpm)....................................................................................................................................14-22
Fuel Rate................................................................................................................................................... 14-23
Engine Blowby........................................................................................................................................... 14-24
Engine Coolant Pressure............................................................................................................................14-24
Engine Coolant Temperature......................................................................................................................14-24
Engine Fuel Temperature...........................................................................................................................14-25
Engine Testing (In Chassis) ..........................................................................................................................14-28
Setup............................................................................................................................................................14-28
Engine Testing (Portable Dynamometer or Load Bank) ...............................................................................14-29
Service Tools ...................................................................................................................................................14-1
Engine Testing................................................................................................................................................14-1
Page 14-b Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14

Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Page 14-1
Service Tools
Engine Testing
Repair Location.

Manometer
Use for measuring blowby and intake air restriction
ST-1111-3
Engine Lifting Fixture

Use to lift the engine.
3162871
Datalink Adapter Kit — Inline II

Inline adapter and associated cables are used to connect a computer
3163682 to an engine datalink.
Engine Controller
Use to test engine separate from the chassis system.
3163890
Harness Extension
Extends engine controller harness, Part Number 3164242, 20 ft.
3163895
Benchtop Calibration Cable

Use with parent cable, Part Number 3163151, power adapter, Part
3164185 Number 3824102, and the Inline II adapter, Part Number 3163095.
Page 14-2 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14

ISX/ISM Engine Controller Harness (10ft)
Use to connect the engine controller, Part Number 3163890, to a
3164242 CM870 ECM.
Fuel Measuring Device

Use to measure the rate of fuel consumption of a Cummins diesel
3376375 engine.
Digital Multimeter
Use to measure pressures, vacuums, and temperatures.
3377161
Blow-by Tool (0.354 orifice)

Used with manometer, Part Number ST-1111-3, to check engine
3822567 crankcase blow-by.
Pressure Gauge (0 to 60 psi)

Use to measure coolant pressure.
3822995
Dyno-Room Charge Air Cooler

Use to cool intake air when an air to air engine is used on an engine
3823978 dyno.
Thermocouple Module
This module converts the digital multimeter into a thermometer via
3824963 standard banana plugs.
Temperature Immersion Probe
3824965

INSITE™ Software Kit
This kit contains INSITE™ software for use with Cummins engines.
3886388 The kits are used to troubleshoot, program, and adjust electronic
features.
Dynamometer Worksheet Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Dynamometer Worksheet (014-001)

Worksheet
With EGR
Date: Repair Order No.: Operator:

ESN: CPL: ECM Code:
Complaint:

ESN: CPL: ECM Code:
Complaint:
Parameter Code Specifications Actual Reading

Intake Air Restriction (in H20)1, 2
Exhaust Restriction (in Hg)1, 2
Fuel Inlet Restriction (in Hg)1, 2
Fuel Drain Line Restriction (in Hg)1, 2
Engine Blowby (in H20)2
1. Record at advertised horsepower rpm and full load

2. Refer to Specifications - Engine Testing
5. Be sure that the fuel rate is corrected for temperature, see table below.
Engine Set up for Dyno with INSITE™ Electronic Service Tool? (Circle one) Yes / No
Oil Level (Circle one) Low / High / OK Fuel Quality (Circle one) OK / Not OK
Road Speed Limit
Engine Speed
Horsepower or Torque
EGR Valve Position
Turbocharger Control Valve Command
Fuel Rate (lb/hr)3
Rail Fuel Pressure (psi)
Fuel Temperature
Intake Manifold Air Temperature
Intake Manifold Pressure (in Hg)
Coolant Temperature
Coolant Pressure (psi)
Engine Oil Pressure (psi)
Fuel Temperature Correction for Flow Rate

Less than 7°C [45°F] Flow meter is not accurate
7 to 13°C [45 to 55° F] Subtract 2% from flow rate reading
13 to 20°C [55 to 68°F] Subtract 1% from flow rate reading
20 to 29°C [68 to 85°F] No Correction
29 to 42°C [85 to 108°F] Add 1% to flow rate reading
56°C [132°F] above Flowmeter not accurate
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Dynamometer Worksheet
Pressure Conversions
1 in H20 = 0.074 in Hg = 0.036 psi
1 in Hg = 13.600 in H20 = 0.491 psi
1 psi = 2.036 in Hg = 27.680 in H20
NOTE: This Page Can Be Copied for Your Convenience.

Without EGR

ESN: CPL: ECM Code:
Complaint:
Parameter Code Specifications Actual Reading

Intake Air Restriction (in H2O)1, 2
Exhaust Restriction (in Hg)1, 2
Fuel Inlet Restriction (in Hg)1, 2
Fuel Drain Line Restriction (in Hg)1, 2
Engine Blowby (in H2O)2
1. Record at advertised horsepower rpm and full load

2. Refer to Specifications - Engine Testing
5. Be sure that the fuel rate is corrected for temperature, see table below.
Engine Set Up for Dyno with INSITE™? (Circle one) Yes / No

Oil Level (Circle one) Low / High / OK Fuel Quality (Circle One) Ok / Not Ok
Road Speed Limit
Engine Speed
Horsepower or Torque
Fuel Rate (lb/hr)3
Fuel Temperature
Intake Manifold Air Temperature
Intake Manifold Pressure (in Hg)
Coolant Temperature
Coolant Pressure (psi)
Engine Oil Pressure (psi)
Fuel Temperature Correction for Flow Rate

Less than 7°C [45°F] Flow meter is not accurate
20 to 29°C [68 to 85°F] No correction
56°C [132°F] above Flowmeter not accurate
Pressure Conversions
1 in H2O = 0.074 in Hg = 0.036 psi
1 in Hg = 13.600 in H2O = 0.491 psi
1 psi = 2.036 in Hg = 27.680 in H2O
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
NOTE: This Page Can Be Copied for Your Convenience.
Engine Testing (Chassis

Dynamometer) (014-002)
Setup
The performance of an engine installed in “on-highway”
vehicles can be tested on a chassis dynamometer.
NOTE: Due to driveline inefficiencies and engine-driven
accessories, the rated horsepower will be reduced by
approximately:
• 20 percent for single-axle vehicles
• 25 percent for tandem-axle vehicles.
The net horsepower available is called wheel horsepower.
NOTE: These percentages are used for engine run-in
only and are not to be used as absolute figures.
WARNING
Before installing or operating a vehicle on a chassis
dynamometer, follow all the vehicle manufacturer's
safety precautions.
CAUTION
Low-profile radial tires are more sensitive to heat than
bias ply tires. Excessive operating time at full load can
damage tires due to overheating. Check the tire
manufacturers's recommendations for the maximum
allowable chassis dynamometer operating time.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer)
The following are general safety precautions to be

observed while operating the chassis dynamometer.
• Use tires that have more than 160 km [100 mi] on
them. Do not use new tires.
• Do not use recapped tires or tires of different sizes
or designs.
• Make sure the tires are inflated to the manufacturer's

specifications.
• Remove all rocks or other material from the tread of
all tires that will be rotating on the dynamometer
rollers.
• Make sure there is correct overhead clearance for

exhaust stacks, air deflectors, or other attachments
above the cab.
CAUTION
The “tie-down” chains must have slack to prevent
damage to the chassis dynamometer.
• Carefully position the vehicle on the rollers.
• Attach the “tie-down” chains to the rear of the
vehicle, and put wheel chocks in front of the front
wheels.
• Adjust the vehicle and dynamometer room exhaust

system to make sure all exhaust gases are removed
from the room.
• Reference the chassis dynamometer and vehicle
manufacturer's recommendations and
specifications for testing procedures.
Check the engine coolant level to be sure it is filled to the

proper level.
WARNING
Check the coolant level only when the engine is
stopped. Wait until the coolant temperature is below
50°C [120°F] before removing the pressure cap.
Failure to do so can cause personal injury from heated
coolant spray.
CAUTION
Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. This can
cause engine casting damage. Allow the engine to
cool to below 50°C [120°F] before adding coolant.
Check the engine lubricating oil level to be sure it is filled

to the proper level.
NOTE: Use a known source of good quality Number 2

diesel fuel. Number 1 diesel fuels, along with most other
alternate fuels, are lighter (lower specific gravity, higher
API gravity) than Number 2 diesel fuel. The lighter the fuel,
the lower the energy content (BTU) per gallon (liter).
Test
To monitor engine performance correctly, record the
following parameters. To limit dynamometer operating
time, instrument the engine or use INSITE™ to make as
many checks as possible.
• Engine speed (rpm)
• Fuel rate
• Intake manifold air temperature
• Engine blowby
• Engine coolant pressure
• Engine coolant temperature
• Rail fuel pressure. Refer to Procedure 005-016.
• Engine fuel temperature (if needed to correct fuel
rate).
• Fuel inlet restriction. Refer to Procedure 006-020.
• Fuel drain line restriction. Refer to Procedure
006-012.
• Intake manifold pressure. Refer to Procedure
010-024.
• Intake air restriction. Refer to Procedure 010-027.
• Exhaust restriction. Refer to Procedure 011-009.
• Engine oil pressure. Refer to Procedure 007-021.
Engine Speed (rpm)

Use INSITE™ to monitor engine speed.
Observe and record the engine speed.
Fuel Rate
Reference the Fuel Flow Measurement on Engine or
Chassis Dynamometer in this section.
NOTE: Adjust the fuel rate reading to compensate for
temperature variation if required.
Fuel Inlet Temperature

°C °F
7.2 MIN 45
55.5 MAX 132
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Control - Chassis

Dynamometer test
When operating an engine on a chassis dynamometer,
lock the cooling fan in the ON position for best results.
If the unit does not have a manual fan switch, use
INSITE™/Set Up for Dynamometer feature to lock the fan
in the ON position. Refer to Engine Testing (In Chassis) in
Procedure 014-008 for more information on this feature.
Use INSITE™ to monitor the intake manifold air

temperature.
Observe and record the intake manifold air temperature.
The intake manifold air temperature must not exceed the
maximum allowable temperature. Reference the
Specifications - Engine Testing page in this section for the
maximum allowable intake manifold air temperature. The
engine protection system will disrupt performance if the
temperature exceeds this level. Maintain the intake
manifold air temperature below the maximum allowable
temperature during chassis dynamometer operation.
If the intake manifold air temperature exceeds the

maximum allowable temperature during the test, unload
the dynamometer and allow the engine to cool.
Shut the engine off and inspect the charge air cooler fins
for obstructions to the airflow.
Check the fan drive. Make sure the fan is locked in the ON
position.
Remove any obstructions such as a winterfront or debris.
Manually lock the shutters in the OPEN position, if
equipped.
Inspect the dynamometer room for adequate supply of
suitably cool or outside air. Make sure that dynamometer
room air recirculation is not an issue.
Engine Blowby
Use blowby checking tool, Part Number 3822567, and
water manometer, Part Number ST-1111-3, to measure
the engine crankcase pressure.
Install the blowby checking tool to the end of the blowby

tube. Install the water manometer to the blowby checking
tool. Operate the engine at advertised horsepower rpm at
full load. Observe and record the blowby.
Engine blowby must not exceed the maximum allowable
specifications. Reference the Specifications - Engine
Testing page in this section for the maximum allowable
engine blowby.
Engine Coolant Pressure

Use pressure gauge, Part Number 3822995, to measure
engine coolant pressure.
Observe and record engine coolant pressure.
Reference the Specifications - Engine Testing page in this
section for the maximum allowable coolant temperature.
Engine Coolant Temperature

Use INSITE™ to monitor engine coolant temperature.
Observe and record the engine coolant temperature.
Reference the Specifications - Engine Testing page in this
If the coolant temperature exceeds the maximum

allowable coolant temperature, unload the dynamometer
and allow the engine to cool.
Shut the engine off and inspect the radiator fins for
obstructions to the airflow.
position.
Remove any obstructions such as a winterfront or debris.
equipped.
Inspect the dynamometer room for adequate supply of
suitable cool or outside air. Make sure that dynamometer
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Engine Fuel Temperature

Use immersion probe, Part Number 3824965, with a
digital multimeter, Part Number 3377161, and a
thermocouple module, Part Number 3824963, to monitor
fuel temperature.
Observe and record the engine fuel temperature.
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer)

(014-003)
Instructions
Refer to Chassis Dynamometer - Operation, Procedure
014-002, for general operating procedures and safety
precautions.
Operate the vehicle in a gear that produces a road speed
of 90 to 100 Km/h [55 to 60 mph] at advertised horsepower
rpm.
Use the Dynamometer Worksheet in Procedure 014-001,

to record all of the engine performance parameters.
Cummins Inc. recommends monitoring block coolant
pressure during run-in to aid in early indication of a cooling
system problem.
NOTE: INSITE™ must be used to confirm that the ECM

code on the ECM is the same as the one installed in the
ECM. There is an associated fuel pump code with all ECM
codes.
Use INSITE™ to obtain the ECM code and the fuel pump
code from the ECM dataplate.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer)
During the test, if a sudden increase in blowby occurs or

if blowby exceeds the maximum allowable limit during any
run-in, return to the previous step of the test and continue
the run-in. If blowby does not reach an acceptable level
during the next step, discontinue the run-in and determine
the cause.
Do not proceed to the next step until a steady, acceptable
blowby reading is obtained.
NOTE: Blowby must be measured with the blowby
checking tool, Part Number 3822576, and water
manometer, Part Number ST-1111-3.
Do not idle the engine for more than five minutes at any
one time during the first 160 Km [100 mi] of operation.
Adjust the engine speed to 1200 rpm. Apply a test load

sufficient to develop 25 percent of advertised horsepower
of the engine.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level until the
coolant temperature reaches 70°C [160°F].
Check for leaks. Repair all leaks.
Check all gauges and record the data.
Do not proceed to the next step until the blowby becomes
stable and within specifications.
Open the throttle to obtain the engine speed at which

advertised horsepower is developed, and adjust the
dynamometer load to achieve 75 percent of advertised
horsepower on the engine.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level for 3
minutes.
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Maintain the engine speed at which advertised

horsepower is developed. Move the throttle lever to its fully
opened position, and increase the dynamometer load until
100 percent advertised horsepower of the engine is
developed.
minutes.
Increase the dynamometer load until the engine speed

reduces to the engine's peak torque rpm.
minutes.
Reduce the dynamometer load until the engine speed

increases to the engine speed at which advertised
horsepower is developed.
minutes.
Remove the dynamometer load completely and reduce

the engine rpm to idle.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer)
CAUTION
Do not shut off the engine immediately after the run-
in is completed. Allow the engine to cool by operating
it at 700 to 900 rpm for a minimum of 3 to 5 minutes
to avoid internal damage. This allows the
turbocharger and other components to cool.
Make sure all instrumentation is removed before removing

the vehicle from the dynamometer.
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer)

(014-004)
Run-In Instructions
On-Highway Applications
WARNING
Refer to Engine Testing - General Information and
Specifications - Engine Testing at the front of this
section before operating the engine to avoid internal
component damage.
Operate the vehicle pulling the heaviest available trailer
allowed for the first 80 to 160 Km [50 to 100 mi] after
rebuild. Operate the vehicle in the highest gear possible
within the normal operating rpm range of the engine. It will
be necessary to operate the engine at or near full throttle
at 75 to 85 percent of maximum horsepower rpm indicated
on the dataplate.
Do not idle the engine for more than 5 minutes at any one
time during the first 160 Km [100 mi] of operation.
Off-Highway Applications
WARNING
Refer to Engine Testing - General Information and
Specifications - Engine Testing at the front of this
section before operating the engine to avoid internal
component damage.
Operate the engine under the highest load possible at full
throttle within the normal operating rpm range of the
engine for the first 3 hours of operation after rebuild.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer)
Do not idle the engine for more than 5 minutes at any one
time during the first 3 hours of operation after a rebuild.
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer)

(014-005)
Setup
NOTE: Make sure the dynamometer capacity is sufficient
to permit testing at 100 percent of the engine's rated
horsepower. If the capacity is not enough, the testing
procedure must be modified to the restrictions of the
dynamometer.
Use engine lifting fixture, Part Number 3162871, to install
the engine test stand. Align and connect the
dynamometer. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions for
aligning and testing the engine.
Coolant Plumbing
Connect the coolant supply to the water inlet connection.
Connect the coolant return to the water outlet connection.
Install the drain plugs and close all of the water drain
cocks.

Dynamometer test
The use of a remote aftercooler is mandatory whenever a
Cummins charge air cooled engine is attached to an
engine dynamometer for the purpose of engine run-in,
performance testing, and/or engine diagnostics. Do not
attempt to run a Cummins charge air cooled engine
without a means of controlling the intake manifold air
temperature. Dynamometer-room charge air cooler, Part
Number 3823978, utilizes twin Big Cam III aftercooler
assemblies arranged for parallel air and water flow to cool
the intake air to acceptable levels.
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
The parallel airflow circuit heat exchangers provide

optimum performance by delivering air to the mixer at
temperatures no higher than 66°C [151°F] and with less
than the maximum allowable intake air pressure drop. The
remote aftercooler removes energy from the intake air
compressed and heated by the turbocharger to
temperatures as high as 210°C [410°F] and then cooled
to temperatures of 66°C [151°F] using city water at 16°C
[61°F].
1. Water in
2. Aftercooler number 1 (2 pass)
3. Aftercooler number 2 (2 pass)
4. Water out
5. Condensate
6. From turbocharger
7. To intake manifold
8. Thermocouple (fluke).
Water from a city tap line flows to the aftercooler via a 25.4
mm [1-inch] inner diameter neoprene hose. Testing has
shown that 45.4 liter [12 gal] per minute city water flow is
required (22.7 liter [6 gal] per minute per aftercooler core)
to adequately cool the intake air for the 435 through 500
horsepower-rated engine. A typical garden hose is not
suitable for this flow due to the excessive restriction. A
low-restriction ball-type or gate valve is suitable for the
operation, provided that the required flow rates are
achieved.
Water returns to the drain or reservoir from the
aftercoolers via a 25.4 mm [1-inch] inner diameter hose.
A low-restriction gate valve or ball valve must be placed
on the drain line(s) to regulate water flow through the
aftercoolers. This provides the ability to maintain optimum
intake air temperature during the test or run-in procedure.
The condensate that will develop as the intake air is
cooled in the remote aftercooler is allowed to drain at all
times through a hole at the bottom of the tubular steel
manifold between the aftercoolers. This fitting must
remain unobstructed throughout each use of the
aftercoolers.
NOTE: Some airflow will escape through the condensate
drain opening, but it is insignificant compared to the total
airflow.
1. Air in from turbocharger compressor outlet
2. Lifting eye
3. Air out to engine intake manifold
4. Water in to aftercooler
5. Water out to drain
6. Condensate drain.
The airflow piping requires a 101.6 mm [4 in] inner

diameter aluminum steel piping. The flow circuit must
have as few bends as possible, maximizing the length of
straight sections. However, when bends are required, use
long elbows. Do not use square elbows or anything that
changes the airflow direction quickly. To reduce intake air
restriction, airflow direction changes must occur
gradually.
Air Compressor
NOTE: All air compressors manufactured by Cummins
Inc. must operate during the engine run-in. During the
performance check, all air compressors must be in the
unloaded or non-operating mode.
Connect a source of compressed air capable of producing
665 kPa [96 psi] to the air compressor unloader (1). This
air line must contain a valve between the air source and
the unloader.
NOTE: The compressed air load in the accompanying
illustration must be attached to the air compressor outlet
(2).
Using an air tank (2), install an air regulator (3) capable of

maintaining 345 to 517 kPa [50 to 75 psi] of air pressure
at both minimum and maximum engine rpm.
Install a steel tube or high temperature hose (1).
Hose Temperature
°C °F
235 MIN 500
Connect the tube or hose (1) to the air compressor outlet.
Starting Motor
Inspect the voltage rating on the starting motor before
installing the electrical wiring.
WARNING
cable last.
Install the electrical wiring to the starting motor and
batteries, if used.
If another method of starting the engine is used, follow the
manufacturer's instructions to make the necessary
connections.
Engine Throttle Control

Engines operating on an engine dynamometer require the
engine harness be installed and connected to the engine.
Additionally, the engine controller harness, Part Number
3164242, and engine controller, Part Number 3163890,
must be used to properly control the engine during the
dynamometer run.
Connect the engine controller harness Deutsch connector
to the ECM, OEM port.
Return parameters to their original value when the test or

run-in is complete.
Connect battery power to the starter.
WARNING
cable last.
Connect the dynamometer test OEM wiring harness
starter solenoid lead (yellow) to the starter solenoid.
Connect the ground lead (black) to the starter or battery
negative (-) or ground side. Connect the +12 VDC power
lead (red) to either the starter or battery positive (+12-
VDC) side.
Connect the keyswitch panel data link cable to the

Cummins electronic service tool.
Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to set the engine up
the for dynamometer. Refer to Procedure 014-008, for
more information on this feature.
The setup is now complete, and the auto/manual throttle
can be used to control engine speed.
Test
To monitor engine performance correctly, record the
following parameters. To limit dynamometer operating
time, instrument the engine or use INSITE™ electronic
service tool to make as many checks as possible.
• Engine speed (RPM)
• Fuel rate
• Intake manifold air temperature
• Engine blowby
• Engine coolant pressure
• Engine coolant temperature
• Rail fuel pressure. Refer to Procedure 005-016 in the
ISM, ISM e, and QSM11 Service Manual, Bulletin
3666322 or Procedure 005-016 in the Signature, ISX,
and QSX15 Service Manual, Bulletin 3666239
• Engine fuel temperature (if needed to correct fuel
rate)
• Fuel inlet restriction. Refer to Procedure 006-020 in
the ISM, ISM e, and QSM11 Service Manual, Bulletin
• Fuel drain line restriction. Refer to Procedure
006-012 in the ISM, ISM e, and QSM11 Service
Manual, Bulletin 3666322 or Procedure 006-012 in
the Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Service Manual,
Bulletin 3666239
• Intake manifold pressure. Refer to Procedure
010-024 in the ISM, ISM e, and QSM11 Service
Manual, Bulletin 3666322 or Procedure 010-024 in
the Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Service Manual,
Bulletin 3666239
• Intake air restriction. Refer to Procedure 010-027 in
• Exhaust restriction. Refer to Procedure 011-009 in
• Engine oil pressure. Refer to Procedure 007-021 in
3666322 or Procedure 007-021 in the in the
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Service Manual, Bulletin
3666239.
Engine Speed (rpm)

Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to monitor engine
speed.
Observe and record the engine speed.
Fuel Rate
See the Fuel Flow Measurement on Engine or Chassis
Dynamometer in this section.
Adjust the fuel rate reading to compensate for
temperature variation if required.
Fuel Inlet Temperature

°C °F
7.2 MIN 45
55.5 MAX 132

Dynamometer test
When operating an engine on a chassis dynamometer,
lock the cooling fan in the ON position for best results.
If the unit does not have a manual fan switch, use INSITE™
electronic service tool/Set Up for Dynamometer feature to
lock the fan in the ON position. Refer to Procedure
014-008 for more information on this feature.
Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to monitor the intake

manifold air temperature.
Observe and record the intake manifold air temperature.
The intake manifold air temperature must not exceed the
maximum allowable temperature. See the Specifications
- Engine Testing page in this section for the maximum
allowable intake manifold air temperature. The engine
protection system will disrupt performance if the
temperature exceeds this level. Maintain the intake
manifold air temperature below the maximum allowable
temperature during chassis dynamometer operation.
If the intake manifold air temperature exceeds the

maximum allowable temperature during the test, unload
the dynamometer and allow the engine to cool.
Shut the engine off and inspect the charge air cooler fins
for obstructions to the airflow.
position.
Remove any obstructions, such as a winterfront or debris.
equipped.
Inspect the dynamometer room for an adequate supply of
suitably cool or outside air. Make sure that dynamometer
Engine Blowby
Use blowby checking tool, Part Number 3822566 (ISM) or
Part Number 3822567 (ISX), and water manometer, Part
Number ST-1111-3, to measure the engine crankcase
pressure.
Install the blowby checking tool to the end of the blowby

tube. Install the water manometer to the blowby checking
tool. Operate the engine at advertised horsepower rpm at
full load. Observe and record the blowby.
Engine blowby must not exceed the maximum allowable
specifications. See the Specifications - Engine Testing
page in this section for the maximum allowable engine
blowby.
Engine Coolant Pressure

Use pressure gauge, Part Number 3822995, to measure
engine coolant pressure.
Observe and record engine coolant pressure.
See the Specifications - Engine Testing page in this
section for the maximum allowable engine coolant
pressure.
Engine Coolant Temperature

Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to monitor engine
coolant temperature.
Observe and record the engine coolant temperature.
See the Specifications - Engine Testing page in this
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer)
If the coolant temperature exceeds the maximum

allowable coolant temperature, unload the dynamometer
and allow the engine to cool.
Shut the engine off and inspect the radiator fins for
obstructions to the airflow.
position.
Remove any obstructions, such as a winterfront or debris.
equipped.
Inspect the dynamometer room for an adequate supply of
suitable cool or outside air. Make sure that dynamometer
Engine Fuel Temperature

Use immersion probe, Part Number 3824965, with a
digital multimeter, Part Number 3377161, and a
thermocouple module, Part Number 3824963, to monitor
fuel temperature.
Observe and record the engine fuel temperature.
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer)

(014-006)
Run-In Instructions
Refer to Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) Setup,
Procedure 014-005, for general operating procedures and
safety precautions.
Use the Dynamometer Worksheet in Procedure 014-001

to record all of the engine performance parameters.
Cummins Inc. recommends monitoring block coolant
pressure during run-in to aid in early indication of a cooling
system problem.
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
NOTE: INSITE™ electronic service tool must be used to

confirm that the ECM code on the ECM dataplate is the
same as the one installed in the ECM. There is an
associated fuel pump code with all ECM codes.
Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to obtain the ECM
code and the fuel pump code from the ECM dataplate.
During the test, if a sudden increase in blowby occurs or

if blowby exceeds the maximum allowable limit during any
run-in, return to the previous step of the test and continue
the run-in. If blowby does not reach an acceptable level
during the next step, discontinue the run-in and determine
the cause.
Do not proceed to the next step until a steady, acceptable
blowby reading is obtained.
NOTE: Blowby must be measured by the blowby checking
tool, Part Number 3822566 (ISM) or Part Number 3822567
(ISX), and water manometer, Part Number ST-1111-3.
Do not idle the engine for more than five minutes at any
one time during the first three hours or 160 km [100 mi] of
operation.
Adjust the engine speed to 1200 rpm. Apply a test load

sufficient to develop 25 percent of advertised horsepower
of the engine.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level until the
coolant temperature is 71°C [160°F].
Check for leaks. Fix all leaks.
stable within specifications.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer)
Open the throttle to obtain the engine speed at which

advertised horsepower is developed, and adjust the
dynamometer load to achieve 75 percent of advertised
horsepower on the engine.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level for three
minutes.
Maintain the engine speed at which advertised

horsepower is developed. Move the throttle lever to its fully
opened position, and increase the dynamometer load until
100 percent advertised horsepower of the engine is
developed.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level for five
minutes.
Increase the dynamometer load until the engine speed

reduces to the engine's peak torque rpm.
minutes.
Reduce the dynamometer load until the engine speed

increases to the engine speed at which advertised
horsepower is developed.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level for five
minutes.
Engine Testing (In Chassis) Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove the dynamometer load completely.
CAUTION
Do not shut off the engine immediately after the run-
in is completed. Allow the engine to cool by operating
it at 700 to 900 rpm for a minimum of three to five
minutes to avoid internal damage. This allows the
turbocharger and other components to cool.

Make sure all instrumentation is removed before removing
the engine from the engine dynamometer.
Engine Testing (In Chassis) (014-008)

Setup
The Setup for Dynamometer function is used to prepare
the engine ECM for an advanced diagnostic test run on
the chassis dynamometer. For purposes of this test, the
maximum engine speed without Vehicle Speed Sensor
(VSS), the maximum vehicle speed in top gear, and the
maximum vehicle speed in lower gear are set to their
maximum values. The idle shutdown feature is disabled
and the fan is locked in the ON mode. All of these values
are automatically reset to their previous values when the
engine keyswitch is turned to the OFF position.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Aftertreatment Testing
• Maximum Engine Speed without VSS: 2500 rpm for

testing purposes, this speed is temporarily set to the
maximum value allowed.
• Maximum Vehicle Speed in Top Gear: 120 mph for
• Maximum Vehicle Speed in Lower Gear: 120 mph for
• Gear-Down Protection: This feature is temporarily
disabled for testing purposes.
• Fan Clutch: On.
• Idle Shutdown: This feature is temporarily disabled
for testing purposes.
Some SAE J1939 electronic subsystems must be
disabled. The user has the ability to enable or disable the
SAE J1939 data link with the service tool.
Refer to the INSITE™ Help File for detailed setup for
dynamometer instructions.
Engine Testing (Portable

Dynamometer or Load Bank) (014-009)
General Information
When it is not possible to load an engine immediately after
rebuild or repair (for example, on-highway tractor that
must be “bobtailed” for delivery, a standby generator or
fire pump that can not be operated because of customer
restrictions, a fire truck that can not be loaded with the
water pump, etc.), the engine must be run in on a chassis
dynamometer, portable dynamometer, or load bank
following the recommendations outlined in the preceding
procedures.
Aftertreatment Testing (014-013)

General Information
The Snap-Acceleration Test is used to check the
aftertreatment diesel particulate filter for cracks or other
progressive damage, without removing the filter system.
It is used to test the functionality of the aftertreatment
The INSITE™ electronic service tool Aftertreatment Diesel
Particulate Filter Regeneration Test is used to:
• Regenerate an aftertreatment diesel particulate filter
• Check the aftertreatment diesel oxidation catalyst
efficiency
• Check for the correct installation of the
aftertreatment temperature sensors
• Reset the stored soot load in the engine ECM
• Check the aftertreatment fuel injector, shutoff valve,
and drive train functionality.
Check for active fault codes prior to performing either of
these procedures. If any active fault codes are present,
follow the appropriate fault code troubleshooting tree.
Aftertreatment Testing Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Snap Acceleration Test

• The vehicle transmission must be in neutral.
• The vehicle parking brake must be applied.
Start and idle the engine.
Rapidly depress the accelerator pedal from 0 percent to
100 percent. This can be performed multiple times, if
necessary.
During this test, visually check for black smoke exiting the
exhaust stack, as the engine is accelerated from low idle
to high idle.
Visible black smoke indicates a failed aftertreatment

Replace the aftertreatment diesel particulate filter.
If grey smoke or faint black smoke is present, it is

necessary to remove the aftertreatment diesel particulate
filter and inspect for cracks or other damage.
Consult the Catalyst and Aftertreatment Particulate Filter
Reuse Guidelines, Bulletin 4021600 for pass or fail
guidelines.
White smoke during the snap-acceleration test does not
indicate a failure. No repair is necessary.
Preparatory Steps
To perform a Stationary Regeneration, connect INSITE™ electronic
service tool and check for active fault codes. If any fault codes are
present other than Fault Codes 2639 or 1921, go to Section TF for any
fault code troubleshooting before proceeding. Do not perform a
stationary regeneration with active fault codes other than Fault Codes
2639 or 1921 unless guided to do so by the fault code troubleshooting.
WARNING
During regeneration, exhaust gas temperature could reach 800°C
[1500°F] and exhaust system surface temperature can exceed
700°C [1300°F], which is hot enough to ignite or melt common
materials, and to burn people. The exhaust and exhaust
components can remain hot after the vehicle stopped moving. To
avoid the risk of fire, property damage, burns or other serious
personal injury, allow the exhaust system to cool before beginning
this procedure or repair and make sure that no combustible
materials are located where they are likely to come in contact with
hot exhaust or exhaust components.
Before performing a stationary regeneration, follow the steps listed
below:
1. Select on appropriate location to park the vehicle.
a. On a surface that will not burn or melt under high temperatures
(such as clean concrete or gravel, not grass or asphalt)
b. Away from anything that can burn, melt, or explode
- Nothing within 0.6 m [2 ft] of the exhaust outlet
- Nothing that can burn, melt, or explode within 1.5 m [5 ft] (such
as gasoline, wood, paper, plastics, fabric, compressed gas
containers, hydraulic lines)
a. No gas or vapors nearby that could burn, explode, or contribute
to a fire (such as LP gas, gasoline vapors, oxygen, nitrous oxide).
1. Park the truck securely.
a. Set the parking brake.
b. Place transmission in Park, if provided, otherwise in Neutral.
c. Set wheel chocks at front and rear of at least one tire.
1. Set up a safe exhaust area.
a. If bystanders might enter the area, set up barriers to keep people
at least 1.5 m [5 ft] from the exhaust outlet during regeneration.
b. When indoors, attach an exhaust discharge pipe rated for at least
800°C [1500°F]
c. Keep a fire extinguisher nearby.
1. Check exhaust system surfaces.
a. Confirm that nothing is on or near the exhaust system surfaces
(such as tools, rags, grease, or debris).
1. Prepare for engine speed changes during regeneration.
a. Do not operate any PTO-powered devices. Disconnect these
devices before starting regeneration.
b. Stay clear of the engine compartment.
1. Begin the stationary regeneration. This can be performed in two
ways:
a. Vehicles equipped with a stationary regeneration switch in the
cab must also have the stationary regeneration switch parameter
enabled in the ECM. The stationary regeneration switch can be
a stand-alone switch, or can be combined with a diagnostic
switch, at the choice of the vehicle manufacturer.
b. The INSITE™ electronic service tool can be used to perform
regeneration by starting the Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate
Filter Regeneration Test.
c. In either case, the engine will create enough heat to regenerate
the aftermarket diesel particulate filter. Engine speed will
increase and the turbocharger can whistle loudly during the
regeneration process. Once the aftermarket diesel particulate
filter is regenerated, the engine will automatically return to
normal idle speed.
1. Monitor the area.
a. Make sure that the vehicle and surrounding area is monitored
during regeneration. If any unsafe condition occurs, shut off the
engine immediately.
To stop a stationary regeneration, engage the clutch, brake, or throttle
pedal, or turn off the engine.
Once regeneration is complete, exhaust gas and exhaust surface
temperatures will remain elevated for 3 to 5 minutes.
Setup
Start and idle the engine.
Prior to the Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
Regeneration Test, inspect the exhaust piping for leaks,
cracks, and loose connections. Refer to Procedure
010-024 in the Service Manual, ISM, ISM e, and QSM11
Engines, Bulletin 3666322 or Procedure 010-024 in the
Service Manual, Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engines,
Bulletin 3666239.
Tighten the exhaust clamps if necessary.
Consult the OEM specifications for the correct torque
value.
Any leaks in the exhaust system will cause the
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration Test
to be less efficient in reducing the soot load of the filter.
Test
The Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration
Test can be found under the ECM Diagnostic Test menu
in the INSITE™ electronic service tool.
If INSITE™ electronic service tool is not available, some

vehicles can be equipped with a stationary regeneration
switch in the cab. The switch can be a stand-alone switch
or can be combined with the diagnostic switch. Check with
the OEM for the location and availability of the switch.
NOTE: In order for the stationary regeneration switch to
function, the stationary regeneration switch must be
enabled in the ECM.
Unlike the Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
Regeneration Test with the INSITE™ electronic service
tool, this switch will only start a stationary regeneration if
the soot load of the filter is high enough. This is indicated
by the aftertreatment lamp being illuminated or flashing.
NOTE: A stationary regeneration can not be initiated
through the use of the cab switch if regeneration inhibit is
enabled. INSITE™ electronic service tool must then be
used to initiate the stationary regeneration.
When the test is started, the engine idle speed will be

raised automatically to the required level. Expected
engine speed can reach between 1000 and 1500 rpm.
The engine will then, through the engine controls, operate
in a matter to build exhaust heat. The turbocharger can
emit a slight “whining” noise during the test. This is
normal.
The Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration
can take up to one hour to complete, depending on the
soot loading of the filter as well as conditions of the
environment, such as but not limited to the temperature
and humidity.
Once the Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
Regeneration Test is complete, the engine will
automatically return to normal idle speed.
During the Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter

Regeneration Test, the following will be monitored:
- Aftertreatment Injector Status - Informs the user
when fuel is being injected, in small quantity, into the
exhaust system upstream of the diesel oxidation
catalyst.
- Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter outlet
temperature.
- Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter inlet
temperature.
- Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation Catalyst inlet
temperature.
- Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Soot Load -
Informs the user of the current soot load of the filter:
Normal - No regeneration is necessary.
Above Normal; Least Severe Level - A stationary
regeneration can be performed.
Above Normal; Moderately Severe Level - A stationary
regeneration can be performed.
Above Normal; Most Severe Level - A stationary
regeneration must not be performed unless a new
filter has been installed and the troubleshooting steps
indicate to perform.
CAUTION
During the stationary regeneration, the exhaust gas
temperature can reach 800°C [1500°F] and the
surface temperature can exceed 700°C [1300°F].
The stationary regeneration can take up to one hour to
complete, depending on the soot loading of the filter. At
any time the stationary regeneration can be aborted by
clicking on the “Stop” button in the INSITE™ electronic
service tool.
The stationary regeneration will be aborted if:
• A fault becomes active
• The accelerator is depressed
• The clutch pedal is depressed
• The brake pedal is depressed
• The transmission is put into gear.
NOTE: If a stationary regeneration can not be initiated or
is aborted, and the engine has a low power complaint,
refer to Procedure 011-009.
Pass or Fail Criteria
• Pass: Aftertreatment Testing Procedure 014-013,
has passed if there is no visible black smoke and the
stationary regeneration completes with no
aftertreatment fault codes being generated.
• Fail: Aftertreatment Testing Procedure 014-013, has
failed if there is visible black smoke and /or
aftertreatment fault codes are generated. Repair
cause of black smoke and/or correct the fault codes.
Finishing Steps
Allow the engine and exhaust system to cool down.
Temperatures can maintain an elevated state for several
minutes.
Check to make sure the Diesel Particulate Filter lamp is
not illuminated.
NOTE: If the Diesel Particulate Filter lamp is illuminated
and Fault Code 2639 or 1921 are still active, a second
regeneration will be needed. If the fault is still active after
a second regeneration, then the filter needs to be cleaned
of ash. Refer to Procedure 011-041. If the Diesel
Particulate Filter lamp is illuminated and Fault Code 1922
is active, replace the Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate
Filter and use the troubleshooting steps.
Check for any active fault codes. If active fault codes are
present, use Section TF for fault code troubleshooting.
Use INSITE™ electronic service tool to clear all inactive
fault codes.
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 Page 16-a
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16

Section Contents
Page
Engine Lifting Brackets ...................................................................................................................................16-2
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................16-4
Install..............................................................................................................................................................16-3
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................16-2
Engine Mounts ...............................................................................................................................................16-36
Inspect..........................................................................................................................................................16-36
Engine Support Bracket, Front .......................................................................................................................16-4
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................16-6
Install..............................................................................................................................................................16-6
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................16-4
Flywheel ..........................................................................................................................................................16-7
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 16-13
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................16-7
Bore Runout.................................................................................................................................................16-7
Face Runout................................................................................................................................................16-8
Install............................................................................................................................................................16-12
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................16-10
Flywheel Housing ..........................................................................................................................................16-14
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 16-23
Install............................................................................................................................................................16-17
Measure........................................................................................................................................................16-18
Bore Alignment...........................................................................................................................................16-18
Face Alignment..........................................................................................................................................16-21
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................16-14
Flywheel Housing, REPTO ............................................................................................................................16-23
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 16-35
Install............................................................................................................................................................16-28
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................16-24
Flywheel Ring Gear .......................................................................................................................................16-35
Install............................................................................................................................................................16-36
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................16-35
Service Tools ...................................................................................................................................................16-1
Mounting Adaptations......................................................................................................................................16-1
Page 16-b Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16

Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 Page 16-1
Service Tools
Mounting Adaptations
Repair Location.

Dial Gauge Attachment
Used to check the bore and face of the flywheel and flywheel housing
ST-1325 relative to the center line of the crankshaft.
Crack Detection Kit

Used to check or inspect components for cracks.
3375432
Dial Indicator and Sleeve Assembly

Used with dial indicator attachment, Part No. ST-1325, for checking
3376050 the bore and face of the flywheel and flywheel housing.
Flywheel Socket - 21 mm 12 point

Used to remove capscrews.
3162813
Guide Pin Kit

This kit contains various size guide pins that are used during
3163157 assembly and/or disassembly to align parts and aid in the control of
parts.
Barring Tool
This tool provides a way of barring over most engines when making
3163160 valve and injector adjustments or checking engine timing.
Engine Lifting Brackets Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page 16-2 Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16
Engine Lifting Brackets (016-001)

Preparatory Steps
• Remove the retaining brace bracket. Refer to
Procedure 001-081.
Remove
NOTE: Newer models use three mounting capscrews.
Remove the four capscrews and the rear lifting bracket.
Remove the four capscrews and the front lifting bracket.

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Lifting Brackets
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
bodily injury.
Clean with steam or solvent.
Inspect the lifting brackets for cracks or damage.

Inspect the capscrew threads for damage.
Install
Install the front bracket and four capscrews.
Install the rear bracket and four capscrews.
Engine Support Bracket, Front Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Finishing Steps
• Install the retaining brace bracket. Refer to
Procedure 001-081.
Engine Support Bracket, Front

(016-002)
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
• Use a hoist or lifting fixture to support the front of the
engine.
• Remove the fan and water pump drive belt. Refer to
Procedure 008-003.
• Remove the fan and water pump belt tensioner if a
low mount tensioner is used. Refer to Procedure
008-080.
• Remove the vibration damper and the crankshaft
pulley. Refer to Procedure 001-052.
Remove
WARNING
Remove the two capscrews that attach the support to the
equipment frame.
Use the hoist to lift the weight of the engine off the front
support.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Support Bracket, Front
Remove the six mounting capscrews and the front engine

support.
Remove the rubber engine mounts.
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the parts with steam or solvent.
Dry the parts with compressed air.
Inspect the engine mounts for cracks or deterioration.

Engine Support Bracket, Front Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Inspect the engine support bracket for cracks or damage.

Inspect the capscrew threads for damage.
Install
Install the engine support bracket and the six mounting
capscrews.
Torque: 97 N•m + 60 deg [72 ft-lb + 60 deg]
Install the rubber engine mounts into the crossmember.
WARNING
Lower the front of the engine to the rubber engine mounts.
The capscrew holes in the support bracket must be
aligned with the capscrew holes in the engine mounts.
Install the two capscrews in the support bracket and
engine mount. Tighten to the manufacturer's
specifications.
Remove the lifting fixture or the hoist from the engine.
Finishing Steps
• Install the vibration damper and the crankshaft
pulley. Refer to Procedure 001-052.
• Install the fan and water pump drive belt tensioner.
Procedure 008-003.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Flywheel
Flywheel (016-005)
Initial Check
Bore Runout
Use dial indicator gauge (1), Part Number 3376050, or
equivalent, and dial gauge attachment (2), Part Number
ST-1325, to inspect the flywheel bore (3) and face (4)
runout.
Install the attachment to the flywheel housing.
Install the gauge on the attachment.
Install the contact tip of the indicator against the inside of
the flywheel bore.
Use the compressor drive or barring device to rotate the

crankshaft one complete revolution (360-degrees).
Measure the bore runout.
Flywheel Bore Runout

mm in
0.127 MAX 0.005
If the total indicator reading is greater than the

specification, remove the flywheel.
Inspect the flywheel mounting surface for dirt or damage.

Flywheel Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Inspect the crankshaft for dirt or damage.
Install the flywheel and inspect the bore runout again.
Replace the flywheel if the runout does not meet

specifications.
Face Runout
Install the contact tip of the indicator against the flywheel
face as close to the outside as possible to inspect the face
(4) runout.
Push the flywheel forward to remove the crankshaft end
thrust.
Use the compressor drive or barring device to rotate the

crankshaft one complete revolution (360-degrees) while
keeping the crankshaft end thrust pushed forward.
The total indicator reading must not exceed the following

specifications:
Flywheel Face Runout Total Indicator Reading

Maximum (Total Indicator
Flywheel Radius (A)
Reading) of Flywheel Face
203 mm [8 in] 0.203 mm [0.008 in]
254 mm [10 in] 0.254 mm [0.010 in]
305 mm [12 in] 0.305 mm [0.012 in]
356 mm [14 in] 0.356 mm [0.014 in]
406 mm [16 in] 0.406 mm [0.016 in]
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
cable last.
WARNING
• Disconnect the batteries or air starter to prevent
accidental engine starting.
• Remove the transmission, clutch, and all related
components. See the equipment manufacturer's
instructions.
Remove
WARNING
Use two M6 x 1.5 guide studs to prevent the flywheel from
rotating. Remove two capscrews and install the guide
studs.
Use a hoist, two t-handles, and a lifting sling. Install the
tee-handles. Remove the remaining ten capscrews.
Remove the flywheel.
Use a soft faced mallet to tap the flywheel from the
crankshaft, if necessary. Damage to the clutch surface
can occur if a hard faced hammer is used.
Remove the pilot bearing spacer from the rear of the

crankshaft.
Use a mandrel and hammer to remove the pilot bearing
from the flywheel.
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Use a wire brush to clean the crankshaft pilot bore.
Use a wire brush to clean the flywheel pilot bore.
Clean with steam or solvent.
Inspect for nicks or burrs.

Use a fine crocus cloth to remove small nicks and burrs.
WARNING
Do not use a cracked or resurfaced flywheel. These
can break, causing serious personal injury or property
damage.
Use the crack detection kit, Part Number 3375432, to
check for cracks in the flywheel. Follow the instructions
provided with the kit.
Inspect the flywheel ring gear teeth for cracks and chips.
If the ring gear teeth are cracked or broken, the ring gear
must be replaced. Refer to Procedure 016-008 (Flywheel
Ring Gear) in Section 16.
Inspect the pilot bearing spacer for cracks or damage,

replace if necessary.
Install
Install the pilot bearing spacer into the rear of the
crankshaft with the spacer lip oriented outward.
NOTE: A small amount of clean Lubriplate™ 105 multi-
purpose lubricant, or its equivalent, can be used to help
keep the pilot bearing spacer in position until the flywheel
is assembled.
CAUTION
The flywheel mounting capscrews must be a minimum
of SAE Grade 8 with rolled threads. Use identical
replacements to avoid possible flywheel failure
resulting in personal injury or property damage.
Lubricate the threads and underneath the heads of the
capscrews with clean 15W-40 oil. Allow the excess oil to
drip off the parts. Do not lubricate the threads of the
crankshaft.
WARNING
lift the component.
Use two M6 x 1.5 guide studs during assembly.
Install the flywheel. The flywheel must be firmly against
the crankshaft.
Install the ten capscrews.

Remove the t-handles and the guide studs.
Install the remaining two capscrews into the holes from
which the guide studs were removed.
Tighten the capscrews in two steps, use the sequence
shown.
Step2 250 N•m [ 184 ft-lb ]
Use a mandrel and hammer to install the pilot bearing.

The pilot bearing must be installed even with the pilot bore
surface.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
WARNING
cable last.
• Perform the bore runout check and face runout
check located in this procedure.
• Install the clutch discs, pressure plate, transmission,
and driveline, if equipped, in reverse order of
removal. See the manufacturer's instructions.
• Align the universal joints on each end of the
driveshaft to prevent vibration.
• Connect batteries and air starter.
• Start the engine and check the operation of the
equipment.
Flywheel Housing Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Flywheel Housing (016-006)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
WARNING
lift the component.
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
Adequately support the engine to prevent damage and
personal injury.
• Disconnect the batteries and air starter to prevent
accidental engine starting.
components. Refer to the equipment manufacturer's
instructions.
• Remove the flywheel. Refer to Procedure 016-005.
• Drain the oil. Refer to Procedure 007-037.
• Remove the oil pan. Refer to Procedure 007-025.
• Remove the rear crankshaft seal. Refer to Procedure
001-024.
• Remove the starting motor. Refer to Procedure
013-020.
• Remove the rear engine mounts from the flywheel
housing.
Remove
Remove the two top exterior capscrews from the flywheel
housing.
Install two guide studs.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Flywheel Housing
WARNING
avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance.
Use a hoist and lifting sling. Install the lifting sling around
both sides of the upper housing. Adjust the hoist until
there is tension in the lifting sling. Remove the remaining
capscrews.
Use a mallet to tap the flywheel housing off the two

locating dowels.
Remove two capscrews, cover plate, and gasket. Discard

the gasket.
CAUTION
Immediately upon removal of the flywheel housing
assembly, a plug must be inserted into the cylinder
block oil passage drillings. Failure to insert the oil
passage plug can result in a bearing failure,
crankshaft failure, or both.
The reusable plug, Part Number 4918321, is included in
Protective Plug Kit, Part Number 4918319. This plug is
necessary to prevent debris from entering the lubrication
system during the repair.
Plug the block oil passage with plug Part Number
4918321.
Firmly push plug into oil passage to prevent all debris from
entering the lubricating system when cleaning the gasket
surface.

CAUTION
passages in the cylinder block when cleaning the
gasket sealing surfaces. Main or connecting rod
bearing failures can be caused if debris is introduced
into the lubrication system. Therefore, use of power
tools combined with abrasive pads to clean gasket
surfaces is not recommended.
Clean the gasket surfaces by hand with a gasket scraper
or cleaning pad Part Number 3823258
If the residual gasket material can not be felt with a finger,
the surface is ready to accept the new gasket.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
WARNING
bodily injury.
Steam-clean or use solvent to clean the housing.
Inspect all surfaces for nicks, burrs, or cracks.

Use a fine crocus cloth to remove small nicks and burrs.
Inspect all threaded capscrew holes for damage.

Repair or replace the housing if the capscrew holes are
damaged.
Install
Remove the protective plug from the block oil passages.
Make sure debris does not enter the lubrication system.
Use a clean shop towel to carefully wipe out the oil
passage and inspect to make sure no debris is left in the
passage.
Install the cover plate and two capscrews. Tighten the

capscrews.
Install two guide studs into the cylinder block to help

support and align the housing during installation.
Position the flywheel housing gasket to the rear of the
engine block using the guide pins.
Install the flywheel housing over the guide studs.

Lubricate the threads and underneath the heads of the
capscrews with clean 15W-40 lubricating oil.
Install capscrews 1, 2, 3, and 4, and tighten in the
sequence shown.
The flywheel housing is located on the block by two ring

dowels from the factory. If a flywheel housing is removed,
it can be reinstalled with the ring dowels in place, but
alignment must be checked with the following alignment
procedure.
If the alignment does not meet specification, the ring
dowels must be removed and the housing must be
realigned without the ring dowels.
CAUTION
The flywheel housing bore and surface must be in
alignment with the crankshaft to prevent possible
damage to the engine, the clutch, or the transmission.
Measure the flywheel housing alignment.
Measure
Bore Alignment
Attach a dial indicator to the crankshaft. Use mounting tool
Part Number ST-1325 and indicator Part Number
3376050.
The dial indicator can be mounted by any method that
holds the extension bar of the indicator rigid so it does
not sag. If the bar sags or the indicator slips, the readings
obtained will be inaccurate.
Position the indicator in the 6:00 o'clock position and the
gauge at zero.
Slowly rotate the crankshaft. Record the readings

obtained at the 9:00 o'clock, 12:00 o'clock, and 3:00
o'clock positions as (a), (b), and (c) in the concentricity
work sheet. Recheck zero at the 6:00 o'clock position.
The values for (a), (b), and (c) can be positive or negative.
Refer to the accompanying figure to determine the correct
sign when recording these values.
CAUTION
Do not force the crankshaft beyond the point where
the bearing clearance has been removed. Do not pry
against the flywheel housing. These actions can
cause false bearing clearance reading.
Rotate the crankshaft until the dial indicator is at the 12-
o'clock position and zero the gauge.
Use a pry bar to raise the rear of the crankshaft to its upper
limit. Record the value as (d) in the concentricity work
sheet. This is the vertical bearing clearance adjustment
and will always be positive.
Use the concentricity work sheet (see the accompanying

illustration) to determine the total vertical and horizontal
values.
The total horizontal is equal to the 9:00 o'clock reading (1)
minus the 3 :00 o'clock reading (c).
The total vertical is equal to the 12:00 o'clock reading (b)
plus the bearing clearance (d).
Example:
6:00 o'clock = reference = 0
9:00 o'clock = [a ] = 0.004
12:00 o'clock = [b ] = 0.003
3:00 o'clock =[c] = -0.002.
Using the work sheet and the numbers from the example,
the total horizontal value equals 0.006, and the total
vertical value equals 0.005.
Mark the total horizontal value on the horizontal side of the

chart and the total vertical on the vertical side of the chart.
Use a straightedge to find the intersection point of the total
horizontal and total vertical values. The intersection point
must fall within the shaded area for the flywheel housing
concentricity to be within specification.
Using the total horizontal and total vertical values from the
previous example, the intersection point falls within the
shaded area. Therefore, the flywheel housing
concentricity is within specification.
Use the accompanying chart for SAE 1, 2, and 3 flywheel
housings.
Use the accompanying chart for SAE 0 and ½ flywheel

housings.
Use the accompanying chart for SAE 00 flywheel

housings.
If the intersection point falls outside the shaded area, the

ring dowels must be removed and the housing
repositioned.
The ring dowels are not required to maintain concentricity
of the housing; the clamping force of the capscrews holds
the housing in place.
After the ring dowels are discarded, install the flywheel
housing on the engine.
To position the housing, tighten the capscrews enough to
hold the flywheel housing in place, but loose enough to
enable small movement when struck lightly with a mallet.
Recheck the concentricity. When concentricity is within
specification, tighten the capscrews to the specified value.
Face Alignment
CAUTION
The dial indicator tip must not enter the capscrew
holes, or the gauge will be damaged.
Install a dial indicator as illustrated.
The extension bar for the indicator must be rigid for an
accurate reading. It must not sag. Position the indicator
at the 12:00 o'clock position. Adjust the dial until the
needle points to zero.
Slowly rotate the crankshaft. Record the readings at the

3:00 o'clock, 6:00 o'clock, and 9:00 o'clock positions.
The crankshaft must be pushed toward the front of the
engine to remove the crankshaft end clearance each time
a position is measured.
Continue to rotate the crankshaft until the indicator is at

the 12:00 o'clock position. Check the indicator to make
sure that the needle points to zero. If it does not, the
readings will be incorrect.
Determine the total indicator runout.

Total Indicator Runout (Example)
Position Runout
12:00 o'clock 0.00 mm [0.000 in]
3:00 o'clock +0.08 mm [+0.003 in]
6:00 o'clock -0.05 mm [-0.002 in]
9:00 o'clock +0.08 mm [+0.003 in]
Total Indicator Runout = 0.13 mm [0.005 in]
The maximum allowable total indicator reading is

determined by the diameter of the housing bore. If out of
specifications, replace the housing.
SAE Bore Diameter Total Indicator
Number Runout Maximum
00 787.40 to 787.65 mm 0.30 mm [0.012 in]
[30.88 to 31.00 in]
0 647.70 to 647.95 mm 0.25 mm [0.010 in]
[25.50 to 25.51 in]
½ 584.2 to 584.4 mm 0.25 mm [0.010 in]
[23.000 to 23.008 in]
1 511.18 to 511.30 mm 0.20 mm [0.008 in]
[20.125 to 20.130 in]
2 447.68 to 447.80 mm 0.20 mm [0.008 in]
[17.652 to 17.630 in]
3 409.58 to 409.70 mm 0.20 mm [0.008 in]
[16.125 to 16.130 in]
Install the remaining capscrews. Tighten all capscrews in

two steps using the sequence shown.
Step2 197 N•m [ 145 ft-lb ]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Flywheel Housing, REPTO
Finishing Steps
WARNING
WARNING
lift the component.
• Install the rear engine mounts on the flywheel
housing.
• Install the starting motor capscrews, starter, and
spacer. Refer to Procedure 013-020.
• Install the rear crankshaft seal. Refer to Procedure
001-024.
• Install the oil pan. Refer to Procedure 007-025.
• Fill the oil. Refer to Procedure 007-037.
• Install the flywheel. Refer to Procedure 016-005.
• Install the transmission, clutch, and all related
instructions.
• Connect the batteries and air starter.
Flywheel Housing, REPTO (016-007)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
compartment before servicing batteries. To reduce
the possibility of arcing, remove the negative (-)
battery cable first and attach the negative (-) battery
cable last.
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
• Disconnect the batteries or air supply to the starter
to prevent accidental engine starting.
• Drain the oil. Refer to Procedure 007-025.
instructions.
Flywheel Housing, REPTO Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Remove
WARNING
Remove three flywheel capscrews equally spaced from
the flywheel. Install three guide pins, Part Number
3164765, through the flywheel, crankshaft gear, and into
the crankshaft holes.
Use a hoist, two T-handles, and a lifting sling. Install the
T-handles into the holes of the flywheel. Remove the
remaining 10 capscrews and remove the flywheel. Use a
mallet to tap the flywheel from the crankshaft gear, if
necessary.
WARNING
cable last.
Disconnect the battery cables before beginning the
following procedure.
WARNING
Remove the starting motor capscrews, starter, and
spacer.
Remove three capscrews from the rear of the oil pan.

WARNING
Remove the 10 10-mm capscrews from the hydraulic
housing.
Remove the hydraulic housing from the REPTO flywheel
housing.
Remove the spray nozzle from the oil supply line hole.
Remove the 12 capscrews (1) from the seal carrier.

Remove the seal carrier (2) from the REPTO flywheel
housing.
Remove oil seal (4) and discard, refer to the
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual Signature, ISX and
QSX15 Engines, Bulletin 3666239, Procedure 001-024.
Remove the o-ring (3) from the groove on the REPTO
flywheel housing.
Remove the four plugs (1) and o-rings (2) from the REPTO
flywheel housing.
Remove the crankshaft gear.

Remove the idler gear shaft capscrew and washer.
Remove the three guide pins.
If the idler gear shaft can not be removed with the handle,
a slide hammer similar to Snap-On, Part Number CJ114,
can be used.
Position the replacer idler plate, Part Number 3164762, on
the idler gear shaft. Install and tighten the two idler gear
capscrews. Install the handle, Part Number 3163089.
Remove the idler shaft, idler gear, and bearing from the
REPTO flywheel housing.
Remove two capscrews from the REPTO flywheel

housing.
Install the two guide pins, Part Number 3164764.
Install the two eye bolts, Part Number 3164767, on the top
of the REPTO flywheel housing. Install the lifting slings to
the eyehooks. Adjust the hoist until there is tension in the
lifting sling.
Remove the remaining capscrews.
WARNING
Use a mallet to tap the REPTO flywheel housing off the
two locating dowels. Remove and discard the gasket.
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Use steam or solvent to clean the REPTO flywheel
housing.
Inspect all surfaces for nicks, burrs, or cracks.

Use a crocus cloth to remove small nicks and burrs.
Inspect all threaded capscrew holes for damage.

Repair or replace the housing if the capscrew holes are
damaged.
Inspect the idler shaft, bearing, and gear for nicks, burrs,
or cracks. Replace if damaged.
Inspect the four o-rings from the plugs and the one large
o-ring from the REPTO flywheel housing for cuts or tears.
Replace the o-rings if damaged.
Install
Install the two guide pins (3), Part Number 3164764, into
the cylinder block.
Position the flywheel housing gasket to the rear of the
cylinder block using guide pins.
WARNING
Install the two eyehooks (4) in the top of the REPTO
flywheel housing. Install the lifting slings to the eyehooks
and push the REPTO flywheel housing onto the two
guides pins (3).
Install the six short capscrews (2) and four long capscrews
(1) in the locations shown.
Remove the two guide pins and install the two other long
capscrews.
Tighten in the sequence shown to secure the housing to

the block.
Tighten capscrews 1, 2, 9 and 10 to the initial torque value.
Tighten the remaining capscrews.
CAUTION
The REPTO flywheel housing bore and face must be
in alignment with the crankshaft to prevent possible
damage to the engine, the clutch, or the transmission.
Measure the REPTO flywheel housing alignment.
Install the three oil pan capscrews.

Install the large o-ring seal (1) and the small o-ring seal (2)
onto the idler shaft.
Assemble the replacer idler shaft plate, Part Number

3164762, and handle, Part Number 3163089, together.
Install the two capscrews in the idler shaft holes and
tighten.
Use clean 15W40 oil to lubricate the idler shaft.
The two cones (2) are loose and will fall out if not
contained. Make sure the gear (4), two bearing snap rings
(1), and the two cups (3) are pressed in place before
inserting the assemblies through the center or sides of the
REPTO flywheel housing openings.
Use clean 15W40 oil to lubricate the bearing snap rings,
cones, cups, idler shaft, and gear.
Make sure the idler shaft plug (1) is facing upward when
installing into the bore.
Install the gear and bearing assembly through the center
or sides of the REPTO flywheel housing holes. Position
the bearing races together and insert the idler shaft with
the tool through the first bear bore. The running clearance
is 0 to 0.025 mm [0.000 to 0.001 in].
Make sure the idler shaft is properly aligned and seated
against the shoulder of the internal bore.
Repeat the procedure if installing a second gear (if

applicable).
Remove the two capscrews, replacer idler plate, and
handle from the idler shaft.
Lubricate the threads and under the capscrew head with
clean 15W40 oil.
Install the washer and capscrew and tighten capscrew.
A second idler gear can be installed or an insert shaft can

be used without the idler gear and roller.
Install the o-rings onto the insert shaft. Lubricate the o-
rings with clean 15W40 oil.
Install the insert shaft into the flywheel housing hole where
the cover plate will be installed (opposite pump location).
Align the hole with the tapped hole in the block.
Lubricate the threads and under the capscrew head with
clean 15W40 oil.
Install the washer and capscrew and tighten capscrew.
Install the three guide pins, Part Number 3164765, equally

spaced through the crankshaft gear and into the
crankshaft.
Rotate the idler gears, as necessary, to mesh the
crankshaft gear with the idler gear(s).
Install the crankshaft gear.
Make sure the o-rings are properly seated into the groove
before installation.
Use clean 15W40 oil to lubricate the o-rings.
Install four plugs (1) with o-rings (2) into the REPTO
flywheel housing holes.
Install the o-ring in the REPTO flywheel housing groove.

Install the seal carrier, Part Number 3101789 over the two
dowels pins on the REPTO flywheel housing.
Install the 12 capscrews.

Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown to secure
the seal carrier.
Install the three flywheel mounting capscrews and

spacers. Tighten the flywheel mounting capscrews.
Remove the three flywheel mounting capscrews and
spacers.
CAUTION
The rear crankshaft seal must be pressed evenly into
the bore. If the crankshaft and crankshaft seal is not
pressed evenly into the bore, the oil seal can cause
equipment damage.
Install the rear crankshaft oil seal over the rear crankshaft
seal replacer, Part Number 3164780, and onto the three
guide pins.
Install three flywheel mounting capscrews (without the
washers) through the three holes in the rear crankshaft
seal replacer.
CAUTION
Never use a hammer or mallet to install the rear
crankshaft oil seal.
No lubricants are to be used during the installation
process. Apply a 10 percent soap solution to the outer
ribbed surface of the rear crankshaft oil seal.
Tighten the flywheel mounting capscrews no more than
1/2 revolution at a time, alternating capscrews in a
clockwise pattern, until the rear crankshaft seal replacer,
Part Number 3164780 seats against the REPTO flywheel
housing.
NOTE: The Troubleshooting and Repair Manual,

Signature, ISX and QSX15 Engines, Bulletin 3666239,
shows two guide pins; three are required for the REPTO
application.
Remove the rear crankshaft seal replacer and the three
flywheel mounting capscrews.
Install the flywheel. Refer to Procedure 016-005.
NOTE: If one side of the REPTO flywheel housing cover

access hole does not get a hydraulic housing, the opening
must be covered in conjunction with the oil supply line
hole and plugging the straight thread plug hole.
Install the 1/8-inch pipe plug (1) into the oil supply line
hole. Make sure the pipe plug is flush with the mounting
surface.
Install the straight thread plug (2) into the flywheel housing
hole. Make sure pipe plug is flush with the mounting
surface.
Install the diamond seal (1) on the REPTO flywheel

housing cover access hole.
Apply a small amount of RTV on the two ends (2) where
the diamond seal comes together and a small amount of
15W30 oil on the diamond seal.
Install the cover plate to the REPTO flywheel housing
cover access hole. Install the 10 capscrews and tighten.
Make sure the idler gear is locked in position. Use a dial

gauge to check the backlash.
Idler Gear to Crankshaft Gear Backlash

mm in
0.15 MIN 0.006
0.28 MAX 0.011
If the backlash is not within specifications, replace the
idler gear and/or the REPTO hub gear.
NOTE: When one side of the REPTO flywheel housing

cover access hole receives a hydraulic housing, the spray
nozzle, dowel pins, and diamond seal must be installed.
Install the spray nozzle (1) into the oil supply line hole.
Tighten the spray nozzle.
Install the diamond seal (2) on the REPTO flywheel
housing cover access hole.
Apply a small amount of RTV on the two ends (3) where
the diamond seal comes together and a small amount of
clean 15W40 oil on the diamond seal.
Apply clean 15W40 oil on the gear teeth and bearings.

Install the hydraulic housing over the dowel pins. The gear
inside the hydraulic housing is free to rotate and will locate
the position of the idler gear as the hydraulic housing is
being installed over the dowel pins.
Install the 10 capscrews and tighten in the sequence

shown.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Flywheel Ring Gear
Install the threaded plug (1) in the bottom hole of the

hydraulic housing. Tighten the threaded plug.
Install the oil line hose on the straight connectors. Tighten
the hose and check for leaks.
WARNING
Install the starting motor capscrews, starter, and spacer.
Refer to the Troubleshooting and Repair Manual
Signature, ISX and QSX15 Engines, Bulletin 3666239,
Procedure 013-020.
Finishing Steps
• Fill the engine with clean oil. Refer to Procedure
007-025.
• Install the transmission, clutch, and all related
instructions.
Flywheel Ring Gear (016-008)

Remove
CAUTION
Do not use a cutting torch to heat the ring gear. The
flywheel can be damaged.
Heat the outside of the ring gear with a heating torch.
Use a blunt chisel and a hammer to remove the gear from
the flywheel.
Engine Mounts Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Install
Heat the new ring gear in an oven heated to 316°C [600°
F] for a minimum of 1-hour.
NOTE: Do not overheat the ring gear. The metal hardness
will be changed.
WARNING
Wear protective gloves when handling parts that have
been heated to prevent personal injury.
Remove the gear from the oven and install it on the
flywheel before it cools.
NOTE: If an oven is not available, use a heating torch to
heat the inside diameter of the new ring gear to 316°C
[600°F]. Use a Tempilstik® crayon, or its equivalent, to
check the gear temperature before installing it on the
flywheel.
Engine Mounts (016-010)

Inspect
Inspect all rubber-cushioned mounts for cracks or
damage.
Inspect all mounting brackets for cracks or damaged bolt
holes.
NOTE: Damaged engine mounts and brackets can cause
the engine to move out of alignment, can damage the
driveline components in the equipment, and can result in
vibration complaints.
Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20 Page 20-a
Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20

Section Contents
Page
Engine Brake Assembly ..................................................................................................................................20-1
Adjust.............................................................................................................................................................20-4
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................20-2
Engine Brake Solenoid.................................................................................................................................20-2
Engine Brake Rocker Lever..........................................................................................................................20-3
Resistance Check...........................................................................................................................................20-1
Voltage Check.................................................................................................................................................20-1
Engine Brake Control Valve ..........................................................................................................................20-13
Install............................................................................................................................................................20-14
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................20-13
Engine Brake Piston ......................................................................................................................................20-15
Install............................................................................................................................................................20-16
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................20-15
Engine Brake Solenoid Valve ........................................................................................................................20-10
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 20-11
Install............................................................................................................................................................20-11
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................20-10
Engine Brake Wiring Harness .......................................................................................................................20-11
Install............................................................................................................................................................20-13
Threaded Brake Pass-Through...................................................................................................................20-13
Non-Threaded Brake Pass-Through............................................................................................................20-13
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................20-11
Threaded Brake Pass-Through...................................................................................................................20-11
Non-Threaded Brake Pass-Through............................................................................................................20-12
Page 20-b Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Brake Assembly
Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20 Page 20-1
Engine Brake Assembly (020-004)

Resistance Check
CAUTION
Do not connect the engine breakout cable to the
engine wiring harness connector. Connecting the
engine brake breakout cable to the engine wiring
harness will give a false reading when checking the
resistance.
Disconnect the engine wiring harness connector from the
cylinder head pass-through connector.
Connect one end of the engine brake breakout cable, Part
Number 3163150, to the cylinder pass-through connector.
NOTE: The black test port on the engine brake breakout

cable box is the common ground for all three solenoids.
The white test ports (1, 2, and 3) are used to test the
resistance of the corresponding brake solenoids 1, 2, and
3.
NOTE: The ignition key must be in the OFF position.

Check the resistance of each solenoid.
12 volt
• Cold engine - 8 to 10 ohms
• Hot engine - 16 to 20 ohms.
24 volt
• Cold engine - 32 to 40 ohms
• Hot engine - 60 to 80 ohms.
NOTE: If not within specification, using the engine brake
breakout tool, the engine brake wiring harness and
solenoids must be checked separately to identify the
faulty component. Refer to Procedures 020-012 and
020-015.
Voltage Check
Number 3163150, to the cylinder pass-through connector
and the other end to the engine wiring harness connector.
Engine Brake Assembly Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page 20-2 Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20
Connect the red alligator clip of the engine brake breakout

cable to battery voltage and the black alligator clip to
ground.
NOTE: The black test port on the engine brake breakout

cable box is the common ground for all three solenoids.
The white test ports (1, 2, and 3) are used to read the
voltage of the corresponding brake solenoids 1, 2, and 3.
NOTE: The ignition key must be in the ON position.

Check the voltage of each solenoid.
The voltage should be 12 VDC for each solenoid.
NOTE: If not within specification, using the engine brake
breakout tool, the engine brake wiring harness and
solenoids must be checked separately to identify the
faulty component. Refer to Procedures 020-012 and
020-015.
Initial Check
Engine Brake Solenoid
Number 3163150, to the cylinder pass-through connector
and the other end to the engine wiring harness connector.
NOTE: The ignition key must be in the OFF position.

• Button No. 1 actuates solenoid No. 1 and brake
Number 1.
• Button No. 2 actuates solenoid No. 2 and brakes
Number 2 and 3.
• Button No. 3 actuates solenoid No. 3 and brakes
Number 4, 5, and 6.
Press the engine brake breakout cable box button (1, 2,

or 3) to activate the corresponding engine brake solenoid
(1, 2, or 3).
Listen for a clicking sound when activating the brake
solenoid. If no clicking sound can be heard when the
button is pressed, the corresponding solenoid valve and
the engine brake wiring harness must be checked
separately to identify the faulty component. Refer to
Procedures 020-012 and 020-015.
Engine Brake Rocker Lever

Remove the rocker lever cover. Refer to Procedure
003-011.
Install the splash shield , Part Number 3163092, to reduce

the amount of oil being thrown by the fuel pump drive gear.
Start the engine.
Press the engine brake breakout cable box button (1, 2,

or 3) to activate the corresponding engine brake solenoid
(1, 2, or 3).
Check the corresponding engine brake lever(s) and
solenoid for the following:
• Engine brake piston deployment
• Leakage from upper seals of solenoid.
Replace parts as needed. Refer to Procedures 020-012,
020-017, and 020-019.
Adjust
All overhead adjustments must be made when the engine
is cold (any stabilized coolant temperature at 60°C [140°
F] or below).
CAUTION
Do not use solvent to clean the rocker cover gasket.
Solvent can damage the gasket material and cause it
to swell.
Remove the rocker lever cover and gasket. Refer to
Procedure 003-011.
NOTE: Early engine vibration dampers are marked with

BRAKE SET 1-6, BRAKE SET 2-5, or BRAKE SET 3-4. The
engine brakes must be set at the appropriate mark on
these engines. Newer engine vibration dampers are
marked with only A, B, or C, and are adjusted with the
valves and injector on the same cylinder.
Locate the valve set marks on the outside of the vibration
damper.
The set marks are A, B, and C:
Set to mark A to adjust cylinder 1 or 6.
Set to mark B to adjust cylinder 2 or 5.
Set to mark C to adjust cylinder 3 or 4.
NOTE: Two complete revolutions are required to set all
valves, engine brakes, and injectors.
With Air Compressor:

Remove the oil fill connector from the lower gear case
cover.
Insert a 3/4-inch drive ratchet and extension into the air
compressor drive.
Rotate the air compressor drive clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
WARNING
Do not pull or pry on the fan to manually rotate the
engine. To do so can damage the fan blades.
Damaged fan blades can cause premature fan failures
which can result in serious personal injury or property
damage.
The crankshaft rotation is clockwise as viewed from the
front of the engine.
The cylinders are numbered from the front of the engine
(1-2-3-4-5-6).
The engine firing order is 1-5-3-6-2-4.
Without Air Compressor:

Loosen the capscrews and rotate cover or remove oil fill
tube, if equipped.
Use a 1 1/2-inch socket, push the barring gear into the

gear mesh and bar engine over counterclockwise.
NOTE: Rock the barring device back and forth until it
disengages.
Each cylinder has four rocker levers:

• The exhaust valve rocker lever (1)
• The injector rocker lever (2)
• The intake valve rocker lever (3)
• The engine brake rocker lever (4).
NOTE: The intake valve rocker lever is always the long
lever on valve rocker lever shaft.
NOTE: Early engine vibration dampers are marked with

BRAKE SET 1-6, BRAKE SET 2-5, or BRAKE SET 3-4. The
engine brakes must be set at the appropriate mark on
these engines. Newer engine vibration dampers are
marked with only A, B, or C, and are adjusted with the
valves and injector on the same cylinder.
The valves, brakes, and the injectors on the same cylinder
are adjusted at the same index mark on the vibration
damper.
Signature, ISX and QSX15

Brake Adjustment Sequence
Bar Engine in Direction of Pulley Brake

Rotation Position
Start A 1
Advance to B 5
Advance to C 3
Advance to A 6
Advance to B 2
Advance to C 4
Firing Order: 1-5-3-6-2-4
Rotate the compressor drive or barring device in the

direction of engine rotation, clockwise. Align the A mark
on the vibration damper with the pointer on the gear cover.
NOTE: For illustrative purposes, position A is shown as
the first step. It is not necessary to start with position A,
as long as the proper sequence is followed.
Check the valve rocker levers on the given cylinder to see

if both intake and exhaust valves are closed.
NOTE: Both sets of valves are closed when the rocker
levers and the brake lever are loose. If both sets of valves
are not closed, rotate the compressor drive gear one
complete revolution, and align the A mark on the front
damper with the pointer again.
CAUTION
To get maximum brake operating efficiency and to
prevent engine damage, the brake adjustment
instructions must be followed.
For older engines, locate the engine brake set marks on
the outside of the vibration damper.
The set marks are BRAKE SET 1-6, and BRAKE SET 2-5,
and BRAKE SET 3-4.
BRAKE SET 1-6: Cylinder 1 or 6 adjust
Rotate the compressor drive or barring device in the

direction of engine rotation, clockwise. Align the A mark
on the vibration damper with the pointer on the gear cover.
NOTE: For illustrative purposes, position A is shown as
the first step. It is not necessary to start with position A,
as long as the proper sequence is followed.
Check the valve rocker levers on the given cylinder to see

if both intake and exhaust valves are closed.
NOTE: Both sets of valves are closed when the rocker
levers and the brake lever are loose. If both sets of valves
are not closed, rotate the compressor drive gear one
complete revolution, and align the A mark on the front
damper with the pointer again.
Press the engine brake lever down to verify that the

camshaft follower is in contact with the camshaft.
Loosen the locknut on the brake lever adjusting screw,

and back out the adjusting screw one turn.
Insert the feeler gauge, Part Number 3163530, between
the bottom of the engine brake piston and top of exhaust
valve pin on exhaust valve crosshead.
Brake Lever Lash Specification

mm in
7.00 NOM 0.276
Tighten adjusting screw until drag on feeler gauge is felt.

Proper drag means that there is no motion of the brake
lever camshaft follower against the cam lobe.
Hold the engine brake lever adjusting screw, and tighten

the locknut.
Remove the feeler gauge.
CAUTION
Engine damage can occur if running clearance is not
within specifications.
Check the running clearance:
1. Rotate the engine brake rocker lever to the detent
(neutral) position.
2. Check the clearance (1) between the engine brake
lever actuator piston and the crosshead guide pin.
Engine Brake Lever Running Clearance

mm in
0.508 MIN 0.020
2.790 MAX 0.110
If the running clearance does not fall in the given
specifications, loosen the rocker lever shaft and rotate the
rocker lever shaft, slightly, in the direction required to
bring the running clearance within specifications.
Recheck the brake running clearance.
NOTE: The rocker lever shafts must be adjusted so that
all three engine brake levers fall within the given running
clearance specification.
Repeat the process to adjust all engine brakes according

to the chart shown earlier in this procedure.
Install the rocker lever cover and gasket. Refer to

Procedure 003-011.
Procedure 014-013.
Engine Brake Solenoid Valve Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Engine Brake Solenoid Valve (020-012)

Preparatory Steps
• Remove the rocker lever cover. Refer to Procedure
003-011.
Remove
Disconnect the engine brake wiring harness from the
solenoid.
Use a 3/4 inch socket to remove the solenoid from the
manifold.
Discard the three solenoid o-rings.
Inspect for Reuse

Check the resistance of each solenoid with the wiring
harness disconnected from the solenoid.
Measure the resistance from the terminal to the body of
the solenoid, as indicated in the illustration.
12-VDC
Cold Engine 8 to 10 ohms
Hot Engine 16 to 20 ohms
24-VDC
Cold Engine 32 to 40 ohms
Hot Engine 60 to 80 ohms
Replace the solenoid if not within specifications.

Inspect the engine brake wiring harness, if the solenoids
are within specifications.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Brake Wiring Harness
Install
Lubricate the seal rings with clean engine oil.
Install the upper (1) and center (2) seal ring on the
solenoid.
Coat the inside of the manifold with oil and place the lower
seal ring (3) in the bottom of the manifold.
Install the solenoid into the manifold.
Tighten the solenoid.
Connect the engine brake wiring harness to the solenoid.
Finishing Steps
• Install the rocker lever cover. Refer to Procedure
003-011.
• Operate the engine and check for proper operation
and leaks.
Engine Brake Wiring Harness

(020-015)
Remove
Threaded Brake Pass-Through
NOTE: Early engines used a threaded brake pass-through
connector. A retaining nut was used to hold the pass-
through connector in place. Current production engines
utilize a clip to retain the pass-through connector.
Remove rocker lever cover. Refer to Procedure 003-011.
Disconnect the engine wiring harness from the brake
pass-through.
Remove the pass-through retaining nut.
Remove the brake pass-through connector from the
cylinder head.
Engine Brake Wiring Harness Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Non-Threaded Brake Pass-Through

Disconnect the engine wiring harness from the brake
harness pass-through connector.
Remove the brake pass-through retaining clip.
Remove the pass-through connector from the head.
NOTE: The engine brake harness can be laid over the side
of the engine to service overhead components. It is not
necessary to remove the brake pass-through connector.
Disconnect the solenoid wires.
With your hands about 18 inches apart, grasp the engine
brake wiring harness support bracket and pull it up and
out of the cylinder head.
Inspect for Reuse

With the wiring harness isolated from the solenoids,
inspect the wiring harness for broken wires or connectors.
Check the engine brake wiring harness for shorts. Refer

to fault codes 388, 392, and 393 in the Fuel Systems
Troubleshooting and Repair manual for procedures on
checking harness resistance.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Brake Control Valve
Install
Threaded Brake Pass-Through
Install the engine brake wiring harness support bracket
into the cylinder head.
Connect the solenoid wires.
Install and connect the brake pass-through connector to

the cylinder head.
Install and connect the brake pass-through retaining nut.
Install and connect the engine wiring harness to the brake
pass-through.
Install the rocker lever cover. Refer to Procedure 003-011.
Non-Threaded Brake Pass-Through

Install and connect the brake pass-through connector to
the cylinder head.
Install and connect the brake pass-through retaining clip.
Install and connect the engine wiring harness.
Install and connect the rocker lever cover. Refer to
Procedure 003-011.
Engine Brake Control Valve (020-017)

Remove
003-011.
Engine Brake Control Valve Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
WARNING
The control valve is spring-loaded. To avoid personal
injury, apply thumb pressure to the control valve
cover, slowly remove cover until spring pressure
ceases, and then remove the valve.
Use snap ring pliers to remove the snap ring and control
valve from rocker lever assembly.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the brake lever for wear in the control valve
counterbore area.
Replace the brake lever if the counterbore wear extends
beyond the snap ring groove diameter.
Inspect the control valve spring for breakage and free

length.
Spring Free Length

mm in
44.45 NOM 1.75
Replace the control valve spring if the free length is less
than the specification.
Install
Move the control valve in the bore to insure free
movement.
Lubricate the control valve assembly.
Install the control valve into rocker lever assembly and
snap ring.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Brake Piston
Engine Brake Piston (020-019)

Remove
003-011.
Rotate the engine to the appropriate valve set mark.
Loosen the locknut and back off exhaust valve lash

adjusting screw. Refer to Procedure 003-004.
Remove exhaust valve crosshead and crosshead guide
pin.
Remove the engine brake valve lash adjusting screw

locknut.
Turn the piston adjusting screw clockwise until piston
comes out of the Jake Brake® lever, catch it with your
hand.
NOTE: If the actuator piston is seized or stuck in the lever,
replace the Jake Brake® lever.
Engine Brake Piston Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the actuator piston face and the lever piston bore
for wear. Replace the Jake Brake® Lever, if excessive
wear is found on either the actuator piston or the lever
piston bore. Refer to Procedure 003-009 for rocker lever
inspection.
NOTE: Normal wear creates a uniform pattern around the
piston face. A piston exhibiting normal wear can be used
again, if proper running clearance can be obtained.
Install
Place the piston into the rocker arm.
Holding the piston in place, turn the adjusting screw
counterclockwise until the piston is seated. Install the
locknut.
Install the exhaust valve crosshead and crosshead guide

pin.
Adjust the appropriate exhaust valve and engine brake
lever. Refer to Procedure 003-004.

Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM
Enclosed, we’ve included on CD-ROM, an electronic copy of this publication in Adobe® Acrobat® format (PDF) for your
personal use and reference. Before you begin to use the CD-ROM, please read the “Cummins Service Publications
Electronic Books on CD-ROM Information” printed section, beginning on the next page. This section includes
information about this CD-ROM including System Requirements, Local Administrative Rights requirements, How to Use,
Helpful Support Tips and other information.
Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM Information
The enclosed CD-ROM provides you with the capability to view this publication electronically as well as perform searches.
This CD-ROM is copy protected and will not allow Printing, Changing of Content, Extracting Content or Commenting /
Annotating of the PDF file.
This CD-ROM is read only, and you will not be able to copy files from the CD-ROM and have them open or function in any
manner. The only method to view the electronic publication is from the original CD-ROM.
This CD-ROM is intended for use by the owner of the printed publication only. Copying or distribution of content from this
CD-ROM is expressly prohibited. This CD-ROM will not function from a network server CD-ROM drive. It will function
only in a CD-ROM drive directly connected to your computer.
For Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, Microsoft Windows 2000 or Microsoft Windows XP, this CD-ROM requires that
you have Local Administrative rights in order to use. See the System requirements section for additional details.
System Requirements:
Use of the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM requires Adobe Acrobat, Adobe Acrobat Reader,
or Adobe Reader software to be pre-installed on your computer. This product has been tested for compatibility with
Adobe Acrobat software versions 5.0, 6.0 and 7.0. It may function properly with versions later than Adobe Acrobat 7.0,
but testing has not been performed. Acrobat Reader is available as a free download from www.adobe.com.
The Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM product requires the following system
components:
• Microsoft Windows Auto-Play must be enabled on your computer (it is enabled by default when Windows is installed)
• CD-ROM Drive
• Color Monitor with at least 800x600 resolution graphics
• Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional. This CD-ROM may be compatible with
Microsoft Windows 98 SE, Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, or Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition, but testing has not
been performed.
• Recommended memory, processor speed and available hard-disk space is in accordance with respective Microsoft
Operating System Guidelines, as well as Adobe Acrobat system requirements listed later in these instructions.
Note: The Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM product is not Macintosh compatible.
About required Local Administrative Rights:
The copy protection system used on this product requires direct access to CD-ROM drives in order to authenticate copy
protected discs.
In order to allow the software to enable direct access to CD-ROM drives rights under Microsoft Windows, if you are using
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, Microsoft Windows 2000 or Microsoft Windows XP, your logon account/profile must have
Local Administrative Rights on the computer you will be using your Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-
ROM with. If this computer is set up in Restricted Mode, and your logon account/profile does not have Local
Administrative Rights, then, with approval of your I.T. department or the owner of your computer, you can choose from the
following options to allow the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM to function properly:
• Have your computer account enabled to have Local Administrative rights and then you can run the Cummins Service
Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM - OR -
• Have a user with Local Administrative Rights logon to your computer and run the CD-ROM one time. By doing this,
the necessary files will be loaded to your computer and your computer will be enabled to have direct access to CD-
ROM drives. Then restart this computer. It is very important to restart the computer after you have done this. For all
future needs, you can run the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM under your own account,
without requiring your logon account/profile to have Local Administrative Rights. (Note: This needs to be done only
once for any Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM and then does not need to be done again
for other Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM titles you may own.)
(continued)
About the Copy Protection Software:
• This product may upgrade the proprietary copy protection software files it uses that are placed on your computer
system to a new version, if an older version exists on your computer. If you have CD-ROM copy protected items from
other companies and they use older versions of the same HexaLock copy protection software that the Cummins
Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM uses, it may render them incompatible for use on your computer.
Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 system requirements:

• PC Compatible computer w/ Intel® Pentium® processor
• One of the following Microsoft® Windows Operating Systems:
Microsoft Windows 98 SE
Microsoft Windows Millennium Edition
Microsoft Windows NT® 4.0 with Service Pack 5
Microsoft Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP
• 64MB of RAM
• 24MB of available hard-disk space
• Additional 70MB of hard-disk space for Asian fonts (optional)
(Asian fonts are not required for Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM product.)
Adobe Reader 6.0.1 system requirements:

• PC Compatible computer w/ Intel Pentium processor
• One of the following Microsoft Windows Operating Systems:
Microsoft Windows 98 SE
Microsoft Windows Millennium Edition
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 with Service Pack 6
Microsoft Windows 2000 with Service Pack 2
Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Home Edition
Microsoft Windows XP Tablet PC Edition
• 32MB of RAM (64MB recommended)
• 60MB of available hard-disk space
• Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0.1, 5.5, 6.0, or 6.1
Adobe Reader 7.0 system requirements:

• PC Compatible computer w/ Intel Pentium processor
• One of the following Microsoft Windows Operating Systems:
Microsoft Windows 2000 with Service Pack 2
Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Home Edition
Microsoft Windows XP Tablet PC Edition
• 128MB of RAM
• Up to 90MB of available hard-disk space
• Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher
How to Use the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM:

To use the CD-ROM, simply insert the CD-ROM into your computer and it should automatically run, open Adobe Acrobat
and open the Electronic Book. (This happens with Microsoft Windows Auto-Play functionality, and Adobe Acrobat pre-
loaded by you on your computer).
(continued)
Helpful Support Tips:
• If Windows Auto-Play is not enabled, try re-enabling it, or navigate with Windows Explorer to your CD-ROM drive and
double click on the CD-ROM drive letter to open it. Then double-click on the program named “clickhere”. (Do not
attempt to directly open the PDF file by clicking on the PDF document.)
• In rare occasions, after inserting the CD-ROM you may receive a notice from Adobe Acrobat that it “could not open
the PDF because it is either not a supported file type or the file has been corrupted”. This can occur in rare occasions
due to application timing issues. If this occurs there are several options to remedy the situation: 1) Simply click OK on
the notice, eject the CD-ROM and re-insert it to have it restart the program, or 2) Click OK on the notice and navigate
with Windows Explorer to your CD-ROM drive and double click on the CD-ROM drive letter to open it. Then double-
click on the program named “clickhere”. (Do not attempt to directly open the PDF file by clicking on the PDF
document) or 3) Click OK on the notice, eject the CD-ROM, restart your computer and after the system has restarted,
re-insert the CD-ROM and have it automatically run.
• If the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM does not function, see the prior section on “About
required Local Administrative Rights:” in this documentation and verify you have Local Administrative Rights on your
computer in order to run the CD-ROM.
Special Instructions for Cummins PowerSweep PC Users:

(This only applies to Cummins Inc. & Distributor Employees):
Cummins PowerSweep PC users that DO NOT have Local Administrative rights to their PC will require a HexaLock patch
software installation. If you are a Cummins Inc. or Distributor Employee who wants to use these CD-ROM’s, and you have
a PowerSweep PC – please order the ‘HexaLock’ software from the Cummins Software Shelf. The Software Shelf
personnel will contact you to arrange installation. Software will be installed remotely by Software Shelf personnel. Once
software is installed, first reboot your PC, then attempt to read your encrypted CD-ROM manual while Cummins Software
Shelf personnel are still on the telephone.
Electronic Book Technical Support:

Support for this product is available from Monday through Friday weekly, excluding Holidays, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.
You may call (502) 540-4981 for telephone support. For e-mail support, please e-mail ebooksupport@merrickind.com.
CD-ROM Media Replacement Options:

Up to 90 days from date of purchase:
Within the first 90 days from your date of purchase, if your copy of an Electronic Book on CD-ROM does not function, and
after a Cummins Electronic Book Technical Support Technician has confirmed the situation and authorized its
replacement by providing you an RMA#, you may send back the CD-ROM for a free replacement. To do so, you must
package the CD-ROM and ship/mail, with postage pre-paid by you, to the below address. You must also include a
photocopy of the original invoice for proof of purchase of the publication clearly indicating the bulletin # and the purchase
date. The RMA# must be on the address information of the package. If the proof of purchase copy of the invoice is not
enclosed, your request will not be able to be processed and will not be returned. Delivery of the replacement will be
shipped to you at no charge. Allow 3 to 4 weeks for your receipt of replacement copy. Note: Return only the non-
functional CD-ROM, do not return the entire printed publication. The replacement CD-ROM maintains the original
purchase/invoice date for the purposes of this replacement policy. This policy is subject to change at any time, without
notice. For a copy of the most current replacement options policy, please e-mail ebooksupport@merrickind.com with your
request.
Media Replacement Ship to Address:

Attn: Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books Technical Support
RMA#: XXXXXX (where XXXXXX is the RMA#)
808 E. Liberty Street
Louisville, KY 40204 U.S.A.
Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM are Copyright © Cummins Inc.
Adobe Acrobat Reader is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Intel and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation.
HexaLock is Copyright © HexaLock, Ltd.
All other names and products used herein are trademarks for their respective owner.
Section L - Service Literature Page L-a
Section L - Service Literature

Section Contents
Page
Additional Service Literature ............................................................................................................................L-1
General Information..........................................................................................................................................L-1
Cummins Customized Parts Catalog ................................................................................................................L-3
General Information..........................................................................................................................................L-3
Ordering the Customized Parts Catalog.............................................................................................................L-3
Ordering by Telephone...................................................................................................................................L-3
Ordering On-Line...........................................................................................................................................L-3
Service Literature Ordering Location ...............................................................................................................L-2
Contact Information...........................................................................................................................................L-2
Page L-b Section L - Service Literature

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Additional Service Literature
Section L - Service Literature Page L-1
Additional Service Literature

General Information
The following publications can be purchased:
Bulletin Number Title of Publication

3666259 Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Electronic Control System, Signature, ISX and QSX15
Engines
3666393 Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Generator-Drive Control System, QSX15, QSK45, and
QSK60 Engines
3666394 Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, PowerCommand Control, QSX15, QSK45, and QSK60
Engines
4021334 Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, CM870 Electronic Control System, Signature and ISX
Engines
4021560 ISM CM876 / ISX CM871 Electronic Control System, Troubleshooting and Repair Manual
3666268 Signature and ISX Wiring Diagram
3666414 QSX15 Industrial Wiring Diagram
3666349 QSX15 Generator Drive Wiring Diagram
3666466 QSX15 PowerCommand Wiring Diagram
4021341 Signature and ISX CM870 Control Module Wiring Diagram
4021575 ISX CM871 Wiring Diagram
3666311 Operation and Maintenance Manual - Signature and ISX Engines
4021345 Owner's Manual, Signature and ISX Engines
3666251 ISX CM871 Operation and Maintenance Manual
3379000 Air for Your Engines
3379001 Fuel for Cummins® Engines
3387266 Cold Weather Operation
3666132 Coolant Requirements and Maintenance Bulletin
3666209 Cooling System Maintenance Extended Interval
3810340 Cummins® Engine Oil Recommendations
Service Literature Ordering Location Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page L-2 Section L - Service Literature
Service Literature Ordering Location

Contact Information
Region Ordering Location

United States and Canada Cummins Distributors
or
Credit Cards at 1-800-646-5609
or
Order online at www.powerstore.cummins.com
All Other Countries Cummins Distributors or Dealers
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Cummins Customized Parts Catalog
Section L - Service Literature Page L-3
Cummins Customized Parts Catalog

General Information
Cummins is pleased to announce the availability of a parts catalog compiled specifically for you. Unlike the generic
versions of parts catalogs that support general high volume parts content; Cummins Customized catalogs contains
only the new factory parts that were used to build your engine.
The catalog cover, as well as the content, is customized with you in mind. You can use it in your shop, at your worksite,
or as a coffee table book in your RV or boat. The cover contains your name, company name, address, and telephone
number. Your name and engine model identification even appears on the catalog spine. Everybody will know that
Cummins created a catalog specifically for you.
This new catalog was designed to provide you with the exact information you need to order parts for your engine. This
will be valuable for customers that do not have easy access to the Cummins Electronic Parts Catalog or the Cummins
Parts Microfilm System.
Additional Features of the Customized Catalog include:
• Engine Configuration Data
• Table of Contents
• Separate Option and Parts Indexes
• Service Kits (when applicable)
• ReCon Part Numbers (when applicable)
Ordering the Customized Parts Catalog
Ordering by Telephone
North American customers can contact their Cummins Distributor or call Gannett Direct Marketing Services at
1-800-646-5609 and order by credit card. Outside North America order on-line or make an International call to Gannett
at (++)502-454-6660.
Ordering On-Line
The Customized Parts Catalog can be ordered On-Line from the Cummins Powerstore by credit card. Contact the
Powerstore at WWW.POWERSTORE.CUMMINS.COM
Contact GDMS or the CUMMINS POWERSTORE for the current price; Freight may be an additional expense.
Information we need to take your Customized Parts Catalog Order. This information drives the cover content of the
CPC.
• Customer Name
• Street Address
• Company Name (optional)
• Telephone no.
• Credit Card No.
• Cummins Engine Serial Number (located on the engine data plate)
• Please identify the required media: Printed Catalog, CD-ROM, or PDF File
Unfortunately not all Cummins Engines can be supported by this parts catalog. Engines older than 1984 or newer
than 3 months may not have the necessary parts information to compile a catalog. We will contact you if this occurs
and explain why we are unable to fill your order.
Customized Parts Catalogs are produced specifically for a single customer. This means they are not returnable for a
refund. If we make an error and your catalog is not useable, we will correct that error by sending you a new catalog.
Cummins Customized Parts Catalog Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page L-4 Section L - Service Literature
Notes
Section M - Component Manufacturers Page M-a
Section M - Component Manufacturers

Section Contents
Page
Component Manufacturers' Addresses ...........................................................................................................M-1
Air Compressors..............................................................................................................................................M-1
Air Cylinders....................................................................................................................................................M-1
Air Heaters.......................................................................................................................................................M-1
Air Starting Motors...........................................................................................................................................M-1
Alternators.......................................................................................................................................................M-1
Auxiliary Brakes...............................................................................................................................................M-1
Belts................................................................................................................................................................M-1
Catalytic Converters.........................................................................................................................................M-1
Coolant Level Switches....................................................................................................................................M-1
Clutches..........................................................................................................................................................M-1
Coolant Heaters...............................................................................................................................................M-2
Drive Plates.....................................................................................................................................................M-2
Electric Starting Motors....................................................................................................................................M-2
Electronic Switches..........................................................................................................................................M-2
Engine Protection Controls...............................................................................................................................M-2
Fan Clutches....................................................................................................................................................M-2
Fans................................................................................................................................................................M-2
Fault Lamps.....................................................................................................................................................M-2
Filters...............................................................................................................................................................M-2
Flexplates........................................................................................................................................................M-2
Fuel Coolers....................................................................................................................................................M-2
Fuel Pumps......................................................................................................................................................M-2
Fuel Warmers..................................................................................................................................................M-2
Gauges............................................................................................................................................................M-3
Governors........................................................................................................................................................M-3
Heat Sleeves....................................................................................................................................................M-3
Hydraulic and Power Steering Pumps..............................................................................................................M-3
In-Line Connectors...........................................................................................................................................M-3
Oil Heaters.......................................................................................................................................................M-3
Prelubrication Systems.....................................................................................................................................M-3
Radiators.........................................................................................................................................................M-3
Throttle Assemblies..........................................................................................................................................M-3
Torque Converters...........................................................................................................................................M-3
Page M-b Section M - Component Manufacturers

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Component Manufacturers' Addresses
Section M - Component Manufacturers Page M-1
Component Manufacturers' Addresses (203-001)

NOTE: The following list contains addresses and telephone numbers of suppliers of accessories used on Cummins
engines. Suppliers can be contacted directly for any specifications not covered in this manual.
Air Compressors Ingersoll-Rand Engine Belts
Starting Systems
Bendix Heavy Vehicles Systems T.B.A. Belting Ltd.
888 Industrial Drive
Div. of Allied Automotive P.O. Box 77
901 Cleveland Street Elmhurst, IL 60126 Wigan
Telephone: (708) 530-3875
Elyria, OH 44036 Lancashire
Telephone: (216) 329-9000 StartMaster WN2 4XQ
Holset Engineering Co., Inc. Air Starting Systems England
A Division of Sycon Corporation Telephone: (0)1942-259221
1320 Kemper Meadow Drive
Suite 500 9595 Cheney Avenue Dayco Mfg.
Cincinnati, OH 45240 P. O. Box 491 Belt Technical Center
Telephone: (513) 825-9600 Marion, OH 43302 1955 Enterprize
Telephone: (614) 382-5771 Rochester Hills, MI 48309
Midland-Grau
Alternators Telephone: (810) 853-8300
Heavy Duty Systems
Heavy Duty Group Headquarters Robert Bosch Ltd. Gates Rubber Company
10930 N. Pamona Avenue P.O. Box 98 900 S. Broadway
Kansas City, MO 64153 Broadwater Park Denver, CO 80217
Telephone: (816) 891-2470 North Orbital Road
Goodyear Tire and
Air Cylinders Denham
Rubber Company
Uxbridge Industrial Products Div.
Bendix Ltd. Middlesex UD9 5HG
Douglas Road 2601 Fortune Circle East
England
Kingswood Indianapolis, IN 46241
Telephone: (0)1895-838383
Bristol Telephone: (317) 898-4170
Prestolite Electrics Catalytic Converters
England
Telephone: 0117-671881 Cleveland Road
Leyland Donaldson Company, Inc.
Catching Engineering PR5 1XB 1400 West 94th Street
1733 North 25th Avenue England P.O. Box 1299
Melrose Park, IL 60160 Telephone: (0)1772-421663 Minneapolis, MN 55440
Telephone: (708) 344-2334 Telephone: (612) 887-3835
C. E. Niehoff & Co.
TEC - Hackett Inc. 2021 Lee Street Nelson Division
8909 Rawles Avenue Evanston, IL 60202 Exhaust and Filtration Systems
Indianapolis, IN 46219 Telephone: (708) 866-6030 1801 U.S. Highway 51 P.O. Box 428
Telephone: (317) 895-3670 Stoughton, WI 53589
Delco-Remy America
Air Heaters Telephone: (608) 873-4200
2401 Columbus Avenue
Fleetguard, Inc. P.O. Box 2439 Walker Manufacturing
1200 Fleetguard Road Anderson, IN 46018 3901 Willis Road
Telephone: (317) 646-3528 P.O. Box 157
Cookeville, TN 38502
Grass Lake, MI 49240
Telephone: (615) 526-9551 Leece-Neville Corp.
Telephone: (517) 522-5500
Kim Hotstart Co. 400 Main Street
Arcade, NY 14009 Coolant Level Switches
P.O. Box 11245
Spokane, WA 99211-0245 Telephone: (716) 492-1700 Robertshaw Controls Company
Telephone: (509) 534-6171 Auxiliary Brakes P.O. Box 400
Air Starting Motors Knoxville, TN 37901
The Jacobs Manufacturing Company Telephone: (216) 885-1773
Ingersoll Rand Vehicle Equipment Division
22 East Dudley Town Road Clutches
Chorley New Road
Horwich Bloomfield, CT 06002 Twin Disc International S.A.
Bolton Telephone: (203) 243-1441 Chaussee de Namur
Lancashire Nivelles
England Belguim
BL6 6JN Telephone: 067-224941
Telephone: 01204-65544 Twin Disc Incorporated
1328 Racine Street
Racine, WI 53403
Telephone: (414) 634-1981
Component Manufacturers' Addresses Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page M-2 Section M - Component Manufacturers
Coolant Heaters Fan Clutches Fault Lamps

Fleetguard, Inc. Kysor Cooling Systems N.A. Cutler-Hammer Products
1200 Fleetguard Road 6040 West 62nd Street Eaton Corporation
Cookeville, TN 38502 Indianapolis, IN 46278 4201 N. 27th Street
Telephone: (615) 526-9551 Telephone: (317) 328-3330 Milwaukee, WI 53216
Drive Plates Holset Engineering Co. Ltd. Telephone: (414) 449-6600
ST Andrews Road Filters
Detroit Diesel Allison
Division of General Motors Huddersfield, West Yorkshire Fleetguard International Corp.
England HD1 6RA
Corporation Cavalry Hill Industrial Park
Telephone: (0)1484-22244
P.O. Box 894 Weedon
Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Horton Industries, Inc. Northampton NN7 4TD
Telephone: (317) 242-5000 P.O. Box 9455 England
Electric Starting Motors Minneapolis, MN 55440 Telephone: 01327-341313
Telephone: (612) 378-6410 Fleetguard, Inc.
Prestolite Electrics
Rockford Clutch Company 1200 Fleetguard Road
Cleveland Road
Leyland 1200 Windsor Road Cookeville, TN 38502
PR5 1XB P.O. Box 2908 Telephone: 1-800-22-Filters
England Rockford, IL 61132-2908 (1-800-223-4583)
Telephone: 01772-421663 Telephone: (815) 633-7460 Flexplates
Fans
Delco-Remy America Corrugated Packing and
2401 Columbus Avenue Truflo Ltd. Sheet Metal
P.O. Box 2439 Westwood Road Hamsterley
Anderson, IN 46018 Birmingham Newcastle Upon Tyne
Telephone: (317) 646-3528 B6 7JF England
Leece-Neville Corp. England Telephone: (0)1207-560-505
400 Main Street Telephone: (0)121-3283041 Allison Transmission
Arcade, NY 14009 Hayes-Albion Corporation Division of General Motors
Telephone: (716) 492-1700 Jackson Manufacturing Plant Corporation
1999 Wildwood Avenue P.O. Box 894
Nippondenso Inc.
Jackson, MI 49202 Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894
2477 Denso Drive
P.O. Box 5133 Telephone: (517) 782-9421 Telephone: (317) 242-5000
Southfield, MI 48086 Engineered Cooling Systems, Inc. Midwest Mfg. Co.
Telephone: (313) 350-7500 201 W. Carmel Drive 29500 Southfield Road, Suite 122
Electronic Switches Carmel, IN 46032 Southfield, MI 48076
Cutler-Hammer Products
Eaton Corporation Brookside Corporation Wohlert Corporation
4201 N. 27th Street P.O. Box 30 708 East Grand River Avenue
Milwaukee, WI 53216 McCordsville, IN 46055 P.O. Box 20217
Telephone: (414) 449-6600 Telephone: (317) 335-2014 Lansing, MI 48901
TCF Aerovent Company Telephone: (517) 485-3750
Engine Protection Controls
9100 Purdue Rd., Suite 101 Fuel Coolers
Flight Systems Headquarters Indianapolis, IN 46268-1190
Hempt Road Hayden, Inc.
Telephone: (317) 872-0030
P.O. Box 25 1531 Pomona Road
Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 Kysor-Cadillac P.O. Box 848
Telephone: (717) 697-0333 1100 Wright Street Corona, CA 91718-0848
Cadillac, MI 49601 Telephone: (909) 736-2665
The Nason Company Telephone: (616) 775-4681 Fuel Pumps
2810 Blue Ridge Blvd.
Schwitzer
West Union, SC 29696 Robert Bosch Corp.
6040 West 62nd Street
Telephone: (803) 638-9521 Automotive Group
P.O. Box 80-B 2800 South 25th Ave.
Teddington Industrial Indianapolis, IN 46206
Equipment Broadview, IL 60153
Telephone: (317) 328-3010
Windmill Road Fuel Warmers
Sunbury on Thames
Fleetguard, Inc.
Middlesex 1200 Fleetguard Road
TW16 7HF Cookeville, TN 38502
England Telephone: (615) 526-9551
Telephone: (0)9327-85500
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Component Manufacturers' Addresses
Section M - Component Manufacturers Page M-3
Gauges Sperry Vickers The G&O Manufacturing Company

P.O. Box 302 100 Gando Drive
Grasslin U.K. Ltd.
Troy, MI 48084 P.O. Box 1204
Vale Rise
Tonbridge Telephone: (313) 280-3000 New Haven, CT 06505-1204
Telephone: (203) 562-5121
Kent Z.F.
TN9 1TB P.O. Box 1340 Young Radiator Company
England Grafvonsoden Strasse 2825 Four Mile Road
Telephone: (0)1732-359888 5-9 D7070 Racine, WI 53404
Datcon Instruments Schwaebisch Gmuend Telephone: (910) 271-2397
P.O. Box 128 Germany L and M Radiator, Inc.
East Petersburg, PA 17520 Telephone: 7070-7171-31510 1414 East 37th Street
Telephone: (717) 569-5713 In-Line Connectors Hibbing, MN 55746
Rochester Gauges, Inc. Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. Telephone: (218) 263-8993
11616 Harry Hines Blvd. 5440 Neiman Parkway Throttle Assemblies
P.O. Box 29242 Solon, OH 44139 Williams Controls, Inc.
Dallas, TX 75229 Telephone: (216) 349-1300 14100 SW 72nd Avenue
Telephone: (214) 241-2161
Deutsch Portland, OR 97224
Governors Industrial Products Division Telephone: (503) 684-8600
Woodward Governor Co. 37140 Industrial Avenue Torque Converters
P.O. Box 1519 Hemet, CA 92343
Telephone: (714) 929-1200 Twin Disc International S.A.
Fort Collins, CO 80522
Chaussee de Namur
Telephone: (303) 482-5811 Oil Heaters
Nivelles
(800) 523-2831 Fleetguard, Inc. Belgium
Barber Colman Co. 1200 Fleetguard Road Telephone: 067-224941
1354 Clifford Avenue Cookeville, TN 38502 Twin Disc Incorporated
Loves Park, IL 61132 Telephone: (615) 526-9551 1328 Racine Street
Telephone: (815) 637-3000
Kim Hotstart Co. Racine, WI 53403-1758
United Technologies P.O. Box 11245 Telephone: (414) 634-1981
Diesel Systems Spokane, WA 99211-0245
Rockford Powertrain, Inc.
1000 Jorie Blvd. Telephone: (509) 534-6171
Off-Highway Systems
Suite 111 Prelubrication Systems 1200 Windsor Road
Oak Brook, IL 69521 P.O. Box 2908
Telephone: (312) 325-2020 RPM Industries, Inc.
Suite 109 Rockford, IL 61132-2908
Heat Sleeves 55 Hickory Street Telephone: (815) 633-7460
Bentley Harris Manufacturing Co. Washington, PA 15301 Modine Mfg. Co.
100 Bentley Harris Way Telephone: (412) 228-5130 1500 DeKoven Avenue
Gordonville, TN 38563 Radiators Racine, WI 53401
JB Radiator Specialties, Inc.
Hydraulic and Power Steering
P.O. Box 292087
Pumps
Sacramento, CA 95829-2087
Honeywell Control Systems Ltd. Telephone: (916) 381-4791
Honeywell House
Arlington Business Place
Bracknell
Berks RG12 1EB
Telephone: (0)1344-656000
Component Manufacturers' Addresses Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page M-4 Section M - Component Manufacturers
Notes
Section V - Specifications Page V-a
Section V - Specifications
Section Contents
Page
Air Intake System ............................................................................................................................................V-73
Specifications.................................................................................................................................................V-73
Automotive Applications...............................................................................................................................V-73
Industrial and Generator Drive..................................................................................................................... V-73
Air Intake System - Group 10 - Specifications ...............................................................................................V-41
Charge-Air Cooler.................................................................................................................................................... V-41
Turbocharger............................................................................................................................................................V-41
Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator...........................................................................................................................V-41
Turbocharger Wastegate Valve Body...................................................................................................................... V-42
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator............................................................................................................. V-42
Air Intake System - Group 10 - Torque Values ..............................................................................................V-43
Air Intake Connection...............................................................................................................................................V-46
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems............................................................................................................. V-43
Turbocharger............................................................................................................................................................V-43
Turbocharger Control Shutoff Valve Filter Head......................................................................................................V-47
Turbocharger Coolant Hoses...................................................................................................................................V-45
Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator...........................................................................................................................V-46
Turbocharger Wastegate Controller.........................................................................................................................V-46
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator............................................................................................................. V-47
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator Air Supply Line....................................................................................V-47
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Control Valve Air Supply Line............................................................................V-47
Variable Geometry Turbocharger Actuator, Electric.................................................................................................V-48
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values .........................................................................................................V-79
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - Metric..............................................................................................V-79
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary...............................................................................V-79
General Information........................................................................................................................................V-79
Compressed Air System .................................................................................................................................V-76
Cummins 18.7 CFM Model...........................................................................................................................V-76
Compressed Air System - Group 12 - Torque Values ....................................................................................V-58
Air Compressor........................................................................................................................................................ V-58
Air Compressor Cylinder Head, Single Cylinder...................................................................................................... V-58
Cooling System ...............................................................................................................................................V-71
Cooling System - Group 08 - Specifications ..................................................................................................V-32
Coolant Thermostat..................................................................................................................................................V-32
Fan Hub, Belt Driven................................................................................................................................................V-32
Water Pump............................................................................................................................................................. V-32
Cooling System - Group 08 - Torque Values .................................................................................................V-34
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Water Pump).................................................................................................................V-36
Coolant Filter Valve..................................................................................................................................................V-34
Coolant Thermostat..................................................................................................................................................V-34
Coolant Thermostat Housing....................................................................................................................................V-34
Cooling System........................................................................................................................................................V-35
Fan Hub, Belt Driven................................................................................................................................................V-35
Fan Pulley................................................................................................................................................................ V-38
Fan Support..............................................................................................................................................................V-37
Water Inlet Connection.............................................................................................................................................V-37
Water Pump............................................................................................................................................................. V-36
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Specifications ......................................................................................................V-1
Bearings, Connecting Rod.........................................................................................................................................V-1
Bearings, Main...........................................................................................................................................................V-1
Connecting Rod..........................................................................................................................................................V-1
Crankshaft..................................................................................................................................................................V-2
Page V-b Section V - Specifications
Cylinder Liner.............................................................................................................................................................V-3
Engine Base Timing...................................................................................................................................................V-5
Piston.........................................................................................................................................................................V-4
Piston Rings...............................................................................................................................................................V-4
Vibration Damper, Viscous.........................................................................................................................................V-4
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Torque Values .....................................................................................................V-6
Bearings, Connecting Rod.........................................................................................................................................V-6
Bearings, Main...........................................................................................................................................................V-6
Block Stiffener Plate.................................................................................................................................................V-11
Bracket, Accessory.....................................................................................................................................................V-9
Bracket, Retaining Brace............................................................................................................................................V-8
Connecting Rod..........................................................................................................................................................V-6
Crankshaft Adapter....................................................................................................................................................V-6
Crankshaft Pulley.......................................................................................................................................................V-7
Crankshaft Seal, Front...............................................................................................................................................V-7
Crankshaft Seal, Rear................................................................................................................................................V-7
Engine Base Timing.................................................................................................................................................V-10
Gear Cover, Lower.....................................................................................................................................................V-8
Gear Cover, Upper.....................................................................................................................................................V-8
Gear Housing, Front...................................................................................................................................................V-8
Piston Cooling Nozzle................................................................................................................................................V-8
Vibration Damper, Viscous.........................................................................................................................................V-8
Cylinder Head - Group 02 - Specifications .....................................................................................................V-12
Cylinder Head...........................................................................................................................................................V-12
Overhead Camshaft End Clearance, Injector...........................................................................................................V-14
Overhead Camshaft End Clearance, Valve............................................................................................................. V-14
Overhead Camshaft, Injector................................................................................................................................... V-14
Overhead Camshaft, Valve......................................................................................................................................V-13
Cylinder Head - Group 02 - Torque Values ....................................................................................................V-15
Cylinder Head...........................................................................................................................................................V-15
Overhead Camshaft, Injector................................................................................................................................... V-15
Overhead Camshaft, Valve......................................................................................................................................V-15
Drive Belt Tension ..........................................................................................................................................V-78
Tension Chart.................................................................................................................................................V-78
Drive Units - Group 09 - Torque Values .........................................................................................................V-39
Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket............................................................................................. V-40
Belt Tensioner, Refrigerant Compressor, Automatic................................................................................................V-39
Idler Pulley, Refrigerant Compressor.......................................................................................................................V-39
Refrigerant Compressor...........................................................................................................................................V-39
Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket..............................................................................................................V-39
Electrical Equipment - Group 13 - Torque Values .........................................................................................V-59
Alternator..................................................................................................................................................................V-59
Alternator Idler Pulley...............................................................................................................................................V-60
Alternator Pulley.......................................................................................................................................................V-59
Alternator Spacer..................................................................................................................................................... V-60
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Alternator).....................................................................................................................V-60
Bracket, Idler Pulley and Alternator Belt Tensioner..................................................................................................V-60
Starting Motor...........................................................................................................................................................V-59
Electrical System ............................................................................................................................................V-75
Engine Testing ................................................................................................................................................V-77
Automotive with CM870............................................................................................................................... V-77
Automotive With CM871...............................................................................................................................V-77
Engine Testing - Group 14 - Specifications ...................................................................................................V-61
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer)..................................................................................................................V-61
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer)...................................................................................................................V-61
Exhaust System ..............................................................................................................................................V-74
Exhaust System - Group 11 - Specifications ................................................................................................. V-49
Section V - Specifications Page V-c
Exhaust Restriction.................................................................................................................................................. V-49

Exhaust System - Group 11 - Torque Values .................................................................................................V-50
Aftertreatment Adapter Pipe.....................................................................................................................................V-54
Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation Catalyst.................................................................................................................V-55
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter.....................................................................................................................V-54
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor Mounting Bracket..........................................V-54
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes............................................................V-55
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector......................................................................................................................................V-54
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Flow.............................................................................................................................V-57
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Manifold........................................................................................................................V-57
Aftertreatment Injector Lines....................................................................................................................................V-55
Aftertreatment Inlet and Outlet.................................................................................................................................V-55
EGR Connection Tubes...........................................................................................................................................V-52
EGR Cooler..............................................................................................................................................................V-50
EGR Cooler Connection...........................................................................................................................................V-51
EGR Cooler Coolant Lines.......................................................................................................................................V-53
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Adapter..............................................................................................................V-53
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes.................................................................................................................V-52
EGR Mixer................................................................................................................................................................V-51
EGR Valve................................................................................................................................................................V-51
EGR Valve Coolant Lines.........................................................................................................................................V-53
EGR Valve Mounting Bracket...................................................................................................................................V-54
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Adapter...................................................................................................................V-54
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Tube........................................................................................................................V-52
Exhaust Manifold, Dry..............................................................................................................................................V-50
Heat Shield...............................................................................................................................................................V-53
Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions ....................................................................................................V-81
Conversion Chart............................................................................................................................................V-81
Fuel System ....................................................................................................................................................V-69
Automotive with CM870...............................................................................................................................V-69
Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....................................................V-69
Fuel System - Group 05 - Torque Values .......................................................................................................V-20
Fuel Inlet Pre-Filter...................................................................................................................................................V-24
Fuel Lift Pump..........................................................................................................................................................V-20
Fuel Pump................................................................................................................................................................V-20
Fuel Pump Pulsation Damper..................................................................................................................................V-20
Fuel Shutoff Valve....................................................................................................................................................V-20
Integrated Fuel System Module (IFSM)...................................................................................................................V-21
General Engine ................................................................................................................................................V-68
Automotive with CM870...............................................................................................................................V-68
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Specifications ....................................................................................V-25
Fuel Drain Line Restriction.......................................................................................................................................V-25
Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type)........................................................................................................................................V-25
Fuel Inlet Restriction.................................................................................................................................................V-25
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Torque Values ....................................................................................V-26
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled..............................................................................................................................V-26
Fuel Drain Line Restriction.......................................................................................................................................V-26
Injector......................................................................................................................................................................V-26
Lubricating Oil System ...................................................................................................................................V-70
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Specifications ......................................................................................V-27
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve...........................................................................................................................V-27
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve..............................................................................................................V-27
Lubricating Oil Pump................................................................................................................................................V-27
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Torque Values ......................................................................................V-29
Lubricating Oil Cooler...............................................................................................................................................V-29
Lubricating Oil Cooler Element.................................................................................................................................V-29
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Tube....................................................................................................................................V-29
Lubricating Oil Fill Tube............................................................................................................................................V-31
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve...........................................................................................................................V-29
Page V-d Section V - Specifications
Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter..........................................................................................................................V-30

Lubricating Oil Pan...................................................................................................................................................V-30
Lubricating Oil Pump................................................................................................................................................V-30
Lubricating Oil Suction Tube (Block-Mounted).........................................................................................................V-30
Lubricating Oil System.............................................................................................................................................V-30
Lubricating Oil Thermostat.......................................................................................................................................V-31
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 - Specifications ........................................................................................V-62
Flywheel...................................................................................................................................................................V-62
Flywheel Housing, REPTO.......................................................................................................................................V-62
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 - Torque Values .......................................................................................V-63
Engine Lifting Brackets.............................................................................................................................................V-63
Flywheel...................................................................................................................................................................V-63
Flywheel Housing.....................................................................................................................................................V-63
Flywheel Housing, REPTO.......................................................................................................................................V-63
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversions ....................................................................................................V-82
Pipe Plug Torque Values ................................................................................................................................V-83
Torque Table..................................................................................................................................................V-83
Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Specifications ....................................................................................................V-16
Overhead Set...........................................................................................................................................................V-16
Rocker Lever Assembly...........................................................................................................................................V-16
Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Torque Values ...................................................................................................V-18
Crankcase Breather (External).................................................................................................................................V-18
Crankcase Breather Element...................................................................................................................................V-19
Overhead Set...........................................................................................................................................................V-18
Rocker Lever Assembly...........................................................................................................................................V-19
Rocker Lever Cover.................................................................................................................................................V-19
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric .................................................................................................V-84
Vehicle Braking - Group 20 - Specifications ..................................................................................................V-66
Engine Brake Assembly...........................................................................................................................................V-66
Engine Brake Control Valve.....................................................................................................................................V-66
Vehicle Braking - Group 20 - Torque Values .................................................................................................V-67
Engine Brake Assembly...........................................................................................................................................V-67
Engine Brake Solenoid Valve...................................................................................................................................V-67
Engine Brake Wiring Harness..................................................................................................................................V-67
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors ................................................................................................V-85
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Specifications
Section V - Specifications Page V-1
Ref.No./
Component or Assembly (Procedure) Metric U.S.
Steps
.
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Specifications

Bearings, Connecting Rod (001-005)
Standard Connecting Rod Bearing 2.366 mm MIN 0.093 in
Thickness
2.378 mm MAX 0.094 in
Bearings, Main (001-006)

Standard Main Bearing Shell Thickness 3.196 mm MIN 0.126 in
3.214 mm MAX 0.127 in
Crankshaft End Clearance - New or 0.10 mm MIN 0.004 in

Reground
0.50 mm MAX 0.020 in
Connecting Rod (001-014)

Connecting Rod Crankshaft Bore Inside 98.801 mm MIN 3.890 in
Diameter
98.839 mm MAX 3.891 in
Connecting Rod Piston Pin Bushing Inside 63.55 mm MIN 2.502 in

Diameter
63.57 mm MAX 2.503 in
Connecting Rod Length 261.45 mm MIN 10.293 in

261.55 mm MAX 10.297 in
Maximum Connecting Rod Bend (Bushing 0.021 mm MAX 0.0008 in

Installed)
Cylinder Block - Group 01 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Page V-2 Section V - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Maximum Connecting Rod Twist (Bushing 0.05 mm MAX 0.002 in

Installed)
Crankshaft (001-016)
Crankshaft Connecting Rod Journal Outside 93.98 mm MIN 3.700 in
Diameter
94.02 mm MAX 3.702 in
Crankshaft Main Bearing Journal Outside 126.98 mm MIN 4.999 in

Diameter
127.02 mm MAX 5.001 in
Crankshaft Thrust Face Width 54.95 mm MIN 2.163 in

55.05 mm MAX 2.167 in
Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Flange Outside

Diameter
Flange Diameter Location (1) 164.964 MIN 6.495
165.035 MAX 6.497
165.525 MAX 6.517
Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Flange Outside

139.63 MAX 5.497
140.04 MAX 5.513
Crankshaft Pilot Outside Diameter 49.985 mm MIN 1.968 in

50.015 mm MAX 1.969 in
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Cylinder Block - Group 01
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Total Indicator Runout 0.200 mm MAX 0.008 in
Adjacent Journal Runout 0.075 mm MAX 0.003 in
Rear Oil Seal Flange Total Indicator Runout 0.03 mm MAX 0.0012 in
Front Oil Seal Crankshaft Adapter Diameter 0.05 mm MAX 0.002 in

Runout
Cylinder Liner (001-028)

Cylinder Liner Pitting Depth 1.60 mm MAX 0.060 in
Cylinder Liner Inside Diameter 137.14 mm MAX 5.40 in
Cylinder Top Press Fit Outside Diameter 160.98 mm MAX 6.34 in

Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cylinder Liner Recession (Groove-Top 0.36 mm MIN 0.014 in

Cylinder Liners)
0.51 mm MAX 0.019 in
Cylinder Liner Protrusion (Flat-Top Cylinder 0.18 mm MIN 0.007 in
Liners)
0.33 mm MAX 0.014 in
Piston (001-043)
Articulated Piston Pin Bore Inside Diameter 63.56 mm MIN 2.502 in
(Crown)
63.58 mm MAX 2.503 in
Articulated Piston Pin Bore Inside Diameter 63.513 mm MIN 2.5005 in
(Skirt)
63.525 mm MAX 2.5010 in
Piston Pin Outside Diameter 63.4670 MIN 2.4987 in

mm
63.4999 MAX 2.5000 in
mm
Articulated Piston Pin Length 109.5 mm MIN 4.311 in
110.0 mm MAX 4.331 in
Single-Piece Piston Pin Length 84.6 mm MIN 3.331 in
85.1 mm MAX 3.350 in
Piston Rings (001-047)
Articulated Piston Ring Gap
Top 0.33 MIN 0.013
0.53 MAX 0.021
Second 1.87 MIN 0.074
2.13 MAX 0.084
Oil 0.21 MIN 0.008
0.51 MAX 0.020
Single-Piece Piston Ring Gap
Top 0.33 MIN 0.013
0.53 MAX 0.021
Second 0.97 MIN 0.038
1.23 MAX 0.048
Oil 0.21 MIN 0.008
0.51 MAX 0.020
Vibration Damper, Viscous (001-052)
Vibration Damper Eccentricity 0.28 mm MAX 0.011 in
Vibration Damper Wobble Measurement 0.28 mm MAX 0.011 in

Ref.No./
Steps
.
Engine Base Timing (001-088)

Lower Idler Shaft Outside Diameter 88.88 mm MIN 3.4992 in
88.89 mm MAX 3.4997 in
Adjustable Idler Shaft Outside Diameter 88.88 mm MIN 3.4992 in
88.89 mm MAX 3.4997 in
Lower Idler Gear Bore Inside Diameter 88.962 mm MIN 3.5024 in

88.988 mm MAX 3.5035 in
Adjustable Idler Gear Bore Inside Diameter 88.962 mm MIN 3.5024 in
88.988 mm MAX 3.5035 in
Shim Tolerance 0.225 mm MIN 0.009 in

0.275 mm MAX 0.011 in
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Torque Values Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Torque Values

Bearings, Connecting Rod (001-005)
Used Connecting Rod Capscrews Tighten 1 70 ± 6 [ 52 ± 4 ft-
Capscrews In Numerical Sequence N•m lb ]
New Connecting Rod Capscrews Tighten 2 Rotate capscrews in numerical
Capscrews In Numerical Sequence sequence 60 ± 5 degrees
1 40 ± 6 [ 29 ± 4 ft-
N•m lb ]
2 Loosen capscrews in numerical
sequence
3 70 ± 6 [ 52 ± 4 ft-
N•m lb ]
4 Rotate capscrews in numerical
sequence 60 ± 5 degrees
Bearings, Main (001-006)
Old Blocks Main Bearing Cap Capscrews 1 149 N•m [ 110 ft-lb ]
2 Rotate 180 degrees.
Block Main Bearing Capscrews 1 149 N•m [ 110 ft-lb ]

Connecting Rod (001-014)

Used Connecting Rod Capscrews Tighten 1 70 ± 6 [ 52 ± 4 ft-
Capscrews In Numerical Sequence N•m lb ]
New Connecting Rod Capscrews Tighten 2 Rotate capscrews in numerical
Capscrews In Numerical Sequence sequence 60 ± 5 degrees
1 40 ± 6 [ 29 ± 4 ft-
N•m lb ]
2 Loosen capscrews in numerical
sequence
3 70 ± 6 [ 52 ± 4 ft-
N•m lb ]
4 Rotate capscrews in numerical
sequence 60 ± 5 degrees
Crankshaft Adapter (001-017)
13.6 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
13.6 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]

Ref.No./
Steps
.
Crankshaft Pulley (001-022)

Crankshaft Pulley Mounting Capscrews - 175 N•m [ 130 ft-lb ]
Automotive
Crankshaft Pulley Mounting Capscrews - 175 N•m [ 130 ft-lb ]

Industrial And Power Generation
Crankshaft Pulley Mounting Capscrews 175 N•m [ 130 ft-lb ]

With Crank Driven Fan
Crankshaft Seal, Front (001-023)

Crankshaft Seal Replacer Plate Capscrews 20 N•m [ 177 in-lb ]
Front Crankshaft Seal Capscrews 8 N•m [ 71 in-lb ]
Lower Gear Cover Mounting Capscrews 28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
Crankshaft Seal, Rear (001-024)

Rear Crankshaft Seal Installation Tool 16 N•m [ 177 in-lb ]
Capscrews
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Gear Housing, Front (001-033)

Front Gear Housing Capscrews All 1 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
Capscrews Except (1) 2 72 N•m [ 53 ft-lb ]
Front Gear Housing Capscrews Capscrew 1 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
(1) 2 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Piston Cooling Nozzle (001-046)

Piston Cooling Nozzle Capscrews 65 N•m [ 48 ft-lb ]
Vibration Damper, Viscous (001-052)

Vibration Damper Mounting Capscrew 175 N•m [ 130 ft-lb ]
Gear Cover, Upper (001-079)

Upper Gear Cover Capscrews - Automotive 28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
Upper Gear Cover Capscrews - Industrial 28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]

And Power Generation
Gear Cover, Lower (001-080)

Lower Gear Cover Capscrews 28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
Bracket, Retaining Brace (001-081)

Retaining Brace Bracket To Gear Housing 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Capscrews
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Retaining Brace Bracket To Cylinder Head 100 N•m [ 74 ft-lb ]

Capscrews
Mounting Spacer Capscrews 105 N•m [ 75 ft-lb ]
Engine Lifting Bracket Capscrews 80 N•m [ 60 ft-lb ]
Bracket, Accessory (001-082)

Accessory Bracket To Gear Housing 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Mounting Capscrews - Automotive
Accessory Bracket To Cylinder Head 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]

Mounting Capscrews - Automotive
Camshaft Position Sensor Capscrew - 25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]

Automotive
Accessory Bracket Capscrews - Industrial 28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]

And Power Generation
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Accessory Bracket Mounting Spacer 105 N•m [ 75 ft-lb ]

Capscrews - Industrial And Power
Generation
Camshaft Position Sensor Capscrew - 25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]

Industrial And Power Generation
Engine Base Timing (001-088)

Lower Idler Scissor Gear Retainer 1 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Capscrews 2 Rotate each capscrew an
additional 60 degrees in the same
sequence as above.
Lower Idler Scissor Gear Loading Screws 28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
Lower Idler Non-Scissor Gear Retainer 1 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]

Capscrews 2 Rotate each capscrew an
sequence as above.
Injector Camshaft Rear Cover Plate 40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Injector Camshaft Rear Cover Plate 40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]

Ref.No./
Steps
.
Adjustable Idler Gear Retaining Capscrews 1 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]

2 Rotate each capscrew an
sequence as above.
Injector Camshaft Scissor Gear Loading 28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]

Screws
Injector Camshaft Scissor Gear Retaining 1 216 N•m [ 160 ft-lb ]

Capscrews 2 Rotate 90 degrees
Injector Camshaft Non-Scissor Gear 1 218 N•m [ 161 ft-lb ]

Retaining Capscrew 2 Rotate 90 degrees.
Valve Camshaft Scissor Gear Retaining 148 N•m [ 109 ft-lb ]

Capscrew
Valve Camshaft Non-Scissor Gear 148 N•m [ 109 ft-lb ]

Retaining Capscrew
Block Stiffener Plate (001-089)

Block Stiffener Plate Capscrews 137 N•m [ 102 ft-lb ]
Cylinder Head - Group 02 - Specifications Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cylinder Head - Group 02 - Specifications

Cylinder Head (002-004)
Valve Recess
Intake 1.02 MIN 0.040
4.82 MAX 0.190
Exhaust 0.53 MIN 0.021
0.91 MAX 0.036
Valve to Valve Seat Vacuum 508 mm MIN 20 in Hg

Hg
685 mm MAX 25 in Hg
Hg
Cylinder Head Flatness

A to A 0.15 MAX 0.006
B to B 0.15 MAX 0.006
C to C 0.15 MAX 0.006
Valve Spring Load at 61.75 mm [2.431 in] 1511 N MIN 339.5 lbf
1604 N MAX 360.5 lbf
Valve Stem Outside Diameter 9.593 mm MIN 0.378 in

9.627 mm MAX 0.379 in
Used Valve Guide Inside Diameter (Installed) 9.663 mm MIN 0.380 in

9.713 mm MAX 0.382 in
Valve Guide Height (Installed) 44.77 mm MIN 1.763 in

45.77 mm MAX 1.802 in
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Cylinder Head - Group 02
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Valve Recess
4.82 MAX 0.190
0.91 MAX 0.036
Valve Guide Bore Inside Diameter 16.48 mm MIN 0.649 in

16.50 mm MAX 0.650 in
Insert Bore Depth

9.48 MAX 0.373
10.48 MAX 0.413
Insert Bore Inside Diameter

49.54 MAX 1.950
47.54 MAX 1.872
Valve Guide Height (Installed) 44.77 mm MIN 1.763 in

45.77 mm MAX 1.802 in
New Valve Guide Inside Diameter (Installed) 9.66 mm MIN 0.380 in

9.71 mm MAX 0.382 in
Overhead Camshaft, Valve (002-024)

Valve Camshaft Bearing Journal Outside 64.987 mm MIN 2.5585 in
Diameter
65.013 mm MAX 2.5596 in
Cylinder Head - Group 02 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Overhead Camshaft, Injector (002-025)

Injector Camshaft Bearing Journal Outside 84.987 mm MIN 3.3459 in
Diameter
85.013 mm MAX 3.3469 in
Overhead Camshaft End Clearance, Valve (002-028)

Valve Camshaft End Clearance 0.70 mm MAX 0.0276 in
Overhead Camshaft End Clearance, Injector (002-029)

Injector Camshaft End Clearance 0.70 mm MAX 0.0276 in
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Cylinder Head - Group 02 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cylinder Head - Group 02 - Torque Values

Cylinder Head (002-004)
Cylinder Head Capscrews 1 200 N•m [ 148 ft-lb ]
2 405 N•m [ 300 ft-lb ]
Overhead Camshaft, Valve (002-024)

Valve Camshaft Retainer Plate Capscrews 40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Overhead Camshaft, Injector (002-025)

Injector Camshaft Retainer Plate 40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Capscrews
Injector Camshaft Cover Plate 40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]

Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Specifications Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Specifications

Overhead Set (003-004)
Brake Running Clearance 0.635 mm MIN 0.025 in
2.79 mm MAX 0.110 in
Valve Lash Specification

Intake 0.36 NOM 0.014
Exhaust 0.69 NOM 0.027
Engine Brake Rocker Lever Running 0.635 mm MIN 0.025 in

Clearance
2.790 mm MAX 0.110 in
Rocker Lever Assembly (003-009)

Valve and Brake Rocker Lever Shaft Outside 34.950 mm MIN 1.3760 in
Diameter
35.000 mm MAX 1.3780 in
Injector Rocker Lever Shaft Outside 44.950 mm MIN 1.7697 in

Diameter
45.000 mm MAX 1.7717 in
Valve and Brake Rocker Lever Bushing Bore 35.037 mm MIN 1.3794 in
Inside Diameter
35.138 mm MAX 1.3834 in
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Rocker Levers - Group 03
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Injector Rocker Lever Bushing Bore Inside 45.037 mm MIN 1.7731 in

Diameter
45.138 mm MAX 1.7771 in
Intake and Exhaust Valve Adjusting Screw 46 mm MIN 1.81 in

Length
Rocker Lever Spacer Width 11.5 mm MIN 0.453 in

Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Torque Values Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Torque Values

Crankcase Breather (External) (003-001)
Crankcase Vent Hose 28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
M10 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]

M8 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
Overhead Set (003-004)

Injector Lever Adjusting Screw 8 N•m [ 71 in-lb ]
Injector Lever Adjusting Screw Locknut 75 N•m [ 55 ft-lb ]
Valve Adjusting Screw 0.6 N•m [ 5 in-lb ]
Valve Lever Adjusting Screw Locknut 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Engine Brake Lever Adjusting Screw 20 N•m [ 177 in-lb ]

Locknut
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Rocker Levers - Group 03
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Rocker Lever Assembly (003-009)

Valve Rocker Lever Front Mounting 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Capscrew 1 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
2 Rotate 60 degrees
Valve Rocker Lever Front Mounting 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]

Capscrew 1 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
2 Rotate 60 degrees
68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
1 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
2 Rotate 60 degrees
Rocker Lever Cover (003-011)

Rocker Lever Cover Capscrews 25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Crankcase Breather Element (003-019)

Breather Cover 5.2 N•m [ 46 in-lb ]
Sensor Clamp 2 N•m [ 20 in-lb ]
Fuel System - Group 05 - Torque Values Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Fuel System - Group 05 - Torque Values

Fuel Pump (005-016)
Fuel Pump Capscrews 13 N•m [ 100 in-lb ]
25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Fuel Pump Torx® Head Screws 13.5 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Fuel Pump Pulsation Damper (005-031)

Pulsation Damper Capscrew Lower 9.5 N•m [ 84 in-lb ]
9.5 N•m [ 84 in-lb ]
Fuel Pump Pulsation Damper Screws A And 9.5 N•m [ 84 in-lb ]

B 5.5 N•m [ 48 in-lb ]
Fuel Pump Pulsation Damper Screw C
Fuel Shutoff Valve (005-043)

Fuel Shutoff Valve Coil Allen Head 3.4 N•m [ 30 in-lb ]
Capscrews
Fuel Shutoff Valve Electrical Connection 3 N•m [ 25 in-lb ]

Nut
Fuel Lift Pump (005-045)

Fuel Lift Pump Assembly Bolts 12.5 N•m [ 110 in-lb ]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fuel System - Group 05
Ref.No./
Steps
.
18 N•m [ 160 in-lb ]
Industrial Fuel Lift Pump Mounting 25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]

Capscrews
Industrial Fuel Lift Pump Outlet Line 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Remote Mount Lift Pump Filter Screen 23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]

Retaining Plug
Remote Mount Fuel Lift Pump Mounting 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]

Capscrews
Integrated Fuel System Module (IFSM) (005-073)

Ifsm 1724-Kpa [250-Psi] Fuel Pressure 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Regulator (Without Egr)
Ifsm 2206-Kpa [320-Psi] Fuel Pressure 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]

Regulator (Without Egr)
Fuel System - Group 05 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Ifsm Fuel Inlet Check Valves (Without Egr) 17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]
Fuel Control Damper 9.5 N•m [ 84 in-lb ]
Fuel Pressure Regulators 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Fuel Pressure Regulators 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Fuel Pressure Sensor 23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
Temperature Sensor 23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
Compuchek Fitting 9.5 N•m [ 84 in-lb ]
Check Valve 17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fuel System - Group 05
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cooling Plate Supply Fitting 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Fuel Drain Fitting 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Metering Actuator 9.5 N•m [ 84 in-lb ]
Timing Actuator 9.5 N•m [ 84 in-lb ]
Assembly To Housing 5.5 N•m [ 50 in-lb ]
Threaded Plugs 17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]

14 N•m [ 124 in-lb ]
Threaded Plugs 17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]

27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Fitting To Gear Pump 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]

Fuel System - Group 05 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Pump To Ifsm 11 N•m [ 100 in-lb ]
Lift Pump To Housing 18 N•m [ 160 in-lb ]
Integrated Fuel System Module (With Egr) 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Fuel Inlet Pre-Filter (005-096)

Inlet Pre-Filter 60 N•m [ 44 ft-lb ]
Inlet Pre-Filter 60 N•m [ 44 ft-lb ]
Fuel Pump Screen Cap 17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Specifications

Fuel Drain Line Restriction 229 mm MAX 9 in Hg
Hg
Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) (006-015)

Fuel Filter Restriction 517 kPa MAX 75 psi

Upper Location 356 MAX 14
Lower Location 305 MAX 12
Fuel Inlet Restriction (006-020)

Without remote fuel filter 76 MAX 3
With remote fuel filter 254 MAX 10
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Torque Values Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Torque Values

ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled (006-006)
20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]

Fuel Drain Hose 35 N•m [ 26 ft-lb ]
Injector (006-026)
Front Mounting Plate Capscrews 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
Rear Mounting Plate Capscrews 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
Injector Spring Retainer Capscrew 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Injector Retaining Capscrew 80 N•m [ 59 ft-lb ]

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Specifications

Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve (007-014)
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve (007-021)
High Pressure Relief Valve Spring 281.47 N MIN 63.277 lbf

(Compressed Length) Load at 45.82 mm
[1.804 in]
298.87 N MAX 67.189 lbf

Spring Beat-In Specification 186.95 mm MIN 7.3602 in
187.45 mm MAX 7.3799 in
Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator Spring 131.8 N MIN 29.62 lbf

Load at 70 mm [2.756 in]
135.3 N MAX 30.42 lbf
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
High Pressure Relief Valve Spring 281.47 N MIN 63.277 lbf

(Compressed Length) Load at 45.82 mm
[1.804 in]
298.87 N MAX 67.189 lbf
External Idler Gear Bushing Inside Diameter 32.044 mm MIN 1.2616 in

32.069 mm MAX 1.2626 in
External Drive Gear Inside Diameter (No 24.909 mm MIN 0.9807 in

Bushing)
24.935 mm MAX 0.9817 in
Internal Idler Gear Inside Diameter 24.909 mm MIN 0.9807 in

24.935 mm MAX 0.9817 in
Internal Idler Shaft Outside Diameter 24.858 mm MIN 0.9792 in

24.871 mm MAX 0.9787 in
Internal Drive Gear Shaft Outside Diameter 24.858 mm MIN 0.9792 in

24.871 mm MAX 0.9787 in
Drive Shaft End Clearance 0.100 mm MIN 0.003 in

0.163 mm MAX 0.006 in
Oil Pump Idler Gear Backlash 0.241 mm MIN 0.005 in

0.267 mm MAX 0.015 in
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Torque Values

Lubricating Oil Cooler (007-003)
Dual-Element Lubricating Oil Cooler (With 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Egr)
Lubricating Oil Cooler Element (007-007)

Lubricating Oil Cooler Pressure Test Plate 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
Single-Element Lubricating Oil Cooler 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]

Element Capscrew
Dual-Element Lubricating Oil Cooler 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]

Element Capscrew
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Tube (007-011)

Lubricating Oil Dipstick Tube Nut 70 N•m [ 52 ft-lb ]
70 N•m [ 52 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve (007-014)

Lubricating Oil Cooler Transfer Housing 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Retaining Plug
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter (007-018)

Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter 450 N•m [ 330 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Pan (007-025)

Lubricating Oil Pan Mounting Capscrews 55 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]

Lubricating Oil Pump Cover Capcrews 29 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
External Idler Gear Retainer Capscrew 115 N•m [ 85 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Pump Mounting Capscrews 56 N•m [ 40 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Suction Tube (Block-Mounted) (007-035)

Lubricating Oil Suction Tube Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil System (007-037)

Lubricating Oil Cooler Housing Plug 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Lubricating Oil System - Group 07
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lubricating Oil Thermostat (007-039)

Lubricating Oil Thermostat Retaining Plug 100 N•m [ 74 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Fill Tube (007-065)

Lubricating Oil Tube Brace Gear Cover 28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
Capscrew
28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
Cooling System - Group 08 - Specifications Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cooling System - Group 08 - Specifications

Thermostat Initial Opening Temperature 81 °C MIN 178 °F
83 °C MAX 182 °F

Fan Hub End Clearance 0.08 mm MIN 0.003 in
0.25 mm MAX 0.009 in

Water Pump Housing Large Bearing Bore 71.988 mm MIN 2.834 in
Inside Diameter
72.018 mm MAX 2.835 in
Cast Iron Impeller Inside Diameter 15.850 mm MIN 0.624 in

15.875 mm MAX 0.625 in
Water Pump Shaft Diameter

Small End 25.015 MIN 0.9848
25.002 MAX 0.9843
Large End 29.015 MIN 1.1423
29.002 MAX 1.1418
Pulley Bore Inside Diameter 28.936 mm MIN 1.139 in

29.964 mm MAX 1.140 in
Water Pump Seal Installed Height 10.919 mm MIN 0.430 in

11.679 mm MAX 0.460 in
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Cooling System - Group 08
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Impeller Clearance 0.29 mm MIN 0.011 in

1.24 mm MAX 0.049 in
Cooling System - Group 08 - Torque Values Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cooling System - Group 08 - Torque Values

Coolant Filter Valve (008-009)
Coolant Filter Valve Retaining Capscrew 7 N•m [ 60 in-lb ]

Thermostat Housing Cover Capscrews 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Short Capscrews 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Thermostat Housing Cover Capscrews
Long Capscrews
Thermostat Housing Cover Plate 28 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]

Capscrews
Upper Radiator Hose Clamp 5 N•m [ 40 in-lb ]
Coolant Thermostat Housing (008-014)

Thermostat Housing Mounting Capscrews 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Thermostat Housing Cover 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Thermostat Housing Capscrews 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]

Ref.No./
Steps
.
Thermostat Housing Cover Capscrews 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]

Short Capscrews 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Thermostat Housing Cover Capscrews
Long Capscrews
Upper Radiator Hose Clamp 5 N•m [ 40 in-lb ]
Thermostat Housing Cover Plate 28 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]

Capscrews
Cooling System (008-018)

Lower Radiator Hose Clamp 5 N•m [ 40 in-lb ]

Fan Hub Assembly Capscrew 113 N•m [ 83 ft-lb ]
Fan Hub Capscrews 90 N•m [ 66 ft-lb ]
Fan Hub Capscrews 90 N•m [ 66 ft-lb ]

Cooling System - Group 08 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.

Water Pump Mounting Capscrews (With 72 N•m [ 53 ft-lb ]
Egr)
Automotive Water Pump Mounting 58 N•m [ 43 ft-lb ]

Capscrews Capscrews 1, 2, And 3 72 N•m [ 53 ft-lb ]
Capscrews Capscrews 4 And 5
Automotive Water Pump Mounting
Capscrews All Capscrews, Engines Without
Belt Tensioner Bracket
Capscrews Capscrews 1, 2, And 3 72 N•m [ 53 ft-lb ]
Capscrews Capscrews 4 And 5
Automotive Water Pump Mounting
Capscrews All Capscrews, Engines Without
Belt Tensioner Bracket
Belt Idler Pulley Capscrew 30 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
72 N•m [ 53 ft-lb ]
30 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
30 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Water Pump) (008-080)

Belt Tensioner And Mounting Capscrew 50 N•m [ 37 ft-lb ]
Automatic Belt Tensioner Bracket Mounting 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]

Capscrew 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Industrial Low-Mount (Small Tensioner) 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]

Bracket

Bracket
Water Inlet Connection (008-082)

Coolant Filter Head Mounting Capscrews 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Fan Support (008-088)

Fan Support Capscrews 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Belt Tensioner Support Bracket Capscrews 90 N•m [ 66 ft-lb ]

Cooling System - Group 08 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Belt Tensioner Support Bracket Capscrews 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Fan Pulley (008-089)

Fan Pulley Capscrews 95 N•m [ 70 ft-lb ]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Drive Units - Group 09 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Drive Units - Group 09 - Torque Values

Refrigerant Compressor (009-051)
18 N•m [ 115 in-lb ]
36 N•m [ 27 ft-lb ]
Belt Tensioner, Refrigerant Compressor, Automatic (009-053)

45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Idler Pulley, Refrigerant Compressor (009-054)

36 N•m [ 27 ft-lb ]
Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket (009-055)

Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket 7 N•m [ 62 in-lb ]
Capscrew
41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Refrigerant Compressor Bracket Mounting 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]

Capscrews
Drive Units - Group 09 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket (009-056)

Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor Bracket 18 N•m [ 14 ft-lb ]
Wire Harness Capscrews
Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor 36 N•m [ 27 ft-lb ]

Mounting Bracket Capscrews (1, 2 3 And 4) 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor
Mounting Bracket Capscrews (5)

Mounting Bracket To Gear Housing
Capscrews

Mounting Bracket Capscrews (1, 2, 3, 4,
And 5)
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Intake System - Group 10 - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Air Intake System - Group 10 - Specifications

Charge-Air Cooler (010-027)
Charge-Air Cooler Pressure Drop 49 kPa MAX 5 psi
Charge Air Cooler Temperature Rise 11 °C MAX 20 °F
Charge-Air Cooler System Differential 152 mm MAX 6 in Hg

Pressure Hg
Charge-Air Cooler System Differential 21 kPa MAX 3 psi
Pressure
Turbocharger Axial Clearance 0.025 mm MIN 0.001 in
0.127 mm MAX 0.005 in
Turbocharger Radial Bearing Clearance 0.406 mm MIN 0.016 in

0.610 mm MAX 0.024 in
Turbocharger Axial Clearance 0.025 mm MIN 0.001 in

0.127 mm MAX 0.005 in
Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator (010-050)

Turbocharger Wastegate Rod Travel at 100 0.356 mm MIN 0.014 in
kPa [14.7 psi]
3.810 mm MAX 0.150 in
Air Intake System - Group 10 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Turbocharger Wastegate Rod Travel at 100 0.356 mm MIN 0.014 in

kPa [14.7 psi]
3.810 mm MAX 0.150 in
Turbocharger Wastegate Valve Body (010-055)

Wastegate Wear Measurement 25.654 mm MAX 1.010 in
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator (010-113)

Actuator Movement Range 12 mm MIN 0.472 in
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Intake System - Group 10 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Air Intake System - Group 10 - Torque Values

Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems (010-024)
Turbocharger-To-Charge-Air Cooler V- 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
Band Clamp
Charge-Air Cooler Piping Clamp 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
Turbine Housing V-Band Clamp 14 N•m [ 124 in-lb ]
Compressor Housing V-Band Clamp 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
Charge Air Cooling Piping 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
18 N•m [ 160 in-lb ]

11.3 N•m [ 100 in-lb ]
18 N•m [ 160 in-lb ]
11.3 N•m [ 100 in-lb ]
Turbocharger Mounting Nuts 60 N•m [ 44 ft-lb ]

Ref.No./
Steps
.
Turbocharger Discharge Elbow Clamp 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
Oil Drain Tube Capscrew 25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Compressor V-Bands 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]

12 N•m [ 106 in-lb ]
30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Intake And Exhaust Pipe Clamps 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
88 N•m [ 65 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger Discharge Elbow Clamp 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Intake System - Group 10
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Intake And Exhaust Pipe Clamps 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
88 N•m [ 65 ft-lb ]
9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger Coolant Hoses (010-041)

Turbocharger Coolant Supply Line 46 N•m [ 34 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger Coolant Return Line 46 N•m [ 34 ft-lb ]

Ref.No./
Steps
.
Turbocharger Tube Brace 18 N•m [ 159 in-lb ]
41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
15 N•m [ 133 in-lb ]
54 N•m [ 40 ft-lb ]
46 N•m [ 34 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
16 N•m [ 142 in-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator (010-050)

Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator End-Link 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
Locknut
Air Intake Connection (010-080)

Air Intake Connection Mounting Capscrew 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger Wastegate Controller (010-109)

Electrical Connection Post Nut 3 N•m [ 25 in-lb ]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Intake System - Group 10
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Coil Capscrews 3 N•m [ 25 in-lb ]
Electrical Connection Nut 3 N•m [ 25 in-lb ]
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator (010-113)

Turbocharger Actuator Capscrews 17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]
Turbocharger Actuator Rod Capscrew 23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger Control Shutoff Valve Filter Head (010-115)

45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator Air Supply Line (010-120)

Turbocharger Air Supply Line To 16 N•m [ 12 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger Air Control Valve 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
16 N•m [ 12 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Control Valve Air Supply Line (010-121)

Turbocharger Air Supply Line To 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
Turbocharger Air Control Valve 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
16 N•m [ 12 ft-lb ]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Variable Geometry Turbocharger Actuator, Electric (010-134)

Actuator Mounting Capscrews 1 3 N•m [ 27 in-lb ]
2 11 N•m [ 97 in-lb ]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Exhaust System - Group 11 - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Exhaust System - Group 11 - Specifications

Exhaust Restriction (011-009)
Exhaust Restriction
Without Aftertreatment 75.0 MAX 3.0
With Aftertreatment 305.0 MAX 12.0
Exhaust System - Group 11 - Torque Values Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Exhaust System - Group 11 - Torque Values

Exhaust Manifold, Dry (011-007)
Slip Joint Seal Clamp 11 N•m [ 100 in-lb ]
Exhaust Manifold Capscrews 60 N•m [ 44 ft-lb ]
Exhaust Manifold Mounting Capscrews 1 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]

2 55 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
EGR Cooler (011-019)

17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]
Egr Cooler Clamps, Capscrews, And Nuts 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]

Egr Cooler Clamps, Capscrews, And Nuts
Nuts
Breeze Clamp And Norma Clamp Breeze 7 N•m [ 60 in-lb ]

Clamp (1) 5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]
Norma Clamp (2)
17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Exhaust System - Group 11
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Egr Cooler Capscrews And Nuts Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]

17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]
20 N•m [ 177 in-lb ]
EGR Mixer (011-021)

34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
EGR Valve (011-022)

17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]
54 N•m [ 40 ft-lb ]
EGR Cooler Connection (011-024)

17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]
Exhaust System - Group 11 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
EGR Connection Tubes (011-025)

M10 P-Clip Nut 46 N•m [ 34 ft-lb ]
P-Clip Capscrew And Nut 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
7 N•m [ 62 in-lb ]
Breeze Clamp (1)
5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]
Norma Clamp (2) 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
P-Clip Capscrew And Nut 7 N•m [ 62 in-lb ]
Breeze Clamp And Norma Clamp Breeze 5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]
Clamp (1)
Norma Clamp (2)
Hose Clamps 5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]
P-Clip Capscrew And Nut 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
P-Clip Capscrews And Nut 5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]
Hose Clamps
27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]
47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
5 N•m [ 44 in-lb ]
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes (011-026)

30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Tube (011-027)

Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Tube Nuts 16 N•m [ 146 in-lb ]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Adapter (011-028)

18 N•m [ 13 ft-lb ]
EGR Valve Coolant Lines (011-030)

10 N•m [ 88 in-lb ]
EGR Cooler Coolant Lines (011-031)

25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Heat Shield (011-032)

23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Adapter (011-033)

23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter (011-041)

20 N•m [ 180 in-lb ]
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (011-042)

14 N•m [ 124 in-lb ]
Aftertreatment Adapter Pipe (011-043)

11 N•m [ 97 in-lb ]
EGR Valve Mounting Bracket (011-044)

40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor Mounting

Bracket (011-046)
7 N•m [ 62 in-lb ]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes

(011-047)
17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]
14 N•m [ 124 in-lb ]
Aftertreatment Inlet and Outlet (011-048)

Torca And V-Band Clamp Torca® Clamp 55 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Torca And V-Band Clamp V-Band Clamp 14 N•m [ 124 in-lb ]
20 N•m [ 180 in-lb ]
Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (011-049)

20 N•m [ 177 in-lb ]
17 N•m [ 150 in-lb ]
Aftertreatment Injector Lines (011-051)

24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
O-Ring Joint 24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]

Banjo Joint 15 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Banjo Joint 34 N•m [ 46 ft-lb ]

O-Ring Joint 24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
O-Ring Fitting 24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]

Banjo Fitting 15 N•m [ 11 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Manifold (011-052)

Pressure Sensor 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Fuel Shutoff Valve 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Fuel Drain Valve 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Pressure Sensor 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]

Fuel Shutoff Valve 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
Fuel Drain Valve 14 N•m [ 120 in-lb ]
25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Flow (011-054)

24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
14 N•m [ 124 in-lb ]

Compressed Air System - Group 12 - Torque Values Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Compressed Air System - Group 12 - Torque Values

Air Compressor Cylinder Head, Single Cylinder (012-007)
Air Compressor Cylinder Head Mounting 1 25 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Capscrews 2 Rotate 90 degrees.
Air Compressor Cylinder Head Small 1 6 N•m [ 53 in-lb ]

Mounting Capscrews 2 Rotate 90 degrees.
Air Compressor (012-014)

Air Compressor Mounting Capscrews 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Air Compressor Mounting Brace Capscrews 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Air Compressor Coolant Line Capscrews 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Air Compressor Air Discharge Line 60 N•m [ 44 ft-lb ]

8 N•m [ 71 in-lb ]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Electrical Equipment - Group 13 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Electrical Equipment - Group 13 - Torque Values

Alternator (013-001)
Alternator Mounting Capscrews 36 N•m [ 27 ft-lb ]
Alternator Mounting Bracket Capscrews 86 N•m [ 63 ft-lb ]

56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Alternator Pulley (013-006)

Alternator Pulley Locking Nut 100 N•m [ 74 ft-lb ]
Starting Motor (013-020)

Starting Motor Mounting Capscrews 5/8-11 140 N•m [ 103 ft-lb ]
X 1.75 In Capscrew 201 N•m [ 148 ft-lb ]
Starting Motor Mounting Capscrews 5/8-11 129 N•m [ 95 ft-lb ]
X 2.00 In Capscrew 163 N•m [ 120 ft-lb ]
Starting Motor Mounting Capscrews 39 Mt
Starters (Aluminum Flywheel Housing)
Starting Motor Mounting Capscrews 39 Mt
Starters (Cast Iron Flywheel Housing)
Starter Motor Mounting With Aluminum 140 N•m [ 103 ft-lb ]
Flywheel Housing 5/8-11 X 1.75 In 201 N•m [ 148 ft-lb ]
Capscrew
Starter Motor Mounting With Aluminum
Flywheel Housing 5/8-11 X 2.00 In
Capscrew
3 N•m [ 26 in-lb ]
Starter Motor Mounting Brackets (High And 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]

Low Mounted) (1) 23 N•m [ 17 ft-lb ]
Starter Motor Mounting Brackets (High And 41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Low Mounted) (2) And (3)
Starter Motor Mounting Brackets (High And
Low Mounted) (4) And (5)
Electrical Equipment - Group 13 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Alternator) (013-021)

Belt Tensioner Mounting Capscrew 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Alternator Spacer (013-036)

36 N•m [ 27 ft-lb ]
Alternator Idler Pulley (013-039)

Alternator Idler Pulley Mounting Capscrew 60 N•m [ 44 ft-lb ]
Bracket, Idler Pulley and Alternator Belt Tensioner (013-040)

Idler Pulley And Alternator Belt Tensioner 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Bracket
Idler Pulley And Alternator Belt Tensioner 90 N•m [ 66 ft-lb ]

Bracket Spacer 56 N•m [ 41 ft-lb ]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Testing - Group 14 - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Engine Testing - Group 14 - Specifications

Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) (014-002)
Fuel Inlet Temperature 7.2 °C MIN 45 °F
55.5 °C MAX 132 °F
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) (014-005)

Hose Temperature 235 °C MIN 500 °F
Fuel Inlet Temperature 7.2 °C MIN 45 °F

55.5 °C MAX 132 °F
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 - Specifications Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 - Specifications

Flywheel (016-005)
Flywheel Bore Runout 0.127 mm MAX 0.005 in

Idler Gear to Crankshaft Gear Backlash 0.15 mm MIN 0.006 in
0.28 mm MAX 0.011 in
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 - Torque Values

Engine Lifting Brackets (016-001)
Lifting Bracket Capscrews 108 N•m [ 80 ft-lb ]
Flywheel (016-005)
Flywheel Mounting Capscrews 1 125 N•m [ 92 ft-lb ]
2 250 N•m [ 184 ft-lb ]
Flywheel Housing (016-006)

Cover Plate Capscrews 11 N•m [ 97 in-lb ]
Flywheel Housing Capscrews 7 N•m [ 62 in-lb ]
Flywheel Housing Mounting Capscrews 1 100 N•m [ 74 ft-lb ]

2 197 N•m [ 145 ft-lb ]

14 N•m [ 10 ft-lb ]
Capscrews 1, 2, 9 And 10 7 N•m [ 62 in-lb ]

Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
14 N•m [ 10 ft-lb ]
100 N•m [ 74 ft-lb ]
100 N•m [ 74 ft-lb ]
28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
28 N•m [ 21 ft-lb ]
60 N•m [ 45 ft-lb ]
20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
35 N•m [ 26 ft-lb ]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Mounting Adaptations - Group 16
Ref.No./
Steps
.
65 N•m [ 48 ft-lb ]
20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
65 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
32 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
32 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Vehicle Braking - Group 20 - Specifications Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Vehicle Braking - Group 20 - Specifications

Engine Brake Lever Running Clearance 0.508 mm MIN 0.020 in

2.790 mm MAX 0.110 in
Engine Brake Control Valve (020-017)

Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Vehicle Braking - Group 20 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Vehicle Braking - Group 20 - Torque Values

Engine Brake Lever Adjusting Screw 20 N•m [ 177 in-lb ]
Locknut
Engine Brake Solenoid Valve (020-012)

Engine Brake Solenoid 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
Engine Brake Wiring Harness (020-015)

Deutsch Connector Retaining Clip 5 N•m [ 50 in-lb ]
23 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
General Engine Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
General Engine
Specifications
Listed below are general specifications for this engine.
Horsepower................................................................................................................Refer to the engine dataplate.
Engine Speed:
400 to 450 hp.........................................................................................................Refer to the engine dataplate.
Displacement.............................................................................................................................15 liters [912 C.I.D.]
Bore and Stroke................................................................................................137 mm [5.40 in] x 169 mm [6.65 in]
Dry Engine Weight:
Automotive................................................................................................................................1202 kg [2650 lb]
Industrial...................................................................................................................................1524 kg [3360 lb]
Power Generation.....................................................................................................................1370 kg [3020 lb]
Wet Engine Weight:
Automotive................................................................................................................................1266 kg [2790 lb]
Industrial...................................................................................................................................1628 kg [3590 lb]
Power Generation.....................................................................................................................1474 kg [3250 lb]
Firing Order..............................................................................................................................................1-5-3-6-2-4
Crankshaft Rotation (viewed from front of engine)......................................................................................Clockwise
Overhead Adjustment:
Intake Valve Adjustment..........................................................................................................0.36 mm [0.014 in]
Exhaust Valve Adjustment.......................................................................................................0.69 mm [0.027 in]
Injector Lash Adjustment Torque.................................................................................................8 N•m [70 in-lb]
Engine Brake Adjustment.............................................................................................................7.00 mm [0.276 in]
Listed below are general specifications for this engine.
Horsepower................................................................................................................Refer to the engine dataplate.
Engine Speed:
Displacement.............................................................................................................................15 liters [912 C.I.D.]
Bore and Stroke................................................................................................137 mm [5.40 in] x 169 mm [6.65 in]
Dry Engine Weight:........................................................................................................................1403 kg [3093 lb]
Wet Engine Weight........................................................................................................................1472 kg [3246 lb]
Firing Order..............................................................................................................................................1-5-3-6-2-4
Crankshaft Rotation (viewed from front of engine)......................................................................................Clockwise
Overhead Adjustment:
Intake Valve Adjustment..........................................................................................................0.36 mm [0.014 in]
Exhaust Valve Adjustment.......................................................................................................0.69 mm [0.027 in]
Injector Lash Adjustment Torque.................................................................................................8 N•m [70 in-lb]
Engine Brake Adjustment.............................................................................................................7.00 mm [0.276 in]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fuel System
Fuel System
Specifications
Maximum Allowable Restriction to Pump with or without Fuel Cooler:
With Clean Filter..................................................................................................................203 mm Hg [8 in Hg]
With Dirty Filter..................................................................................................................305 mm Hg [12 in Hg]
Maximum Allowable Fuel Return Line Restriction......................................................................229 mm Hg [9 in Hg]
Minimum Allowable Fuel Tank Vent Capability........................................................................... 2.0 m3/hr [70 ft3/hr]
Maximum Allowable Fuel Inlet Temperature.........................................................................................71°C [160°F]
Fuel Shutoff Solenoids' Resistance.......................................................................................................6 to 10 ohms
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop Across Pressure Fuel Filter.......................................................517 kPa [75 psi]
Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570
Maximum Allowable Fuel Return Line Restriction......................................................................229 mm Hg [9 in Hg]
Minimum Allowable Fuel Tank Vent Capability........................................................................... 2.0 m3/hr [70 ft3/hr]
Maximum Allowable Fuel Inlet Temperature.........................................................................................71°C [160°F]
Fuel Shutoff Solenoids' Resistance.......................................................................................................6 to 10 ohms
Maximum Allowable Inlet Restriction at the IFSM - high idle, no load:
Upper Location..................................................................................................................355 mm Hg [14 in Hg]
Lower Location..................................................................................................................305 mm Hg [12 in Hg]
Maximum Allowable Inlet Restriction at OEM Fuel Inlet:
Without Remote Mount Filter.................................................................................................76 mm Hg [3 in Hg]
With Remote Mount Filter..................................................................................................254 mm Hg [10 in Hg]
Lubricating Oil System

Specifications
Oil Pressure at Idle (minimum allowable at 93°C [200°F] oil temperature)........................................103 kPa [15 psi]
Oil Pressure at No-Load Governed Speed (automotive and industrial only)...................241 to 276 kPa [35 to 40 psi]
Oil Capacity of Standard Engine:
Combination Full-Flow/Bypass Filter Capacity............................................................................3.78 liters [1 gal]
Oil Pan Capacity: Automotive and Industrial
High....................................................................................................................................41.6 liters [11 gal]
Low.......................................................................................................................................34.1 liters [9 gal]
Oil Pan Capacity: Power Generation (for oil pan option OP1493)
High....................................................................................................................................83.3 liters [22 gal]
Low.....................................................................................................................................72.0 liters [19 gal]
Oil Change Capacity (oil pan and filter filled to capacity):
Automotive and Industrial....................................................................................................45.4 liters [12 gal]
Power Generation (for oil pan option OP1493).....................................................................87.0 liters [23 gal]
Total Lubricating Oil System Capacity Including Filter:
Automotive and Industrial.........................................................................................................45.4 liters [12 gal]
Power Generation (for oil pan option OP1493)..........................................................................98.4 liters [26 gal]
Oil Pressure Range:
Cold Engine.....................................................................................................................Up to 900 kPa [130 psi]
Warm Engine...........................................................................................................241 to 276 kPa [35 to 40 psi]
Cooling System
General Information
Cummins Inc. recommends the use of fully-formulated antifreeze or coolant containing a precharge of supplemental
coolant additive (SCA). The antifreeze or coolant must meet the specifications outlined in The Maintenance Council
(TMC) Recommended Practice (RP) 329 (ethylene glycol) or RP 330 (propylene glycol). The use of fully-formulated
antifreeze or coolant significantly simplifies cooling system maintenance.
Copies of TMC specifications can be obtained through Cummins Inc., or by contacting:
The Maintenance Council
American Trucking Association
2200 Mill Road
Alexandria, VA 33314-5388
Phone: (703) 838-1763
Fax (703) 836-6070
Fully-formulated antifreeze contains balanced amounts of antifreeze, SCA, and buffering compounds, but does not
contain 50 percent water. Fully-formulated coolant contains balanced amounts of antifreeze, SCA, and buffering
compounds already premixed 50/50 with deionized water.
The following pages explain water, antifreeze, and SCAs and how to test antifreeze and SCA levels.
This section also contains information on cooling system maintenance and a coolant treatment chart that is used to
determine the correct SCA service filter.
Alternative maintenance practices for cooling systems can be found in Cummins Coolant Requirements and
Maintenance, Bulletin 3666132.
Specifications
Coolant Capacity (engine only)
With EGR...................................................................................................................................26.5 liters [28 qt]
Without EGR.................................................................................................................................24 liters [25 qt]
Standard Modulating Thermostat
Temperature Range.....................................................................................................82 to 93°C [180 to 200°F]
Maximum Coolant Pressure (exclusive of pressure cap - closed thermostat at the maximum no-load governed
speed)
With EGR....................................................................................................................82 to 93°C [180 to 200°F]
Without EGR...............................................................................................................................227 kPa [33 psi]
Coolant Alarm Activation Temperature
With EGR - Ratings Below 565 Horsepower...................................................................................107°C [225°F]
With EGR - Ratings of 565/600 Horsepower..................................................................................110°C [230°F]
Without EGR.................................................................................................................................110°C [230°F]
Maximum Allowable Top Tank Temperature
Ratings Below 565 Horsepower with EGR and without EGR Engines.............................................107°C [225°F]
Ratings of 565/600 Horsepower with EGR only..............................................................................110°C [230°F]
Minimum Recommended Top Tank Temperature
MinimumTemperature.....................................................................................................................70°C [160°F]
Minimum Allowable Draw Down
With EGR............................................................................................................................................11 Percent
Without EGR............................................2.4 liters [2.5 qt] 10 Percent of System Capacity (whichever is greater)
Minimum Recommended Pressure Cap
With EGR....................................................................................................................................103 kPa [15 psi]
Without EGR..................................................................................................................................50 kPa [7 psi]
Preferred......................................................................................................................................69 kPa [10 psi]
Minimum Fill Rate
Without Low-Level Alarm......................................................................................................19 liters/min [5 gpm]
Maximum Deaeration Time
Maximum Time...................................................................................................................................25 minutes
Fan-on Coolant Temperature
With EGR........................................................................................................................................99°C [210°F]
Without EGR...................................................................................................................................99°C [210°F]
Fan-on Intake Air Temperature
With EGR........................................................................................................................................93°C [200°F]
Without EGR...................................................................................................................................88°C [190°F]

Shutter Opening Temperature
Coolant - with EGR..........................................................................................................................96°C [205°F]
Coolant - without EGR.....................................................................................................................85°C [185°F]
Intake Air - with EGR.....................................................................................................................104°C [220°F]
Intake - without EGR.......................................................................................................................66°C [150°F]
Winterfronts
Air passage area.....................................................................................................................774 cm 2 [120 in 2]
Industrial and Generator Drive
Coolant Capacity
Engine Only..................................................................................................................................24 liters [25 qt]
Standard Modulating Thermostat
Temperature Range.....................................................................................................82 to 93°C [180 to 200°F]
Maximum Coolant Pressure
Exclusive of pressure cap - closed thermostat at the maximum no-load governed speed.............227 kPa [33 psi]
Coolant Alarm Activation Temperature
Ratings Below 565 Horsepower.....................................................................................................107°C [225°F]
Ratings of 565/600 Horsepower.....................................................................................................110°C [230°F]
Maximum Allowable Top Tank Temperature
Ratings Below 565 Horsepower.....................................................................................................107°C [225°F]
Ratings of 565/600 Horsepower.....................................................................................................110°C [230°F]
Power Generation, Standby...........................................................................................................110°C [230°F]
Power Generation, Prime..............................................................................................................104°C [220°F]
Minimum Recommended Top Tank Temperature
Minimum Temperature ...................................................................................................................70°C [160°F]
Minimum Allowable Draw Down.....................2.4 liters [2.5 qt] 10 Percent of System Capacity (whichever is greater)
Minimum Recommended Pressure Cap
Industrial........................................................................................................................................50 kPa [7 psi]
Power Generation.........................................................................................................................69 kPa [10 psi]
Minimum Fill Rate
Without low-level alarm........................................................................................................19 liters/min [5 gpm]
Maximum Deaeration
Time...................................................................................................................................................25 minutes
Fan-on Coolant Temperature
Temperature...................................................................................................................................95°C [203°F]
Fan-on Intake Air Temperature
Industrial Only.................................................................................................................................88°C [190°F]
Shutter Opening Temperature - Industrial Only
Coolant...........................................................................................................................................85°C [185°F]
Intake.............................................................................................................................................66°C [150°F]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Air Intake System
Air Intake System

Specifications
CAUTION
Engine intake air must be filtered to prevent dirt and debris from entering the engine. If air intake piping is
damaged or loose, unfiltered air will enter the engine and cause premature wear.
Maximum Temperature Rise between Ambient Air and Engine Air Inlet (ambient above 0°C [32°F]).......-1°C [30°F]
Maximum Inlet Restriction (clean filter) Normal-Duty Element..............................................250 mm H2O [10 in H2O]
Maximum Inlet Restriction (dirty filter).................................................................................635 mm H2O [25 in H2O]
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop across Charge Air Cooler
psi..................................................................................................................................................14 kPa [2 psi]
Hg (mercury)........................................................................................................................102 mm Hg [4 in Hg]
Four-Step Wastegate Controller Solenoid Resistance..............................................................................7 to 8 ohms
Maximum Temperature Rise between Ambient Air and Engine Air Inlet (ambient above 0°C [32°F])
Industrial...........................................................................................................................................-1°C [30°F]
Maximum Inlet Restriction (clean filter) Normal-Duty Element:
Industrial.......................................................................................................................250 mm H2O [10 in H2O]
Power Generation..........................................................................................................381 mm H2O [15 in H2O]
Maximum Inlet Restriction (dirty filter).................................................................................635 mm H2O [25 in H2O]
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop across Charge Air Cooler:
Industrial
psi.............................................................................................................................................14 kPa [2 psi]
Hg (mercury)...................................................................................................................102 mm Hg [4 in Hg]
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop from Turbocharger Outlet to Intake Manifold:
Power Generation:
psi.............................................................................................................................................14 kPa [2 psi]
Hg (mercury)...................................................................................................................102 mm Hg [4 in Hg]
Four-Step Wastegate Controller Solenoid Resistance..............................................................................7 to 8 ohms
Exhaust System Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Exhaust System
Specifications
Maximum Allowable Exhaust Back Pressure Created by Piping and Silencer
Hg (mercury)..........................................................................................................................76 mm Hg [3 in Hg]
H2O (water).................................................................................................................1016 mm H2O [40 in H2O]
Exhaust Pipe Size (normally acceptable inside diameter).....................................................................127 mm [5 in]
Maximum Allowable Exhaust Back Pressure Created by Piping and Silencer:
Industrial:
Hg (mercury)....................................................................................................................76 mm Hg [3 in Hg]
H2O (water)............................................................................................................1016 mm H2O [40 in H2O]
Power Generation:
Hg (mercury)....................................................................................................................51 mm Hg [2 in Hg]
H2O (water)..............................................................................................................682 mm H2O [27 in H2O]
Exhaust Pipe Size (normally acceptable inside diameter):
Industrial........................................................................................................................................127 mm [5 in]
Power Generation...........................................................................................................................152 mm [6 in]
Automotive and Industrial:
Hg (mercury).................................................................................................................305 mm Hg [12 in Hg]
H20 (water).............................................................................................................4145 mm H20 [163 in H20]
Exhaust Pipe Size (normally acceptable inside diameter):
Automotive and Industrial...............................................................................................................127 mm [5 in]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Electrical System
Electrical System
Specifications
Minimum Recommended Battery Capacity:
System Ambient Temperatures

Voltage
-18°C [0°F]
Cold Reserve
Cranking Capacity*
Amperes Amperes
12 VDC
Automotive and Power Generation 1800 540
Industrial 2700 360
24 VDC**
Automotive and Power Generation 900 270
Industrial 1350 360
* The number of plates within a given battery size determines reserve capacity. Reserve capacity determines the
length of time that sustained cranking can occur.
**CCA ratings are based on two 12-VDC batteries in series.
A minimum of 6 VDC at the OEM connector is required to power up the ECM.
Minimum Battery Capacity:
12-VDC Starter......................................................400 ampere-hours to 1800 cold cranking amps @ -18°C [0°F]
24-VDC Starter........................................................200 ampere-hours to 900 cold cranking amps @ -18°C [0°F]
Maximum Starting Circuit Resistance:
12-VDC Starter................................................................................................................................0.00075 ohm
24-VDC Starter................................................................................................................................0.00200 ohm
Battery Cable Sizes - American Wire Gauge (maximum length in cranking motor circuit):
12-VDC:
No. 00..........................................................................................................................................3.7 m [12 ft]
No. 000........................................................................................................................................4.9 m [16 ft]
No. 0000 or Two No. 0*................................................................................................................6.1 m [20 ft]
Two No. 00...................................................................................................................................7.6 m [25 ft]
12-VDC High Output:
No. 00............................................................................................................................................2.1 m [7 ft]
No. 000..........................................................................................................................................2.7 m [9 ft]
No. 0000 or Two No. 0*................................................................................................................3.7 m [12 ft]
Two No. 00...................................................................................................................................4.3 m [14 ft]
24 to 32 VDC:
No. 00..........................................................................................................................................6.1 m [20 ft]
No. 000........................................................................................................................................8.2 m [27 ft]
No. 0000 or Two No. 0*..............................................................................................................10.7 m [35 ft]
Two No. 00.................................................................................................................................13.7 m [45 ft]
Minimum Ambient Air Temperature without Starting Aid..........................................................................-1°C [30°F]
Minimum Cranking Speed without Starting Aid.............................................................................................130 rpm
* Two strands of No. 0 cable can be used in place of one No. 0000 cable, provided that connections are carefully
made to make sure equal current flow exists in each parallel cable.
Compressed Air System Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Compressed Air System

Specifications
Cummins 18.7 CFM Model
Cylinders................................................................................................................................................................1
Compressor Swept Volume @ 1250 RPM.................................................................................6.6 L/sec. [14.0 CFM]
Piston Displacement................................................................................................................318 cc [19.405 C.I.D.]
Bore................................................................................................................................................85 mm [3.346 in]
Stroke............................................................................................................................................ 56 mm [2.204 in]
Speed.................................................................................................................................................Engine Speed
Cooling.............................................................................................................................................Engine Coolant
Lubrication.............................................................................................................................Engine Lubricating Oil
Plumbing Line Sizes:
Coolant Inlet and Outlet................................................................................................................3/4 x 16 STOR
Air Inlet............................................................................................................................25.4 mm [1 in] Nominal
Air Outlet......................................................................................................................................M27 x 2 STOR
Unloader Port................................................................................................................................M10 x 1 STOR
Governor Mounting Direct.....................................................................................................................M8 x 1.25
Height, Overall (Approximate).......................................................................................................217.4 mm [8.56 in]
Width, Overall (Approximate) ..........................................................................................................142 mm [5.59 in]
Length, Overall (Approximate).........................................................................................................216 mm [8.50 in]
Weight (Approximate).......................................................................................................................15 Kg [35.0 lbs]
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Engine Testing
Engine Testing
Specifications
Maintain the following limits during the engine test and run-in procedures:
Due to variations in ratings of different engine models, refer to the specific Engine Rating Data Sheet for the particular
engine model being tested.
Charge Air Cooler Restriction (maximum)
Mercury...........................................................................................................................76.2 mm Hg [3.0 in Hg]
Pounds Force...........................................................................................................................10.3 kPa [1.5 psi]
Intake Restriction (maximum at advertised horsepower)
Clean Air Filter.........................................................................................................254.0 mm H2O [10.0 in H2O]
Dirty Air Filter..........................................................................................................635.0 mm H2O [25.0 in H2O]
Exhaust Back Pressure (maximum).......................................................................................76.2 mm Hg [3.0 in Hg]
Oil Pressure
Low Idle (minimum)...............................................................................................................138.0 kPa [20.0 psi]
Oil Pressure Range......................................................................................241.0 to 276.0 kPa [35.0 to 40.0 psi]
Cylinder Block Coolant Pressure (closed thermostat, maximum).................................................262.0 kPa [38.0 psi]
Coolant Temperature
Operating Temperature (maximum)...............................................................................................107°C [225°F]
Fuel Inlet Temperature (maximum).......................................................................................................71°C [160°F]
Fuel Inlet Maximum Restriction
Clean Fuel Filter............................................................................................................203.2 mm Hg [8.0 in Hg]
Dirty Fuel Filter..................................................................................................................304.8 mm [12.0 in Hg]
Pressure Side Fuel Filter Restriction (maximum).........................................................................517.0 kPa [75.0 psi]
Fuel Drain Line Restriction (maximum)................................................................................228.6 mm Hg [9.0 in Hg]
Blowby (maximum at advertised or torque peak rpm) with 9-mm [0.354-in] orifice
New or rebuilt engines (maximum) less than 100,000 miles.........................................305 mm H2O [12.0 in H2O]
Used Engine (maximum) greater than 100,000 miles...................................................457 mm H2O [18.0 in H2O]
Maintain the following limits during the engine test and run-in procedures:
Due to variations in ratings of different engine models, refer to the specific Engine Rating Data Sheet for the particular
engine model being tested.
Charge Air Cooler Restriction (maximum)
Mercury...........................................................................................................................76.2 mm Hg [3.0 in Hg]
Pounds Force...........................................................................................................................10.3 kPa [1.5 psi]
Intake Restriction (maximum at advertised horsepower)
Clean Air Filter.........................................................................................................254.0 mm H2O [10.0 in H2O]
Dirty Air Filter..........................................................................................................635.0 mm H2O [25.0 in H2O]
Exhaust Back Pressure (maximum)...................................................................................304.8 mm Hg [12.0 in Hg]
Oil Pressure
Low Idle (minimum)...............................................................................................................138.0 kPa [20.0 psi]
Oil Pressure Range......................................................................................241.0 to 276.0 kPa [35.0 to 40.0 psi]
Cylinder Block Coolant Pressure (closed thermostat, maximum)..................................331 kPa [48 psi] @ 1600 RPM
Coolant Temperature
Operating Temperature (maximum)...............................................................................................107°C [225°F]
Fuel Inlet Temperature (maximum).......................................................................................................71°C [160°F]
Fuel Inlet Maximum Restriction
Clean Fuel Filter............................................................................................................203.2 mm Hg [8.0 in Hg]
Dirty Fuel Filter..................................................................................................................304.8 mm [12.0 in Hg]
Pressure Side Fuel Filter Restriction (maximum).........................................................................517.0 kPa [75.0 psi]
Fuel Drain Line Restriction (maximum)................................................................................228.6 mm Hg [9.0 in Hg]
Blowby (maximum at advertised or torque peak rpm) with 9-mm [0.354-in] orifice
New or rebuilt engines (maximum) less than 100,000 miles.........................................305 mm H2O [12.0 in H2O]
Used Engine (maximum) greater than 100,000 miles...................................................457 mm H2O [18.0 in H2O]
Drive Belt Tension Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Drive Belt Tension

Tension Chart
SAE Belt Size Belt Tension Gauge Part No. Belt Tension New Belt Tension Range Used*
Click-type Burroughs N lbf N lbf
0.380 in 3822524 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
0.440 in 3822524 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
1/2 in 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
11/16 in 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
3/4 in 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
7/8 in 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
4 rib 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
5 rib 3822524 ST-1138 670 150 270 to 530 60 to 120
6 rib 3822525 ST-1293 710 160 290 to 580 65 to 130
8 rib 3822525 ST-1293 890 200 360 to 710 80 to 160
10 rib 3822525 3823138 1110 250 440 to 890 100 to 200
12 rib 3822525 3823138 1330 300 530 to 1070 120 to 240
12 rib K section 3822525 3823138 1330 300 890 to 1070 200 to 240
NOTE: This chart does not apply to automatic belt tensioners.

* A belt is considered used if it has been in service for ten minutes or longer.
* If used belt tension is less than the minimum value, tighten the belt to the maximum used belt value.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Capscrew Markings and Torque Values
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values

General Information
CAUTION
When replacing capscrews, always use a capscrew of the same measurement and strength as the capscrew
being replaced. Using the wrong capscrews can result in engine damage.
Metric capscrews and nuts are identified by the grade number stamped on the head of the capscrew or on the surface
of the nuts. U.S. Customary capscrews are identified by radial lines stamped on the head of the capscrew.
The following examples indicate how capscrews are identified:
NOTES:
1. Always use the torque values listed in the following tables when specific torque values are not available.
2. Do not use the torque values in place of those specified in other sections of this manual.
3. The torque values in the table are based on the use of lubricated threads.
4. When the ft-lb value is less than 10, convert the ft-lb value to in-lb to obtain a better torque with an in-lb torque
wrench. Example: 6 ft-lb equals 72 in-lb.
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - Metric
Body Size Torque Torque Torque

Diameter Cast Iron Aluminum Cast Iron Aluminum Cast Iron Aluminum
mm N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb
6 9 5 7 4 13 10 7 4 14 9 7 4
7 14 9 11 7 18 14 11 7 23 18 11 7
8 23 17 18 14 33 25 18 14 40 29 18 14
10 45 33 30 25 65 50 30 25 70 50 30 25
12 80 60 55 40 115 85 55 40 125 95 55 40
14 125 90 90 65 180 133 90 65 195 145 90 65
16 195 140 140 100 280 200 140 100 290 210 140 100
18 280 200 180 135 390 285 180 135 400 290 180 135
20 400 290 — — 550 400 — — — — — —
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary

Capscrew Markings and Torque Values Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Capscrew Body Size Cast Iron Aluminum Cast Iron Aluminum

N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb
1/4 - 20 9 7 8 6 15 11 8 6
1/4 - 28 12 9 9 7 18 13 9 7
5/16 - 18 20 15 16 12 30 22 16 12
5/16 - 24 23 17 19 14 33 24 19 14
3/8 - 16 40 30 25 20 55 40 25 20
3/8 - 24 40 30 35 25 60 45 35 25
7/16 - 14 60 45 45 35 90 65 45 35
7/16 - 20 65 50 55 40 95 70 55 40
1/2 - 13 95 70 75 55 130 95 75 55
1/2 - 20 100 75 80 60 150 110 80 60
9/16 - 12 135 100 110 80 190 140 110 80
9/16 - 18 150 110 115 85 210 155 115 85
5/8 - 11 180 135 150 110 255 190 150 110
5/8 - 18 210 155 160 120 290 215 160 120
3/4 - 10 325 240 255 190 460 340 255 190
3/4 - 16 365 270 285 210 515 380 285 210
7/8 - 9 490 360 380 280 745 550 380 280
7/8 - 14 530 390 420 310 825 610 420 310
1-8 720 530 570 420 1100 820 570 420
1 - 14 800 590 650 480 1200 890 650 480
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions
Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions

Conversion Chart
Fraction inch mm Fraction inch mm
1/64 0.0156 0.397 33/64 0.5156 13.097
1/32 0.0313 0.794 17/32 0.5313 13.494
3/64 0.0469 1.191 35/64 0.5469 13.891
1/16 0.0625 1.588 9/16 0.5625 14.288
5/64 0.0781 1.984 37/64 0.5781 14.684
3/32 0.0938 2.381 19/32 0.5938 15.081
7/64 0.1094 2.778 39/64 0.6094 15.478
1/8 0.1250 3.175 5/8 0.6250 15.875
9/64 0.1406 3.572 41/64 0.6406 16.272
5/32 0.1563 3.969 21/32 0.6563 16.669
11/64 0.1719 4.366 43/64 0.6719 17.066
3/16 0.1875 4.763 11/16 0.6875 17.463
13/64 0.2031 5.159 45/64 0.7031 17.859
7/32 0.2188 5.556 23/32 0.7188 18.256
15/64 0.2344 5.953 47/64 0.7344 18.653
1/4 0.2500 6.350 3/4 0.7500 19.050
17/64 0.2656 6.747 49/64 0.7656 19.447
9/32 0.2813 7.144 25/32 0.7813 19.844
19/64 0.2969 7.541 51/64 0.7969 20.241
5/16 0.3125 7.938 13/16 0.8125 20.638
21/64 0.3281 8.334 53/64 0.8281 21.034
11/32 0.3438 8.731 27/32 0.8438 21.431
23/64 0.3594 9.128 55/64 0.8594 21.828
3/8 0.3750 9.525 7/8 0.8750 22.225
25/64 0.3906 9.922 57/64 0.8906 22.622
13/32 0.4063 10.319 29/32 0.9063 23.019
27/64 0.4219 10.716 59/64 0.9219 23.416
7/16 0.4375 11.113 15/16 0.9375 23.813
29/64 0.4531 11.509 61/64 0.9531 24.209
15/32 0.4688 11.906 31/32 0.9688 24.606
31/64 0.4844 12.303 63/64 0.9844 25.003
1/2 0.5000 12.700 1 1.0000 25.400
Conversion Factor: 1 inch = 25.4 mm

Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversions Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversions

Conversion Chart
N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb
1 9 in-lb 55 41 155 114
5 44 in-lb 60 44 160 118
6 53 in-lb 65 48 165 122
7 62 in-lb 70 52 170 125
8 71 in-lb 75 55 175 129
9 80 in-lb 80 59 180 133
10 89 in-lb 85 63 185 136
11 97 in-lb 90 66 190 140
12 106 in-lb 95 70 195 144
14 124 in-lb 100 74 200 148
15 133 in-lb 105 77 205 151
16 142 in-lb 110 81 210 155
18 159 in-lb 115 85 215 159
20 15 ft-lb 120 89 220 162
25 18 125 92 225 165
30 22 130 96 230 170
35 26 135 100 235 173
40 30 140 103 240 177
45 33 145 107 245 180
50 37 150 111 250 184
NOTE: To convert from Newton-Meters to Kilogram-Meters divide Newton-Meters by 9.803.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Pipe Plug Torque Values
Pipe Plug Torque Values

Torque Table
Size Torque Torque
Thread Actual Thread O.D. In Aluminum Components In Cast Iron or
Steel Components
in in N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb
1/16 0.32 5 45 in-lb 15 10
1/8 0.41 15 10 20 15
1/4 0.54 20 15 25 20
3/8 0.68 25 20 35 25
1/2 0.85 35 25 55 40
3/4 1.05 45 35 75 55
1 1.32 60 45 95 70
1-1/4 1.66 75 55 115 85
1-1/2 1.90 85 65 135 100
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric

General Information
NOTE ON SELECTING TAP-DRILL SIZES: The tap drill sizes shown on this card give the theoretical tap drill size for
approximately 60% and 75% of full thread depth. Generally, it is recommended that drill sizes be selected in the 60%
range as these sizes will provide about 90% of the potential holding power. Drill sizes in the 75% range are
recommended for shallow hole tapping (less than 1 1/2 times the hole diameter) in soft metals and mild steel.
Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...] Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors

Conversion Chart
From U.S. From Metric
Customary To U.S.
Quantity U.S. Customary Metric
To Metric Customary
Multiply By Multiply By
Unit Name Abbreviation Unit Name Abbreviation
sq. inch in2 sq. millimeters mm2 645.16 0.001550
Area sq. centimeters cm2 6.452 0.155
sq. foot ft2 sq. meter m2 0.0929 10.764
Fuel pounds per lb/hp-hr grams per kilowatt g/kW-hr 608.277 0.001645
Consumption horsepower hour hour
Fuel miles per gallon mpg kilometers per liter km/l 0.4251 2.352
Performance gallons per mile gpm liters per kilometer l/km 2.352 0.4251
Force pounds force lbf Newton N 4.4482 0.224809
inch in millimeters mm 25.40 0.039370
Length
foot ft millimeters mm 304.801 0.00328
Power horsepower hp kilowatt kW 0.746 1.341
pounds force per psi kilopascal kPa 6.8948 0.145037
sq. inch
inches of mercury in Hg kilopascal kPa 3.3769 0.29613
inches of water in H2O kilopascal kPa 0.2488 4.019299
inches of mercury in Hg millimeters of mm Hg 25.40 0.039370
Pressure mercury
inches of water in H2O millimeters of mm H2O 25.40 0.039370
water
bars bars kilopascals kPa 100.001 0.00999
bars bars millimeters of mm Hg 750.06 0.001333
mercury
Temperature fahrenheit °F centigrade °C (°F-32) ÷1.8 (1.8 x °C) +32
pound force per ft-lb Newton-meter N•m 1.35582 0.737562
foot
Torque
pound force per in-lb Newton-meter N•m 0.113 8.850756
inch
Velocity miles/hour mph kilometers/hour kph 1.6093 0.6214
gallon (U.S.) gal. liter l 3.7853 0.264179
Volume: gallon (Imp*) gal. liter l 4.546 0.219976
liquid
displacement
cubic inch in3 liter l 0.01639 61.02545
cubic inch in3 cubic centimeter cm3 16.387 0.06102
Weight (mass) pounds (avoir.) lb kilograms kg 0.4536 2.204623
British Thermal BTU joules J 1054.5 0.000948
Unit
Work British Thermal BTU kilowatt-hour kW-hr 0.000293 3414
Unit
horsepower hours hp-hr kilowatt-hour kW-hr 0.746 1.341
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Engi [...]
Notes
Index
Page X-1
Additional Service Literature .......................................................................L-1 Assemble..............................................................................................11-105

General Information....................................................................................L-1 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.................................................................11-104
Aftertreatment Adapter Pipe ....................................................................11-79 Disassemble.........................................................................................11-104
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-80 Finishing Steps.....................................................................................11-106
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-81 General Information...............................................................................11-103
Install......................................................................................................11-81 Install....................................................................................................11-105
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-79 Preparatory Steps.................................................................................11-103
Remove..................................................................................................11-79 Remove................................................................................................11-103
Aftertreatment Diesel Oxidation Catalyst ................................................11-96 Aftertreatment Testing .............................................................................14-29
Assemble..............................................................................................11-101 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................14-34
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-98 General Information................................................................................14-29
Finishing Steps.....................................................................................11-102 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................14-31
General Information................................................................................11-96 Setup......................................................................................................14-32
Install....................................................................................................11-102 Test........................................................................................................14-32
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-96 Air Compressor ..........................................................................................12-5
Remove..................................................................................................11-97 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................12-6
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter ...................................................11-71 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................12-8
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-73 Install........................................................................................................12-6
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-75 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................12-5
General Information................................................................................11-71 Remove....................................................................................................12-5
Install......................................................................................................11-74 Air Compressor Carbon Buildup ................................................................12-1
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-71 Clean........................................................................................................12-2
Remove..................................................................................................11-72 Initial Check..............................................................................................12-1
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor Air Compressor Cylinder Head, Single Cylinder .......................................12-3
Mounting Bracket .....................................................................................11-83 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................12-4
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-86 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................12-3
Install......................................................................................................11-85 Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly ........................................12-4
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-84 Initial Check..............................................................................................12-4
Remove..................................................................................................11-84 Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps Continuously) ...............................12-9
Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes Initial Check..............................................................................................12-9
...................................................................................................................11-86 Air Governor (Air Compressor Will Not Pump) .........................................12-9
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-87 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................12-9
Install......................................................................................................11-89 Air in Fuel .....................................................................................................6-2
Remove..................................................................................................11-87 Initial Check................................................................................................6-2
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector .....................................................................11-76 Air Intake Connection ...............................................................................10-54
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-77 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................10-55
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-79 All Applications...................................................................................10-55
Install......................................................................................................11-78 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................10-57
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-76 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Remove..................................................................................................11-76 10-57
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector Flow ..........................................................11-123 Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-57
Finishing Steps.....................................................................................11-129 Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-58
Initial Check..........................................................................................11-123 Install......................................................................................................10-56
Leak Test..............................................................................................11-127 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Setup....................................................................................................11-123 10-56
Test......................................................................................................11-126 Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-57
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Manifold ....................................................11-117 Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-57
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.................................................................11-119 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................10-54
Automotive With CM871....................................................................11-119 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Automotive with CM876.....................................................................11-120 10-54
Finishing Steps.....................................................................................11-122 Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-54
Install....................................................................................................11-121 Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-54
Automotive With CM871....................................................................11-121 Remove..................................................................................................10-55
Automotive with CM876.....................................................................11-121 Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-55
Preparatory Steps.................................................................................11-117 Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-55
Remove................................................................................................11-117 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Automotive With CM871....................................................................11-117 10-55
Automotive with CM876.....................................................................11-118 Air Intake Restriction ...............................................................................10-13
Aftertreatment Injector Lines .................................................................11-106 Measure..................................................................................................10-13
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.................................................................11-110 Air Intake System .......................................................................................V-73
Automotive With CM871....................................................................11-110 Specifications...........................................................................................V-73
Automotive with CM876.....................................................................11-112 Automotive Applications.......................................................................V-73
Finishing Steps.....................................................................................11-116 Industrial and Generator Drive..............................................................V-73
Automotive With CM871....................................................................11-116 Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems ..............................................10-3
Automotive with CM876.....................................................................11-116 Initial Check..............................................................................................10-3
Install....................................................................................................11-113 Automotive With CM871........................................................................10-5
Automotive With CM871....................................................................11-113 Air Leaks, Compressed Air System .........................................................12-11
Automotive with CM876.....................................................................11-115 Initial Check............................................................................................12-11
Preparatory Steps.................................................................................11-106 Air Pressure Relief Valve .........................................................................12-12
Automotive With CM871....................................................................11-106 Initial Check............................................................................................12-12
Automotive with CM876.....................................................................11-107 Alternator ....................................................................................................13-2
Remove................................................................................................11-107 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................13-5
Automotive With CM871....................................................................11-107 Driven by Cooling Fan Drive Belt...........................................................13-5
Automotive with CM876.....................................................................11-109 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................13-6
Aftertreatment Inlet and Outlet ................................................................11-90 Driven by Cooling Fan Drive Belt...........................................................13-6
Assemble................................................................................................11-93 Automotive with CM870........................................................................13-6
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-92 Initial Check..............................................................................................13-2
Disassemble...........................................................................................11-92 Alternator Wiring Test...........................................................................13-2
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-95 Alternator Voltage Output Check...........................................................13-2
General Information................................................................................11-90 Alternator Current Output Test..............................................................13-3
Install......................................................................................................11-93 Install........................................................................................................13-6
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-91 Driven by Cooling Fan Drive Belt...........................................................13-6
Remove..................................................................................................11-92 Automotive with CM870........................................................................13-6
Aftertreatment System ...........................................................................11-103 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................13-4
Index
Page X-2
Driven by Cooling Fan Drive Belt...........................................................13-4 Automotive Applications......................................................................13-25

Automotive with CM870........................................................................13-4 Industrial and Power Generation.........................................................13-26
Remove....................................................................................................13-5 Remove..................................................................................................13-26
Driven by Cooling Fan Drive Belt...........................................................13-5 Automotive Applications......................................................................13-26
Automotive with CM870........................................................................13-5 Industrial and Power Generation.........................................................13-26
Alternator Idler Pulley ..............................................................................13-24 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values ....................................................V-79
Clean......................................................................................................13-24 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - Metric........................................V-79
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................13-25 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary.........................V-79
Install......................................................................................................13-25 General Information..................................................................................V-79
Remove..................................................................................................13-24 Centinel™ System .......................................................................................7-55
Alternator Pulley ........................................................................................13-8 General Information..................................................................................7-55
Clean........................................................................................................13-9 Charge-Air Cooler .......................................................................................10-9
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................13-9 Clean........................................................................................................10-9
Install........................................................................................................13-9 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................10-9
Remove....................................................................................................13-8 Leak Test................................................................................................10-10
Alternator Spacer .....................................................................................13-22 Pressure Differential Test........................................................................10-12
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................13-23 Temperature Differential Test..................................................................10-11
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................13-24 Component Manufacturers' Addresses ......................................................M-1
Install......................................................................................................13-23 Air Compressors........................................................................................M-1
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................13-22 Air Cylinders..............................................................................................M-1
Remove..................................................................................................13-22 Air Heaters................................................................................................M-1
Alternator/Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket .............................9-13 Air Starting Motors.....................................................................................M-1
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................9-16 Alternators.................................................................................................M-1
Automotive with CM870........................................................................9-16 Auxiliary Brakes.........................................................................................M-1
Automotive with CM570........................................................................9-16 Belts..........................................................................................................M-1
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................9-14 Catalytic Converters...................................................................................M-1
Automotive with CM870........................................................................9-14 Coolant Level Switches..............................................................................M-1
Automotive with CM570........................................................................9-14 Clutches....................................................................................................M-1
Install........................................................................................................9-15 Coolant Heaters.........................................................................................M-2
Automotive with CM870........................................................................9-15 Drive Plates...............................................................................................M-2
Automotive with CM570........................................................................9-15 Electric Starting Motors..............................................................................M-2
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................9-13 Electronic Switches....................................................................................M-2
Automotive with CM870........................................................................9-13 Engine Protection Controls.........................................................................M-2
Automotive with CM570........................................................................9-13 Fan Clutches.............................................................................................M-2
Remove....................................................................................................9-13 Fans..........................................................................................................M-2
Automotive with CM870........................................................................9-13 Fault Lamps...............................................................................................M-2
Automotive with CM570........................................................................9-14 Filters........................................................................................................M-2
Batteries ...................................................................................................13-10 Flexplates..................................................................................................M-2
Initial Check............................................................................................13-10 Fuel Coolers..............................................................................................M-2
Battery Cables and Connections .............................................................13-11 Fuel Pumps...............................................................................................M-2
Initial Check............................................................................................13-11 Fuel Warmers............................................................................................M-2
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Alternator) ....................................................13-20 Gauges......................................................................................................M-3
Clean......................................................................................................13-20 Governors..................................................................................................M-3
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................13-20 Heat Sleeves.............................................................................................M-3
Install......................................................................................................13-21 Hydraulic and Power Steering Pumps........................................................M-3
Automotive Applications......................................................................13-21 In-Line Connectors.....................................................................................M-3
Remove..................................................................................................13-20 Oil Heaters................................................................................................M-3
Automotive Applications......................................................................13-20 Prelubrication Systems..............................................................................M-3
Belt Tensioner, Automatic (Water Pump) ..................................................8-61 Radiators...................................................................................................M-3
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................8-64 Throttle Assemblies...................................................................................M-3
All Applications.....................................................................................8-64 Torque Converters.....................................................................................M-3
CM570..................................................................................................8-65 Compressed Air System ............................................................................V-76
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-67 Specifications...........................................................................................V-76
Drives Alternator...................................................................................8-67 Cummins 18.7 CFM Model...................................................................V-76
Initial Check..............................................................................................8-61 Coolant Filter ................................................................................................8-5
All Applications.....................................................................................8-61 General Information....................................................................................8-5
Install........................................................................................................8-66 Install..........................................................................................................8-6
Drives Alternator...................................................................................8-66 Remove......................................................................................................8-6
Automotive Applications........................................................................8-66 Coolant Filter Valve ......................................................................................8-7
Industrial and Power Generation...........................................................8-66 Clean..........................................................................................................8-8
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-62 Inspect for Reuse........................................................................................8-8
Drives Alternator...................................................................................8-62 Install..........................................................................................................8-8
Remove....................................................................................................8-62 Remove......................................................................................................8-7
Drives Alternator...................................................................................8-62 Coolant Thermostat .....................................................................................8-9
Automotive Applications........................................................................8-63 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-14
Industrial and Power Generation...........................................................8-63 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-12
Belt Tensioner, Refrigerant Compressor, Automatic ..................................9-5 Out-of-Chassis Opening Temperature Test............................................8-12
Finishing Steps...........................................................................................9-6 Install........................................................................................................8-13
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-6 Leak Test....................................................................................................8-9
Initial Check................................................................................................9-5 In-Chassis Opening Temperature Test..................................................8-11
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-5 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-11
Install..........................................................................................................9-6 Remove....................................................................................................8-11
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-6 Coolant Thermostat Housing .....................................................................8-15
Preparatory Steps.......................................................................................9-6 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-21
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-6 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-18
Remove......................................................................................................9-6 Install........................................................................................................8-18
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-6 Single Thermostat.................................................................................8-18
Bracket, Idler Pulley and Alternator Belt Tensioner ...............................13-25 Dual Thermostat...................................................................................8-19
Clean......................................................................................................13-26 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-15
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................13-28 Remove....................................................................................................8-16
Automotive Applications......................................................................13-28 Single Thermostat.................................................................................8-16
Industrial and Power Generation.........................................................13-28 Dual Thermostat...................................................................................8-16
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................13-27 Coolant Thermostat Seal ...........................................................................8-21
Install......................................................................................................13-27 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-22
Automotive Applications......................................................................13-27 Install........................................................................................................8-22
Industrial and Power Generation.........................................................13-27 Single Seal...........................................................................................8-22
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................13-25 Dual Seal..............................................................................................8-22
Index
Page X-3
Remove....................................................................................................8-21 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-29

Single Seal...........................................................................................8-21 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-29
Dual Seal..............................................................................................8-22 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-30
Coolant Vent Lines .....................................................................................8-23 Install......................................................................................................11-26
Initial Check..............................................................................................8-23 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-26
Cooling System ..........................................................................................8-23 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-28
Drain.........................................................................................................8-23 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-15
Fill............................................................................................................8-26 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-15
Flush........................................................................................................8-24 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-16
Pressure Test...........................................................................................8-29 Pressure Test..........................................................................................11-24
Cooling System ..........................................................................................V-71 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-24
General Information..................................................................................V-71 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-25
Specifications...........................................................................................V-71 Remove..................................................................................................11-16
Automotive Applications.......................................................................V-71 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-16
Industrial and Generator Drive..............................................................V-72 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-17
Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test .........................................8-30 EGR Cooler Connection ...........................................................................11-40
Initial Check..............................................................................................8-30 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-40
Air in Cooling System............................................................................8-30 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-42
Leak Test..................................................................................................8-31 Install......................................................................................................11-42
Fan, Shutter, or Heater Air Control Valve..............................................8-31 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-40
Air Compressor.....................................................................................8-32 Remove..................................................................................................11-40
Overflow Method...................................................................................8-33 EGR Cooler Coolant Lines .......................................................................11-60
Cummins Customized Parts Catalog ...........................................................L-3 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-63
General Information....................................................................................L-3 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-63
Ordering the Customized Parts Catalog......................................................L-3 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-64
Ordering by Telephone...........................................................................L-3 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-67
Ordering On-Line....................................................................................L-3 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-67
Drive Belt Tension .....................................................................................V-78 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-67
Tension Chart...........................................................................................V-78 Install......................................................................................................11-64
Drive Belt, Alternator .................................................................................13-7 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-64
Adjust.......................................................................................................13-8 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-65
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................13-7 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-60
Install........................................................................................................13-7 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-60
Remove....................................................................................................13-7 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-61
Drive Belt, Cooling Fan ................................................................................8-3 Remove..................................................................................................11-61
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.......................................................................8-3 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-61
Drives Alternator.....................................................................................8-3 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-61
Install..........................................................................................................8-3 EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Adapter ..............................................11-57
Drives Alternator.....................................................................................8-3 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-58
Remove......................................................................................................8-3 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-58
Drives Alternator.....................................................................................8-3 Install......................................................................................................11-58
Drive Belt, Refrigerant Compressor ............................................................9-3 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-57
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.......................................................................9-3 Remove..................................................................................................11-57
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-3 EGR Differential Pressure Sensor Tubes ................................................11-51
Finishing Steps...........................................................................................9-4 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-52
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-4 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-52
Install..........................................................................................................9-4 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-54
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-4 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-55
Preparatory Steps.......................................................................................9-3 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-55
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-3 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-55
Remove......................................................................................................9-3 Install......................................................................................................11-54
Drive Belt, Water Pump ...............................................................................8-4 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-55
Adjust.........................................................................................................8-5 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-51
Inspect for Reuse........................................................................................8-4 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-51
Install..........................................................................................................8-5 Remove..................................................................................................11-51
Remove......................................................................................................8-4 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-51
Dynamometer Worksheet ...........................................................................14-4 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-52
Worksheet................................................................................................14-4 EGR Mixer .................................................................................................11-30
With EGR.............................................................................................14-4 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-31
Without EGR.........................................................................................14-5 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-32
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled ..................................................................6-2 Install......................................................................................................11-31
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.......................................................................6-3 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-30
Finishing Steps...........................................................................................6-5 Remove..................................................................................................11-30
Install..........................................................................................................6-5 EGR Valve .................................................................................................11-32
Preparatory Steps.......................................................................................6-2 Assemble................................................................................................11-37
Remove......................................................................................................6-3 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-37
EGR Connection Tubes ............................................................................11-43 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-35
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-46 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-35
Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-46 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-35
Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-46 Disassemble...........................................................................................11-34
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-50 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-34
Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-50 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-39
Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-51 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-39
Install......................................................................................................11-47 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-39
Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-47 Install......................................................................................................11-38
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-43 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-38
Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-43 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-32
Remove..................................................................................................11-44 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-33
Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-44 Remove..................................................................................................11-33
EGR Cooler ...............................................................................................11-15 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-34
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-18 EGR Valve Coolant Lines .........................................................................11-59
Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-18 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-59
Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-21 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-60
Index
Page X-4
Install......................................................................................................11-60 Engine Speed (rpm)............................................................................14-22

Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-59 Fuel Rate............................................................................................14-23
Remove..................................................................................................11-59 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Control - Chassis Dynamometer test.....14-
EGR Valve Mounting Bracket ...................................................................11-81 23
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-82 Engine Blowby....................................................................................14-24
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-82 Engine Coolant Pressure.....................................................................14-24
Install......................................................................................................11-82 Engine Coolant Temperature...............................................................14-24
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-81 Engine Fuel Temperature....................................................................14-25
Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-81 Engine Testing (In Chassis) .....................................................................14-28
Remove..................................................................................................11-81 Setup......................................................................................................14-28
Electrical System .......................................................................................V-75 Engine Testing (Portable Dynamometer or Load Bank) ..........................14-29
Specifications...........................................................................................V-75 General Information................................................................................14-29
Engine Brake Assembly .............................................................................20-1 Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Adapter ...................................................11-69
Adjust.......................................................................................................20-4 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-70
Engine Brake Solenoid..........................................................................20-2 Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................11-70
Engine Brake Rocker Lever..................................................................20-3 All Applications...................................................................................11-70
Resistance Check.....................................................................................20-1 Install......................................................................................................11-70
Voltage Check..........................................................................................20-1 All Applications...................................................................................11-70
Engine Brake Control Valve .....................................................................20-13 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-69
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................20-14 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-69
Install......................................................................................................20-14 Remove..................................................................................................11-70
Remove..................................................................................................20-13 All Applications...................................................................................11-70
Engine Brake Piston .................................................................................20-15 Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor Tube ........................................................11-55
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................20-16 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-56
Install......................................................................................................20-16 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-57
Remove..................................................................................................20-15 Install......................................................................................................11-56
Engine Brake Solenoid Valve ...................................................................20-10 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-55
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................20-11 Remove..................................................................................................11-56
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................20-10 Exhaust Manifold, Dry ................................................................................11-1
Install......................................................................................................20-11 Assemble..................................................................................................11-9
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................20-10 Automotive with CM870........................................................................11-9
Remove..................................................................................................20-10 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Engine Brake Wiring Harness ..................................................................20-11 11-9
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................20-12 Automotive With CM871........................................................................11-9
Install......................................................................................................20-13 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................11-5
Threaded Brake Pass-Through............................................................20-13 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Non-Threaded Brake Pass-Through....................................................20-13 11-5
Remove..................................................................................................20-11 Automotive with CM870 and CM871......................................................11-6
Threaded Brake Pass-Through............................................................20-11 Disassemble.............................................................................................11-4
Non-Threaded Brake Pass-Through....................................................20-12 Automotive with CM870........................................................................11-4
Engine Lifting Brackets ..............................................................................16-2 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................16-3 11-5
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................16-4 Automotive With CM871........................................................................11-5
Install........................................................................................................16-3 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-13
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................16-2 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-13
Remove....................................................................................................16-2 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Engine Mounts ..........................................................................................16-36 11-13
Inspect....................................................................................................16-36 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-13
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) ...................................................14-12 Initial Check..............................................................................................11-1
Instructions.............................................................................................14-12 Automotive with CM870........................................................................11-1
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) .....................................................14-25 Automotive With CM871........................................................................11-1
Run-In Instructions..................................................................................14-25 Install......................................................................................................11-10
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer) ...................................................14-16 Automotive with CM870 and CM871....................................................11-10
Run-In Instructions..................................................................................14-16 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
On-Highway Applications....................................................................14-16 11-11
Off-Highway Applications....................................................................14-16 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................11-3
Engine Support Bracket, Front ..................................................................16-4 Automotive with CM870........................................................................11-3
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................16-5 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................16-6 11-3
Install........................................................................................................16-6 Automotive With CM871........................................................................11-4
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................16-4 Remove....................................................................................................11-4
Remove....................................................................................................16-4 Repair.......................................................................................................11-1
Engine Testing ...........................................................................................V-77 Automotive with CM870........................................................................11-1
Specifications...........................................................................................V-77 Exhaust Restriction ..................................................................................11-14
Automotive with CM870........................................................................V-77 Initial Check............................................................................................11-14
Automotive With CM871.......................................................................V-77 Exhaust System .........................................................................................V-74
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) ...................................................14-6 Specifications...........................................................................................V-74
Setup........................................................................................................14-6 Automotive Applications.......................................................................V-74
Test..........................................................................................................14-9 Industrial and Generator Drive..............................................................V-74
Engine Speed (rpm)..............................................................................14-9 Automotive With CM871.......................................................................V-74
Fuel Rate..............................................................................................14-9 Fan Clutch, On-Off .....................................................................................8-34
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Control - Chassis Dynamometer test.....14- Initial Check..............................................................................................8-34
10 With Low Temperature Fan-On Control.................................................8-34
Engine Blowby....................................................................................14-10 With High Temperature Fan On............................................................8-35
Engine Coolant Pressure.....................................................................14-11 Fan, Cooling ...............................................................................................8-41
Engine Coolant Temperature...............................................................14-11 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-41
Engine Fuel Temperature....................................................................14-12 Install........................................................................................................8-42
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) ...................................................14-17 Remove....................................................................................................8-41
Setup......................................................................................................14-17 Fan Hub, Belt Driven ..................................................................................8-36
Coolant Plumbing...............................................................................14-17 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................8-38
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Control - Chassis Dynamometer test.....14- Automotive with CM870........................................................................8-38
17 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Air Compressor...................................................................................14-19 8-38
Starting Motor.....................................................................................14-20 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-40
Engine Throttle Control.......................................................................14-20 Automotive with CM870........................................................................8-40
Test........................................................................................................14-22 Automotive with CM570........................................................................8-40
Index
Page X-5
Industrial CM570 and Power Generation without CM570.......................8-40 Specifications...........................................................................................V-68

Install........................................................................................................8-39 Automotive with CM870........................................................................V-68
Automotive with CM870........................................................................8-39 Automotive With CM871.......................................................................V-68
Automotive with CM570........................................................................8-39 Heat Shield ...............................................................................................11-67
Industrial CM570 and Power Generation without CM570.......................8-39 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................11-68
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-36 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................11-69
Automotive with CM870........................................................................8-36 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-69
Automotive with CM570........................................................................8-36 Install......................................................................................................11-69
Industrial CM570 and Power Generation without CM570.......................8-37 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-69
Remove....................................................................................................8-37 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-69
Automotive with CM870........................................................................8-37 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................11-67
Automotive with CM570........................................................................8-37 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-67
Industrial CM570 and Power Generation without CM570.......................8-37 Remove..................................................................................................11-68
Fan Pulley ...................................................................................................8-72 Automotive with CM870......................................................................11-68
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-72 Automotive With CM871......................................................................11-68
Install........................................................................................................8-73 Idler Pulley, Refrigerant Compressor ..........................................................9-7
Industrial and Power Generation...........................................................8-73 Finishing Steps...........................................................................................9-8
Remove....................................................................................................8-72 With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-8
Industrial and Power Generation...........................................................8-72 Inspect for Reuse........................................................................................9-7
Fan Shroud Assembly ................................................................................8-40 With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-7
Initial Check..............................................................................................8-40 Install..........................................................................................................9-7
Fan Support ................................................................................................8-69 With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-7
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-71 Preparatory Steps.......................................................................................9-7
Industrial and Power Generation...........................................................8-71 With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-7
Install........................................................................................................8-70 Remove......................................................................................................9-7
Industrial and Power Generation...........................................................8-70 With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-7
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-69 Injector ........................................................................................................6-13
Industrial and Power Generation...........................................................8-69 Assemble..................................................................................................6-21
Remove....................................................................................................8-69 Oil Seal.................................................................................................6-21
Industrial and Power Generation...........................................................8-69 Disassemble.............................................................................................6-19
Flywheel .....................................................................................................16-7 Oil Seal.................................................................................................6-19
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................16-10 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................6-24
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................16-13 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................6-18
Initial Check..............................................................................................16-7 Install........................................................................................................6-23
Bore Runout.........................................................................................16-7 Leak Test..................................................................................................6-13
Face Runout.........................................................................................16-8 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................6-16
Install......................................................................................................16-12 Remove....................................................................................................6-17
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................16-9 Intake Manifold Pressure .........................................................................10-53
Remove..................................................................................................16-10 Measure..................................................................................................10-53
Flywheel Housing .....................................................................................16-14 Lubricating Oil and Filter Analysis ............................................................7-55
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................16-16 Inspect......................................................................................................7-55
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................16-23 Lubricating Oil......................................................................................7-55
Install......................................................................................................16-17 Lubricating Oil Filter..............................................................................7-56
Measure..................................................................................................16-18 Lubricating Oil Cooler ..................................................................................7-3
Bore Alignment...................................................................................16-18 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.......................................................................7-5
Face Alignment...................................................................................16-21 All Applications.......................................................................................7-5
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................16-14 Finishing Steps...........................................................................................7-9
Remove..................................................................................................16-14 Automotive with CM870..........................................................................7-9
Flywheel Housing, REPTO .......................................................................16-23 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................16-27 7-9
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................16-35 Install..........................................................................................................7-8
Install......................................................................................................16-28 All Applications.......................................................................................7-8
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................16-23 Leak Test....................................................................................................7-7
Remove..................................................................................................16-24 All Applications.......................................................................................7-7
Flywheel Ring Gear ..................................................................................16-35 Preparatory Steps.......................................................................................7-3
Install......................................................................................................16-36 Automotive with CM870..........................................................................7-3
Remove..................................................................................................16-35 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions ...............................................V-81 7-4
Conversion Chart......................................................................................V-81 Remove......................................................................................................7-4
Fuel Drain Line Restriction ..........................................................................6-6 All Applications.......................................................................................7-4
Measure.....................................................................................................6-6 Lubricating Oil Cooler Element ...................................................................7-9
Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) ............................................................................6-6 Assemble..................................................................................................7-12
Clean..........................................................................................................6-9 Single-Element.....................................................................................7-12
All Applications.......................................................................................6-9 Dual-Element........................................................................................7-12
Initial Check................................................................................................6-6 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................7-10
With Pressurized Fuel Filtering...............................................................6-6 Disassemble...............................................................................................7-9
With Vacuum Fuel Filtering.....................................................................6-7 Single-Element.......................................................................................7-9
Install..........................................................................................................6-9 Dual-Element........................................................................................7-10
With Pressurized Fuel Filtering...............................................................6-9 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................7-13
With Priming Pump...............................................................................6-10 Preparatory Steps.......................................................................................7-9
Without Priming Pump..........................................................................6-10 Pressure Test...........................................................................................7-11
Remove......................................................................................................6-8 Lubricating Oil Dipstick ..............................................................................7-13
With Pressurized Fuel Filtering...............................................................6-8 Calibrate...................................................................................................7-13
With Vacuum Fuel Filtering.....................................................................6-8 Lubricating Oil Dipstick Tube ....................................................................7-14
Fuel Inlet Restriction ..................................................................................6-11 Install........................................................................................................7-14
Measure...................................................................................................6-11 Automotive with CM870........................................................................7-14
With Pressurized Fuel Filtering.............................................................6-11 Automotive With CM871........................................................................7-15
With Vacuum Fuel Filtering...................................................................6-12 Remove....................................................................................................7-14
Fuel Supply Lines .......................................................................................6-13 Automotive with CM870........................................................................7-14
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................6-13 Automotive With CM871........................................................................7-14
Remove....................................................................................................6-13 Lubricating Oil Fill Tube ............................................................................7-49
Fuel System ...............................................................................................V-69 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................7-51
Specifications...........................................................................................V-69 Automotive with CM870........................................................................7-51
Automotive with CM870........................................................................V-69 Automotive With CM871........................................................................7-51
Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570.... Install........................................................................................................7-52
V-69 Automotive with CM870........................................................................7-52
General Engine ...........................................................................................V-68 Automotive With CM871........................................................................7-53
Index
Page X-6
Remove....................................................................................................7-49 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................9-10

Automotive with CM870........................................................................7-49 Automotive with CM870........................................................................9-10
Automotive With CM871........................................................................7-50 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Lubricating Oil Filter (Spin-On) ..................................................................7-15 9-10
General Information..................................................................................7-15 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................9-12
Lubricating Oil......................................................................................7-15 Automotive with CM870........................................................................9-12
Install........................................................................................................7-16 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Remove....................................................................................................7-16 9-12
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve ...........................................................7-17 Install........................................................................................................9-11
Clean........................................................................................................7-18 Sanden.................................................................................................9-11
General Information..................................................................................7-17 Climate Control Incorporated................................................................9-11
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-18 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Install........................................................................................................7-19 9-11
Remove....................................................................................................7-17 Preparatory Steps.......................................................................................9-8
Lubricating Oil Filter Head Adapter ...........................................................7-20 Automotive with CM870..........................................................................9-8
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................7-21 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................7-22 9-8
Install........................................................................................................7-21 Remove......................................................................................................9-9
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................7-20 Sanden...................................................................................................9-9
Remove....................................................................................................7-20 Climate Control Incorporated..................................................................9-9
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve ...............................................7-22 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
General Information..................................................................................7-22 9-9
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-23 Service Literature Ordering Location ..........................................................L-2
Install........................................................................................................7-23 Contact Information....................................................................................L-2
Remove....................................................................................................7-22 Service Tools ...............................................................................................6-1
Lubricating Oil Leaks .................................................................................7-24 Injectors and Fuel Lines..............................................................................6-1
General Information..................................................................................7-24 Service Tools ...............................................................................................7-1
Lubricating Oil Pan .....................................................................................7-26 Lubricating Oil System................................................................................7-1
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................7-27 Service Tools ...............................................................................................8-1
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................7-28 Cooling System...........................................................................................8-1
Install........................................................................................................7-27 Service Tools ..............................................................................................10-1
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................7-26 Air Intake System......................................................................................10-1
Remove....................................................................................................7-26 Service Tools ..............................................................................................13-1
Lubricating Oil Pressure Gauge .................................................................7-28 Electrical Equipment.................................................................................13-1
Test..........................................................................................................7-28 Service Tools ..............................................................................................14-1
Lubricating Oil Pump .................................................................................7-29 Engine Testing..........................................................................................14-1
Assemble..................................................................................................7-37 Service Tools ..............................................................................................16-1
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................7-31 Mounting Adaptations...............................................................................16-1
Disassemble.............................................................................................7-29 Starter Magnetic Switch ...........................................................................13-12
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................7-41 Current Check.........................................................................................13-12
Install........................................................................................................7-39 Starter Solenoid ........................................................................................13-15
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................7-29 Voltage Check.........................................................................................13-15
Remove....................................................................................................7-29 Starter Switch ...........................................................................................13-14
Lubricating Oil Suction Tube (Block-Mounted) .........................................7-42 Voltage Check.........................................................................................13-14
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................7-43 Starting Motor ...........................................................................................13-17
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-42 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................13-19
Install........................................................................................................7-43 All Applications...................................................................................13-19
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................7-42 Install......................................................................................................13-18
Remove....................................................................................................7-42 All Except 50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing.............................13-18
Lubricating Oil System ...............................................................................7-44 50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing.............................................13-19
Drain.........................................................................................................7-44 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................13-17
Fill............................................................................................................7-46 All Applications...................................................................................13-17
Prime........................................................................................................7-44 Remove..................................................................................................13-18
Lubricating Oil System ..............................................................................V-70 All Except 50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing.............................13-18
Specifications...........................................................................................V-70 50MT With Aluminum Flywheel Housing.............................................13-18
Lubricating Oil Thermostat ........................................................................7-47 Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric ............................................V-84
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-47 General Information..................................................................................V-84
Install........................................................................................................7-48 Turbocharger ............................................................................................10-15
Remove....................................................................................................7-47 Assemble................................................................................................10-30
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversions ...............................................V-82 Clean......................................................................................................10-24
Conversion Chart......................................................................................V-82 Disassemble...........................................................................................10-23
Pipe Plug Torque Values ...........................................................................V-83 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................10-36
Torque Table............................................................................................V-83 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Radiator ......................................................................................................8-42 10-36
Radiator Hoses ...........................................................................................8-43 Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-38
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-43 Initial Check............................................................................................10-15
Radiator Pressure Cap ...............................................................................8-43 Automotive with CM870 and CM871....................................................10-15
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-43 Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................10-25
.............................................................................................................8-43 Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-28
Radiator Shutter Assembly ........................................................................8-44 Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-29
General Information..................................................................................8-44 Install......................................................................................................10-30
Refrigerant Compressor ...............................................................................9-1 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.......................................................................9-2 10-30
Climate Control Incorporated..................................................................9-2 Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-35
Finishing Steps...........................................................................................9-3 Leak Test................................................................................................10-17
With Water Pump and Refrigerant Compressor Belt Routing...................9-3 All Applications...................................................................................10-17
Install..........................................................................................................9-2 Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-18
Sanden...................................................................................................9-2 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................10-19
Climate Control Incorporated..................................................................9-2 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Preparatory Steps.......................................................................................9-1 10-19
Remove......................................................................................................9-1 Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-20
Sanden...................................................................................................9-1 Remove..................................................................................................10-20
Climate Control Incorporated..................................................................9-1 Automotive, Industrial with CM570 and Power Generation without CM570....
Refrigerant Compressor Mounting Bracket .................................................9-8 10-20
Index
Page X-7
Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-21 Water Inlet Connection ..............................................................................8-68

Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-23 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-69
Test........................................................................................................10-17 Install........................................................................................................8-68
Flourescent Tracer Dye Test...............................................................10-17 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-68
Turbocharger Air Shutoff Valve Filter .....................................................10-64 Remove....................................................................................................8-68
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................10-65 Water Pump ................................................................................................8-45
Variable Geometry..............................................................................10-65 Assemble..................................................................................................8-53
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................10-65 Clean........................................................................................................8-48
Variable Geometry..............................................................................10-65 Automotive With CM871........................................................................8-48
Install......................................................................................................10-65 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................8-51
Variable Geometry..............................................................................10-65 Disassemble.............................................................................................8-49
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................10-64 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-60
Variable Geometry..............................................................................10-64 Automotive with CM870........................................................................8-60
Variable Geometry..............................................................................10-64 Industrial CM570 and Power Generation without CM570.......................8-61
Turbocharger Control Shutoff Valve Filter Head .....................................10-66 Automotive With CM871........................................................................8-61
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................10-68 Automotive with CM570........................................................................8-57
Install......................................................................................................10-67 Automotive With CM871........................................................................8-60
Variable Geometry..............................................................................10-67 Measure...................................................................................................8-52
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................10-66 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-45
Turbocharger Coolant Hoses ...................................................................10-38 Automotive with CM871........................................................................8-46
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................10-40 Remove....................................................................................................8-46
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................10-43 Automotive with CM870........................................................................8-46
Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-43 Automotive with CM570........................................................................8-47
Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-44 Industrial CM570 and Power Generation without CM570.......................8-47
Install......................................................................................................10-41 Automotive With CM871........................................................................8-48
Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-41 Water Pump Cartridge ................................................................................8-74
Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-42 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-74
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................10-38 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-74
Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-38 Automotive With CM871........................................................................8-74
Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-39 Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors ...........................................V-85
Remove..................................................................................................10-39 Conversion Chart......................................................................................V-85
Automotive with CM870......................................................................10-39
Automotive With CM871......................................................................10-40
Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator ..........................................................10-44
Adjust.....................................................................................................10-49
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................10-52
Initial Check............................................................................................10-44
Inspect....................................................................................................10-47
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................10-48
Install......................................................................................................10-50
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................10-46
Remove..................................................................................................10-47
Turbocharger Wastegate Controller ........................................................10-58
Install......................................................................................................10-59
Remove..................................................................................................10-58
Turbocharger Wastegate Valve Body ......................................................10-52
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator Air Supply Line ..................10-68
Install......................................................................................................10-69
Remove..................................................................................................10-68
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Control Valve Air Supply Line ..........10-70
Install......................................................................................................10-71
Remove..................................................................................................10-70
Variable Geometry Turbocharger Actuator, Electric ...............................10-71
Calibrate.................................................................................................10-77
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................10-77
General Information................................................................................10-71
Install......................................................................................................10-76
Remove..................................................................................................10-72
Time.......................................................................................................10-74
Turbocharger, Variable Geometry Actuator ............................................10-60
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................10-64
Variable Geometry..............................................................................10-64
General Information................................................................................10-60
Install......................................................................................................10-63
Remove..................................................................................................10-61
Test........................................................................................................10-63
Service Manual
Service Manual Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Volume 2

Cummins Inc.
Box 3005
Columbus, Indiana, U.S.A., 47202 Signature, ISX, and QSX15
Registered Office Volume 2
Cummins Ltd.
Unit 1-B Uniongate, Ridgeway Trading Estate,
Iver,
Buckinghamshire SL0 9HX,
England
Registration 573951 England
Copyright© 2007
Cummins Inc.
Bulletin 3666239
Printed in U.S.A. 09-AUGUST-2007 p41

3666239-Vol2 QSX2 PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

3666239-Vol2 QSX2 PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Service Manual

Service Manual Signature, ISX, and QSX15 Volume 2

Copyright© 2007 Bulletin 3666239

Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 ........................................................................................................ 6

Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 .......................................................................................................... 7

Cooling System - Group 08 ...................................................................................................................... 8

Drive Units - Group 09 .............................................................................................................................. 9

Air Intake System - Group 10 ................................................................................................................... 10

Exhaust System - Group 11 ..................................................................................................................... 11

Compressed Air System - Group 12 ........................................................................................................ 12

Electrical Equipment - Group 13 .............................................................................................................. 13

Engine Testing - Group 14 ....................................................................................................................... 14

Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 ............................................................................................................ 16

Vehicle Braking - Group 20 ...................................................................................................................... 20

Service Literature ..................................................................................................................................... L

Component Manufacturers ....................................................................................................................... M

Back .......................................................................................................................................................... back

Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06

This Page Left Intentionally Blank

Tool No. Tool Description Tool Illustration

Chip Removing Unit

Air in Fuel (006-003)

Connect the equipment to the quick-connect fitting at the

ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled

Remove the five ECM mounting capscrews and the ECM.

Remove five insulating washers and the one ground

Clean and Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the five insulating washers and the one ground

Check for cracks or damage to the cooling plate.

Install the ECM cooling plate fuel supply line (bottom) to

Fuel Drain Line Restriction (006-012)

Fuel Drain Line Restriction

Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) (006-015)

Start the engine and run at high idle and no load.

Install a pressure gauge, Part Number 3824877 (275 kPa

Start the engine and operate at high idle and no load.

Fuel Filter Restriction

With Vacuum Fuel Filtering

Disconnect the air bleed line from the upper location on

Start the engine.

Operate the engine at high idle and no load.

Fuel Inlet Restriction

With Vacuum Fuel Filtering

NOTE: The engine will, perhaps, run rough for several

With Priming Pump

NOTE: The engine will, perhaps, run rough for several

Without Priming Pump

NOTE: The engine will, perhaps, run rough for several

Fuel Inlet Restriction (006-020)

Operate the engine at rated speed no load.

Remove the fuel supply hose.

With Vacuum Fuel Filtering

Hold the vacuum gauge at the same level as the

Operate the engine at high idle and no load.

Fuel Inlet Restriction

Fuel Supply Lines (006-024)

Inspect for Reuse

The complaint must be verified to continue the

Shut off the engine.

The fuel-metering actuators are the actuators located on

Note between which two timing marks the bubbles occur.

Remove the mounting plate connected to the port for the

Replace the failed injector(s). Refer to the injector removal